Home

Sierra M6-2 User Manual

1. Close Connection Settings DONE Primitive DONE NORMAL y CLOSE Primitive BRES Sees CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count 3 coe Figure 2 138 SAS Close Connection Settings Select a Close Sequence Type from the drop down list Check Delay in Sending to specify the delay in sending Done Close or Break Select Close Connection Settings from the drop down lists Store Payload in Buffer This option is available for read type commands Choose and specify Data Offset and Data Length Auto Update LB Check to enable Auto Update of LBA then specify the update by checking the option Outgoing Open Error Check Outgoing Open Error and then the enabled Error Settings button to display the Open Frame Setting dialog z Frame Type error F Frame Length error 3 DWords Destroy Field of Frame Protocol y I SOAF Enor Double C Omit I Code violation error Initiator Port G w e Disparity error JConmection Rate EQAF Eror i DwWard Offset fi Features M CRCEno manel number of error Word i iraa Connedion Tag j Comcel Figure 2 139 SAS Open Frame Settings Check the errors to introduce Scroll through the available choices in the Destroy Field of Frame list box and check the destroy field Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Incoming Open Primitive Response To set a response to an incoming Open frame check Incoming Open Frame Response
2. Nun of Fil Bytes H Target Port Transfer Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H Nun of FA Bytes H Target Port Transter Tag H Xto Y 53 840 us l 2 6 4 Xto T 5 333 fus to TESTI Figure 2 16 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display see Display Mar ition on page 205 and see Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of patterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for cami click the Pattern button to display the Capture tab for Pattern see Figure 2 17 c se 64 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 64 2 6 5 2 6 6 Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree o Everything Tl Exclude SATA_CONT A A Calor Pattern Exclude SATA_SYNC Include XXX Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xxx l Exclude Payload except fo Dword s Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame A Trigger Non Sequential Parameters _ STP Frame A Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Address Frame Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s MP F sala Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 71 12 12 13 T3 14 T4 Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 fo
3. AIP RESERVED O AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Any ALIGN Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link i Figure 2 48 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices Primitive Traffic Soeed Option SATA only You can change the speed for triggering as well as search by speed for Primitives Primitive a x OK Frimitive CONT NOT Cancel Traffic Speed 1 5 Gbps fv 3 0 Gbps fv 6 0 Gbps a Jv HI v He lv H3 e H4 Iv D1 Iv D2 Iv D3 Iv Da Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link f Figure 2 49 Primitive Dialog 86 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy ATA Command Double click ATA Command in the Pattern window to open the ATA Command Pattern dialog ATA Command Pattern xX Format Command Any Command e C Binary Write Multiple Ext 0x39 a Hesadecimal bones Write Port Multiplier UES ose T Show f Write Sectors O30 Write Sectors Ext O34 Write Stream DMA 0x34 a Command nite Stream PIO 036 PEE Write OMA FUA Ext O0x30 Write OMA Queued FUA Ext Ox3E Sector Nu asrite Multiple FUA Ext DCE Cylinder Li Trusted Receive 05C Cylinder H Trusted Receive DMA 05D Trusted Send 05E o a Ox5F sector NY Read Log DMA Ext Dx47 Cylinder Li
4. OR Selected Items Cancel Domain lt lt Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Search Domain orts Mi fw 12 Iv T1 e Ta Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error W Packet with Error e Packet without Error 271 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 272 Search Sub lkems LES Range From LB jo Hex To LBA jo Hex Search tems identity Device Read OMA Ext CC Pa rite DMA Ext Search For Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames Search Domain A Fale Iv 11 e 12 e T1 e T2 ISTP Frames Tag Check All UnCheck ll SCS Commands Vag Range Seen SMP Commands Task Management Function 5E5 Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag SCS1 Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous IY Packet with Error W Packet without Error From Tag jo Hex To Tag jo Hex F Porte W Don t Care iM STP Port 0 Search By Hashed SAS Address f SAS Address Search Direction Fowad Backward Search From f Start i Advanced Trig Pointer sere Lopiz i Pointer C AND Selected Items i Pointer f OF Selected Items i Last Found Reset All Save
5. FIS Type Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate Figure 3 57 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 58 on page 239 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Custom Filter xi Show selected items DMA Activate DMA Setup Data PIO Setup Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits C Show conditional items Equal to fo cv Figure 3 58 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count Al SA F All a A g Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T gt 1 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame T gt 1 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 703999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 STP Frame 7 03999996 us STP Frame T gt I 8S 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 4 53333330 US 17 7 02 Open Address Frame 1 gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 0 00015528 242
6. Note You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic 2 12 14 Device Emulator Settings SATA only Click the Settings tab to display the Device Emulator Settings dialog The Settings tab opens with a default set of values which you can modify To return to these values click the Default Settings button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes m PHY Link layer settings Media Setting ALIGNTransmission Period 35 Dword s Average Access Time 1 ms Primitive Response Time out jes000 Dword s Number Of reas fi Device send ALIGN Time 110 us Start Address End Address rea Type Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA 27 Dwords 0 PAE Circular writable Y CONT Usage o m General Data Frame Payload Size fer 32 Byte s m Target Emulator Port Activate Device fi times H1 D1 3 0 1 SGbps Y Period of activation 1 000 ms Ports configuration Activate emulator with old settings Advanced Figure 2 199 SATA Device Emulator Settings PHY Link layer settings Enter values for Align Transmission Period Primitive Response Timeout and Standby Timeout Device send Align Time and Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA and specify a delay Check CONT usage Delay Between Getting HO
7. NCQ Queue Command Time out Use ATA command execution time out for Queued and NCO commands C Do not time out queued commands Queue Depth 32 coca Figure 2 154 SATA Queue Settings Dialog Advanced Host Setting Dialog Click the Advanced button to display all settable options Advanced Host Setting k i x General OOB Signal Setting Power Managment Setting Align Transmission Period B Dword s dei ee nes er Do Nothing Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dwordis i Send Soft Reset Await Align Timeout 1310720 p0Bl Hard Reset Speed Negotiation Failure Options Speed Negotiation Falure Tupe Speed Negotiation failed after POWER ON al Speed Negotiation failed after LINK RESET f Hot sending non Align Enable Transmit SSC Spread Spectrum Clocking Set as factory Cancel Figure 2 155 SATA Advanced Host Setting Dialog General Tab Settable options are a Set Align Transmission Period Primitive Response Timeout and Await Align Timeout a Choose ATA Command timeout recovery action by checking the corresponding option button a Specify Speed Negotiating Failure Option s and a Speed Negotiation Failure Type 158 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy OOB Signal Setting Tab Click the OOB Signal Setting tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify OOB parameters in the enabled editable fields Advanced Host Setting k E Gen
8. Sequence 120 5 02 0 D300 D274 LB Frame 781 lo Dine Xia Ti re YioT One For Help press Fl PL R A E E Tilo Disabled Iintistor Erlabor Si Target Emulator Iresctova E Smuletion o a Figure 3 104 CATC Navigation View 3 6 2 Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option see Figure 3 105 on page 279 To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option 278 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy View Fields for Link 1 E bs Hexadecimal Binary Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 AN 01 O Reason Reserved 00 040 oa Restrict SMP Ini STP Ini SSP Irit Reserved o 1 o 1 0x0 Restrict SMPT S5TPTa 55P Ta Reserved 0 0 0 0 0x0 002 D03 Device Name 1 000000000 0x04 005 00E 0 07 Device Name 2 000000000 0x08 0 09 00A 545 Address 1 Save As gg Previous Next gt gt ox Figure 3 105 Spec View The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file 3 6 3 Decode Icons The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously
9. coca hom Figure 5 32 Level Hiding Tab Available headers are O DO DOCOCDODODODODO oo oo oo po O SSP Frame Header SMP Report General Request or Response SMP Report Mfg Info Request or Response SMP Discover Request or Response SMP Report Phy Error Log Request or Response SMP Report Route Info Request or Response SMP Configure Route Info Request or Response SMP Phy Control Request or Response SMP Phy Test Function Request or Response SMP Configure Phy Zone Request or Response SMP Configure Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Routing Table Request or Response STP Register Host to Device FIS STP Register Device to Host FIS STP Register Device Bits Device to Host FIS STP DMA Activate Device to Host FIS STP DMA Setup FIS Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 463 Teledyne LeCroy Connection Parameters DOOCDLD O STP BIST Activate FIS STP PIO Setup Device to Host FIS STP Data FIS STP Frame Summary Header SATA Frame Summary Header SAS Delta Time Check boxes to allow a field when the selected header is collapsed Example header fields are OOO O a Frame Type Function Result Offset FIS Type You can move items up and down You can select to Restore Defaults for the selected header or all headers 5 18 7 Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make
10. send instructions assignments change values send instructions Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 415 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer Script Enhancements 416 5 13 Example LOOP 50 CHA LN ONEJ CHAIN TWO Some_Frame SY Some_Frame Data 256 OXFEFEFEFE Y Change Y Field32 x Y Y Trainer Script Enhancements The Trainer script language can already produce SAS SATA Primitive Sequences and Frames The Trainer script enhancements described in this section allow generation of Commands and Application Layer sequences as in the Exerciser by processing received frames making complex decisions and generating the contents of frame in run time for both RX and TX Variables can keep the run time state of the bus Low level commands can manipulate variables and use variables to create patterns Trainer language can perform SATA compliance tests with fast SSD devices and provide a SSD performance test tool with limited output data patterns Trainer has sequential random LBA command generation and full NCQ support Trainer can be programmed to act as SAS Initiator SAS Target SATA Host or SATA Device SAS Initiator As an Initiator Trainer can send commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and interact with its peer to complete the command in normal conditions and some popular error conditions Limitations are a Uses only one command at a time QO Does not save Read data or
11. Hexadecimal Show Reserved and Obsolete Use Hash Addresses Parameter SSP Frame Type Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address AS Changing Data Pointer x Any Type ReTransmit TLR CONTROL Number of Fill Bytes Tag OOS Target Port Transfer Tag POR Data Offset AS gt Retry Data Frames Mi Mere Fr F VT1 ade F 13 Ere Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 26 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type list box and choose an SSP Frame type 2 6 14 FIS Type Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog E 5 Format FIS Type any Type Es C Binary Register Host to Device Dx2f f Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits O41 OMA Activate 0539 DMA Setup Or 41 BIST 0 58 PIO Setup OxbF Data 46 Any Type If H2 Iv D2 Iw H1 Iw Di T H3 T 03 M Hg M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 27 SATA FIS Types Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to capture and click OK Repeat for additional types 72 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST
12. l DWords Number of error DWords C SOF Error Insert Primitive SATA HOLD Y at E th DWord Connection Rate Physical Rate Ng C EOF Error for po times CI CRC Error O For HOLD Primitive Repeat inserting HOLD s sequence 1 times Offset between repeats 1 Dw ords Figure 2 144 SATA FIS Options Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 2 9 5 150 Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error then choose the type of error to introduce SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type The host can send multiple bursts of HOLD primitives during a single data frame You can repeat the HOLD sequence up to 999 times You can enter the offset between repeats up to 99999 DWORDs Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Drop Link for ms Check this to drop link for the specified milliseconds Additionally check No WTRM Code Violation on SATA primitive Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA Initiator Setting Tab SAS only
13. la s 95 SC PY 108 Teledyne LeCroy The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden SATA only The Show Hide CMD packet button toggles the display of the CMD packets When ON only the command layer displays SATA only The Show Hide Command Queue button displays queued commands SATA only The Order Reorder toggles the time order of packets SATA only The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in one port SAS only The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data depending on the Scrambled setting The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data The PV button shows hides the primitive value 3 6 1 CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a CATC Trace see Figure 3 104 on page 278 click the CATC Navigation 3 button You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 288 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 277 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar p p Tiy Cig e s E 35 040 us Stan Start ms aiins CLOSE NORMAL Sequence l arl 506 us K285 D2 0 030 0 027 4 End Star Start tart End End Lo Slat Slat EZE
14. sccceeseeeseeeesessseeseeenseeseenseeeseeeneeeseoeaseeseonneessenensnenees 30 1 9 4 Using the Power Expansi n Caldas 30 Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X cocooooocccccoconccoonconocconoanonnnananonenananorenananennnnans 30 Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X oocoooccccoocccoononnocoanoconancrcnaanornannnenanarennannnas 31 1 9 5 Removing Expansion Cal dS a 32 1 10 CONNECIING Via ElhorNelcasicssnsani a is 34 1 11 Connecting to a NetWwork cccccccsesseeeceesseccesseeecenseecensseeconssesooasseeoonssesnoseeeonaseeeoenseesens 34 1 12 Connecting over Different SUDAN lamas ia 35 1 13 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet c csssseessesseeeeeneeeees 35 1 14 LAUNCHING Your ANALY ZO accio 35 1 15 Operating in Simulation Mode ccoiucinaiiranarnica ri 35 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Contents 1 16 USING the SOM WANG sscosteccvencictesta ss etctocnce cern cetssetbes ences aa aaia aiaia Ea 35 1 17 Getting Started with the Protocol AnalyZet cccccsssseecessseeceesseeeeesseseeeseeeeenseeseoeneees 36 1 18 Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator oonccccnncconncicocncconcanonannnonanononans 36 1 19 Performance Analyzer cccsiceseqecccuicsnensecseccaedsaveasbarenesesanedsericenanduescndevdesnecexaevcsscceusesauastsenecessec 37 1 20 Target Emulator or Device Emulator ooocccnncccnnconcconcconocenanenanenancnnnro
15. 71 199 066 me la x Aa da Ime stamp 117 511 575 666 4 11 511 598 960 Figure 3 14 SAS Spreadsheet View lative Time i 2 5 O ma E EF 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic 20 293 us 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic x EL Identity Device D s EC Identity Device Um EL identity Uewice 86 nisi x E5 Check Power fode Uses Check Power bwode E FIS 34 D gt H Reg el Figure 3 15 SATA Spreadsheet View Right click a column heading to go to Software Settings make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Right click a column heading to Hide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt As Previously Saved Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Software Settings choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status 214 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Save As Text Excel Select File gt Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note
16. DOOCDL 1 21 9 Help Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Close All Closes all windows For more information see Help Menu on page 309 1 21 10 Toolbars The toolbars enable you to perform several actions some of which are listed below a OO O Show or hide fields and ports change port names and change data format Show the layers and channels using their toolbars Decode using the Decode toolbar Search and Filter There are six sets of toolbars see the following screen capture a a Main Toolbar For details on the Main Toolbar refer to SAS Main Toolbar on page 50 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 51 Record Capture Toolbar For additional information see SAS Main Toolbar on page 50 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 51 Target Device Emulator Toolbar For additional information see SAS Main Tool bar on page 50 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 51 Navigation View Toolbar For additional information see Navigation View Toolbar on page 256 Show Analysis Toolbar For additional information see Show Analysis Toolbar on page 208 Packets View Toolbar For additional information see Packet View Toolbar on page 27
17. Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 97 a Data Pattern Only a Data Payload Length Only Data Pattern and Data Payload Length Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog x Field Length Value il CJ PM Port O ON C Status Lo C Status Hi C Eror C SActive 31 0 32 ow WwW A ph conc _ Figure 3 99 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the search by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search x Search For Search ltems Search Sub Items Good m S
18. Link Event OOB Type H E ECOMWAKE from host to exit Device Sleep Burst Idle 6 524 193 073 5 COMINIT 171 170 0081 470 0081 F pm E Burst Negation Time Device Sleep Duration 470 0081 170 0081 780 0081 PS ez 2 766 us om m Link Ewent OOB Type H F 6 524 524 886 5 COMWARKE 170 0081 150 0081 170 0081 150 0081 170 0081 150 0081 Negation Time Device Duration 150 0081 170 0081 260 0081 1 353 us Figure 2 157 SATA Selecting COM erases or COMWAKE Command Phy Reset 00B Sequence Type Asynchronous signal recovery Set the OOB Retry Interval Time check the Asynchronous signal recovery option check box and enter a value for the time Inter reset Delay Settings Enter a value for SATA port Selection T1 to specify the inter reset assertion delay for the first event of the selection sequence and SATA port Selection T2 to specify the inter reset assertion delay for the second event of the selection sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation 2 9 7 Teledyne LeCroy Power Management Settings Click the Power Management Setting tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify the settings in the editable fields Advanced Host Setting h i X General OOB Signal Setting Power Managment Setting Device inated power management Host initiated power management For PMREO_P Start when link layer remained ir i ati Y Re
19. Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 98 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you redefine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Search configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search Logic The default setting is Or Selected Items With this setting clicking Find Next locates all selected items in turn If you choose And Selected Items you can set a logical AND combination of items to find Both options allow setting Advanced search features Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category
20. Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame 4 7 Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can think of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions see Figure 4 17 on page 345 344 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events ca Event Properties Type p Address Frame 2 Snalyzer Trigger Any Dword z 474 Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up 5 CRC Error Dword Matcher z FIS Frame FIS Type a Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB b COMIMIT Complete COMINIT Detected COMSAS Complete COMSAS Detected COMWAKE Complete n COMWAKE Detected be OOB Signal Primitives E 2 Primitive Group SAS Primitive SATA Primitive gt Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern
21. OF Cancel Figure 3 77 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list HE Run verificati 7239 Fixed in 5 20 690xxb Phy Capability Bit 0 in COMWAKE against old spec scs boa Verification script Result Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of a e processing eS ATAPI SCSI commands count DONE of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level Protoco
22. STP Frame Type E x Format 7 Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type O 58 BIST Phi Port A y P F L 5 A T Data 0 PA Data 15 8 20 Mii MH Fs Fs Mio woe fo os Fo Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 34 BIST 76 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy PIO Setup STP Frame Type Format FIS Type Pid Setup Ox5F Binary Hevadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Ox5F PIO Setup PM Port D Status Error LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp EEE EEE E MH MH F Ha PF Ha ibi woe PF os F Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 35 PIO Setup 5TP Frame Type FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type O46 Data Phi Port A Data C0 OA Data D1 OOOO Data Dwz OOOO Data D S A Data Dw es Data D 4 5 OOOO Data D E OOOO ROO Data D w 7 A Data D 4 8 es MHA MH PH F Ha Mio Moe Po F oa Check All Uncheck 411 Figure 2 36 Data Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 77 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern STP Frame Type a a xl Format FIS Type A E C Binary Number of DWORD s fi Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Data 24 bits AAA Check Al
23. Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 78 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Include a project note Notes tab 2 5 1 Launch Jammer The Launch Jammer option invokes InFusion For more information refer to InFusion Overview on page 327 2 5 2 Launch Trainer The Launch Trainer option invokes Trainer For more information refer to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 387 2 5 3 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process It supports a wide combination of Teledyne LeCroy s flagship analyzers including PCI Express Gen 1 Gen 2 and Gen 3 USB 2 0 and 3 0 Serial ATA SATA 1 5 3 and 6Gbps Serial Attached SCSI SAS 6Gbps and Fibre Channel 1 2 4 and 8Gbps systems CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analy
24. Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 251 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report 252 10 11 13 Select a Device Type ATA or ATAPI Enter the Capture Timeout value in seconds To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path c program files lecroy sas protocol suite User Compliance_Device1 rtf Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder c Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User After you select tests click Start The test runs and after a brief period displays the result 12 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and Save it as a cst compliance file To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note When you are running the Compliance Test you cannot work with Trainer and Emulator while the device is connected to a D connector and HBA is connected to an H connector 3 4 6 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script ins
25. Viewing parameters can be saved in a workspace as a wss file After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing parameters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file To set a default workspace viewing parameters select Setup gt Preferences and select the Trace Viewer tab In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file The workspace can be switched after opening a trace file Select File gt Open to open another workspace and select a wss file Saving a Trace Capture You can save a Trace Capture by selecting Save from the File menu or select Save As to Save as the trace capture for review at a later time using the following dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy Savein C9 User My eect Documents Deskto p kA Samplesegl scs My Documents sE My Computer ho Mo Network File name Save as ppe Sample File F 202 Cancel Range All Samples C From T Cursor To T Cursor From No fi To nof 7 Bookmark From To E Figure 2 8 Save As Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between selected Idle link commands O Range between bookmarks The Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a trace file
26. _ gt ______ GH a how Analysis Toolbar E se Es E S nj lu ee BA i fe Show Hide Bus Utilization View Show Hide Frame Inspector View Compare 2 Data Show Hide Spreadsheet View Payloads Show Hide Packet View Show Hide Statistical Report View Running Verification Scripts Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 202 LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Enclosure Service scs El File Setup Session Analysis Mavyigation View Window Hi mj 4p Trainer El Decoding 4ssignments E ink Te Ppp e ES Packet view H Spread Sheet view Column view Text View Field List view Wave Form view Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report gt S SRE amp MA Compare E Data Payloads 545 Verification YSE al Figure 3 5 SAS Analysis Menu Navigation View W Decoding Assignments Packet View Spread Sheet View Column View Text View Field List wiew CH ee NE a Wave Form View Statistical Report View Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report EEE Compare 2 Data Payloads Compliance Test tr VSE F Power Tracker wiew Figure 3 6 SATA Analysis Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 209 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 210 3 3 2 3 3 3 Decoding Assignments Click on the Decoding Assignments icon o to display the Decoding Assignmen
27. 2 SMP Frame E SMW i Final Sth Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction FO AddressFramel ype Value 4 Bits FQ AddressFrameT ype Mask Fl DeviceType Value 3 Bits F1 DeviceT ype Mask F2 Reserved value 1 Bit F2 Reserved Mask F3 REASON Value 4 Bits F3 REASON Mask F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F4 Reserved Mask F5 Restricted Value 1 But F5 Restricted Mask FB SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SMPinitiatorPort Mask FY STPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit FF STPinitiatorPort Mask FA 55PinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe 55PinitiatorPort Mask FY Reserved Value 4 Bits FY Reserved Mask FIO Restricted Value 1 Bit FIO Restricted Mask F11 SMPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F11 SMPtargetPort Mask F12 STPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F12 STPtargetPort Mask F13 SSPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F13 S5PtargetPort Mask Fl4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F14 Reserved Mask F15 DeviceName Value 64 Bits F15 DeviceN ame Mask FI6 SAS address Value 64 Bits FI6 SAS address Mask Fl PRyID Value 8 Bits Fl PhylD Mask F18 BreakReplyCapable Value 1 Bit F18 BreakRepliCapable Mask F19 ReguestedinsidePSDS5 Value 1 Bit F19 RequestedlnsidePSOS Mask F20 Inside PSDS persistent Value 1 Bit F20 Inside PSD Spersistent Mask F21 Reserved Value 5 Bits Fel Reserved Mask F22 Reserved Value 48 Bits Teledyne LeCroy 15 xi Evert No 1 From Initiator OxO0 IDENTIFY O 00 Reserved
28. 4 GB Import Default Setting For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop og m7 Figure 2 174 SATA Device Emulation Project Pages Tab The Device Emulator pages open with default settings for each page To change settings for your application 1 Set the Device Type of either ATA or ATAPI 2 Set values for each of the enabled White Value fields on the Identify page 3 To reset the pages to the default settings click the Default Settings button To use a previously defined emulation click the Import button and select an emulation Words with Settable Bits The table below lists the words with settable bits TABLE 2 1 Word Bit Numbers of Settable Bits 0 All 10 19 All 23 26 All 27 46 All 48 All 75 0 1 2 3 and 4 76 14 9 8 3 2and1 77 7 78 8 5 4 3 2 and 1 174 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy TABLE 2 1 Word Bit Numbers of Settable Bits 79 7 5 4 3 2 and 1 82 0 83 10 1 0 84 7 6 1 0 86 10 1 0 87 7 6 1 0 100 103 All 106 12 117 118 All 215 216 All 255 All Writable Buffer Size Field The writable buffer size field is about 3 5 GB The buffer is cyclical in that it behaves in a Circular Writable manner in the Host Emulator Writing 500MB at address 00000000 and 1GB starting at address 00100000 still stores the contents of address 00000000 If you start writing 2GB at addre
29. Default Setting Value AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER Settings AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE X RDY_ FOR R_RDY AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE WTRM_FOR_STATUS AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ_S_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ_P_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE SYNC_FOR_SYNC AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE Settings AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE PMACK_FOR_PMREQ AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE_ FALSE PMNAK_FOR PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RERR_FOR_WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE ROK_FOR_WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RIP_FOR_SOF AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE R_RDY_FOR_X_RDY Description When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_RDY command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_X_RDY primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR or SATA_R_OK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_S primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_P primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_SYNC command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_SYNC primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMREQ_S
30. Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode amp Collapse All Expand All A The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA Protocol Analyzer dialog Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes goeeeseeseceesecsesseceeseg T Exclude SYNC T Exclude CONT Tl Exclude OOB Signals l Exclude Payload except 0 Pattern T Exclude ox Diword s Parameters Exclude ALIGN IV Exclude Idle y What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog 48 Capture bo All Everything Include xx Include SYNC Include CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle AY Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot F Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword
31. El Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help A x mE BE 6 tere Y sore MEC rose Post Search Ctrl F 2 Position E 5 Lak Tee App a ET FE Search Mest FS Y Position xl El a Search Previous F4 Packet Mo Time Stamp 2 660 942 666 Bookmark Begin source Zone Group CH Pathway Blo End Figure 1 24 Navigation Menu Option Goto m Trigger Position m X Position m Y Position m Packet No Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End a Search O Search Next O Search Previous 1 21 7 View 42 The View menu options allows the user to zoom in and out enable disable filtering and toolbars among other actions It has the following options El Fie Setup Session Analysis Mavigation view Window Help gt E lt gt Trainer YF Jammer 418 2 Zoom In Is com Out Lok Tre App BB 8B Sc p ob Actual Size P GE tok Te App ES E e Full Screen 2 oy Tile views 2 660 942 666 3 B Enable Filtering p2 Filtering MeL Filter Idles Ente Link Layer Tre Transport Layer App Application Layer FA Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives E Wrap Packets 2 660 943 560 3 Toolbar ES Figure 1 25 View Menu Option Source Zone Group HI 2 660 945 5353 3 Zoom In refer to Navigation View Toolbar o
32. Expansion module 19 Expansion ports 23 Export 388 Export command 138 Export Paired SAS Address Report 59 Export Read Write Command Report 59 Export to Excel button 235 Export to Initiator Emulator 56 57 External Trig In Setting 307 External Trig Out Setting 106 306 External Trig Setting 330 External Trig Setting dialog 306 external trigger 19 External Trigger dialog 83 External Trigger Out 145 External Trigger out combo box 140 Extract Sample File dialog 57 138 F fax number 471 features 19 field Show hide 280 Field List Settings 303 Field of Frame 143 148 Field Settings 290 Field View 217 file library 340 File Manager 340 File Menu 388 File menu InFusion 330 file type definition 60 files utg 44 387 tabs 405 Fill reserved fields with 143 filter 261 by tag number 267 check condition 266 options 265 save setup 263 type 263 filter enable 270 filter idle 256 271 filtering 261 direction 263 filtering column content 237 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Filtering menu 261 filters 447 Find command 456 utility 455 Find and Replace button 392 Find button 392 Find command 390 Find Device 320 322 Find Device button 321 Find New Device command 134 Find Next 390 Find Next command 458 first burst 142 enable 147 FIS Pattern dialog 91 97 FIS Patterns dialog 69 FIS Report 232 FIS Type dialog 72 96 Fit to Graph Area 243 Floating License dialog 305
33. Features Initiator Connection Tag _ Py estne ot OAM A dde m nea Scroll through the available choices in the Destroy Field of Frame list box and check the field to destroy Incoming Open Primitive Response Check this box then click the down arrow next to the Primitive list box and choose a response type Enter a Delay value I I Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION Delay 1000 ps Figure 2 133 Incoming Open Primitive Response Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Affiliation Setting Check Clear Affiliation After Command Complete to release device to commands from other sources or check Leave Affiliation State Unchanged to retain control of device Enable First Burst Check Enable First Burst to allow first burst Task Attribute Choose Simple Head of Queue Ordered or ACA Outgoing ATA Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Settings dialog Outgoing Frame Setting ES Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 Frame Length Error E Code violation error _ Frame Type error pat puo TEN aa i E Disparity error F Drop Link for 1 m I whe ial on SATA as 2 Over frame length 7 E E Dispa
34. If SATA_CRC command is not included trainer engine computes and inserts correct CRC in pattern Timer Trainer script syntax allows using some timers You can start a timer anywhere The timer current value is loadable on variable to be used in expressions and conditions on this expression There are four timers named A B C and D Starting timer setting timer value to zero syntax is CLEAR _TIMER_A CLEAR _TIMER_B CLEAR _TIMER_C CLEAR _TIMER_D Loading timer current value in variables varNamel TIMER A Q varNamel TIMER B varNamel TIMER_C varNamel TIMER_D Example 5 13 7 CLEAR_TIMER_A While Counter lt MaxPeriodCount Counter TIMER CA p PATTERN Counter Trainer script syntax allows you to use counters on a number of defined events in generation settings Syntax for loading counters in variables is varNamel COUNT_REC_RESOURCE_OUTPUT_A varNamel COUNT_REC_RESOURCE_OUTPUT_B Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 421 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 422 9 13 8 9 14 9 14 1 varNamel COUNT_REC_RESOURCE_OUTPUT_C varNamel COUNT_REC_RESOURCE_OUTPUT_D varNamel COUNT_REC_RESOURCE_OUTPUT_E varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUL FF Syntax for clearing resetting counters is CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT B CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT C CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_D CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E CLEAR
35. Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 5 8 IDL You can quickly filter idles by clicking the x Filter Idle button This button toggles between Show and Hide items Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Edit gt Search or click the the Search setup dialog Figure 3 97 Search button to open Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search Data Pattern Bus Condition Prinnitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SC51 Commands SMP Commands Task Management Function QATA Commands SC51 Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag 5ESI Task Attribute JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Search By Hashed 545 Address SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From 0 Start Trig Pointer Pointer Pointer C Last Found Rezet All Save Load Figure 3 97 SAS Search Data Pattern as Search Items Search Sub Items Data Type f Data pattern only Data payload length only Data patternm payload length Data Pattern i Hex C Binary ASCII f And Or ae Data Payload Length te o MOEA Search Logic C AND Selected Items
36. Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked 3 16 Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the Analyzer malfunctioned Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode For example if one unit is licensed only for JJ and a second unit is licensed only for AA cascading the two units and using the License Manager allows each unit to do JA To manage the license select Setup gt License Manager The Floating License dialog displays see Figure 3 109 on page 280 the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 305 Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Setting Floating License h y xl Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function A Analyzer Device Emulator o
37. O 00 Unknown reason Coo co oOo oc 0x00 indicates that an SMP initiator port is not present O 00 indicates that an STP initiator port i not present 0x00 indicates that an SSF initiator port is not present ao oc oc oc O 00 indicates that an SMP target port i not present 0x00 indicates that an STP target port iz not present 0x00 indicates that an SSP target port iz not present Oo o o ooo0o000000000000 oooo000000000000 OOOOOOU000000000 ooo0o000000000000 OOOOO0000000 FO AddressFramel ype Yalue 4 Bits Format Hex Indicates the type of address frame Figure 4 17 Event Properties Dialog x Cea Zh While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those events appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 345 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 346 TABLE 4 3 Events Event Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Li
38. The Initiator Setting tab allows you to select the Port s for generating SAS traffic and to specify SAS Address Data Frame Payload size Frame Receive Timeout Logical Block size and ATA Command Execution Time out see Figure 2 145 on page 151 You can run a Pattern Generator To run the Pattern generator check the Run Pattern Generator option button and select a Pattern Generator File You can create Pattern Generator Files see Creating a Pattern Generator File on page 467 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation SASProtocolAnalyzer2 Teledyne LeCroy ese Initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes Initiator Emulator Port 13 T3 Custom x Speed Negotiation Settings Enable Muxing on 13 T3 Run Pattern Generator lee Rie 9 Run Initiator Emulator Y Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stopped Auto stop Analyzer when Exerciser stopped Auto update Sector Count Transfer Len before running SAS Address 5000E85000000002 H SAS Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Byte s SATA Data Frame Payload Size 8192 Byte s Frame Receive Timeout 100 ms Logical Block Size 512 Byte s ATA Command Execution Time out 15000 ms 7 Send NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive Project Tree E SASProtocolAnalyzer2 j 8 Capture oo Evenything Exclude NOTIFY oo Include XxX oo Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_C
39. Timer P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type Timeout P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type External Trigger Trigger Non Sequential sas ants S Settings us LONQIIONn bd Trigger Position in Memory 1 ae EE Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Renae Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s STP Frame Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 72 13 T3 14 T4 ATA Command Descrambling Enabled ATAPI Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 82 Connection Details Simulation Mode Address Frame zi F Define Sequential Trigger Mode E Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand ll Figure 2 39 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Training Sequence Protocol Errors DO DOODODODDODO CD ODODO ODODO O Define Sequential Trigger Mode This is enabled when more than one pattern is used It allows for the use of a simple state machine of pattern A then pattern B When checked the Count field in each pattern s dialog is enabled see Figure 2 40 on page 81 80 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy xl xl FIS Type Register Hostto Device 027 e a FIS Type Regist
40. 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 1 10 position ribbon cable 6 inches 1 SMB RA to SMB RA cable 6 inches 1 Three Prong AC power cord 1 Installation CD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M6 2 Getting Started manual Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual H O O DC O G E Unpacking the Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy 1 4 1 5 T1 T2 Trig 4 ae gJ iJ i i3 A Al EA soe os a 1 6 Unpacking the Analyzer Inspect the received shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for absence of damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection Analyzer Features The Analyzer has the following features Power Switch 0 1 Trigger Error Link Speed and Frame OOB LEDs see next page Port 1 Initiator Host SATA connector Port 1 Target Device SATA connector Port 2 Initiator Host SATA connector Port 2 Target Device SATA connector Status and Configuration LCD Display External Trigger Input and Output USB port for host connectivity Gigabit Ethernet port for network connectivity Power In on back Expansion In Out data ports and Clock In Out connectors on back O DOODODDODOCDOODoUOo Oo APO AN O O Error _ O O Link Read y USB Sierra M6 2 O O Speed 14 12 SAS SATA O O Frm 00B ger F
41. 4 Find DUT Figure 2 123 SAS Device Identifier Dialog PH Information Yalue SMP STP Yendor Id LSILOGIC Product Id S451 24 0 Product Rey Lev Id 48 Export Save Load Close SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Find section All Info and SAS Address SATA Dialog has devices D1 to D2 and does not show T1 to T2 SATA Dialog does not show Supported Pages and Subpages SATA dialog lists Word Description and Value not Offset Field Length and Value SATA dialog lists Device Type Serial Number and Spec Version not Protocol Supported SSP SMP STP 2 Click the Find DUT button to display all active addresses see Figure 2 124 on page 136 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 135 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Find Device Under Test DUT Find Find Device in a All Info 545 Address 4111 HT2 T3 Mi T4 Device List Parameters EF T1 500605b00000062 Property E PHY 0 PHY Id 0 noi PHY 1 Invalid DWord Count 0 PHY 2 FET gt E PHY 2500505600 Running Disparity Count O E PHD 3 Loss OF DWord Syne Count O FH 1 PH Reset Problem Count dea PHY 2 Routing Attribute PHY 3 PHY 4 PHY 5 i S PHY E 500605 PHY F PH 8 ee General PHY 10 PHY 11 Hei PHY 4 mbt T 4E PHY 5 5000c5000 ft PHY 6 EX Protocol Supported Sal SMP Number OF PH 12 Expander Change Count 105 Expander Route Indexes 144 Contig O Figure 2 124 SAS Active SAS Addresses PHY
42. After current frame FIM Port LI Before curent frame CRE L Type Register Host to Device User Defined Frame Data Figure 2 189 Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Drop Link for Check this to drop link for specified duration Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Additionally check O NoWTRM QO Code Violation on SATA primitive a Disparity error on SATA primitive O Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence QO Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error choose the type of error to introduce and click OK Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs 188 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive to enable the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and number of primitives and click OK Destroy Field of Frame Click the More button to display the Field of Frame area check Destroy and check the fields to destroy Alternatively check Specify Value to choose from a predefined list of values Set Value of Field Check Fill Out in the Field of Frame area and
43. C Append Inset Overwrite Address le Repeat la times l Figure 2 165 Choose a Random Pattern Walking Bit Pattern MT To use a walking bit pattern click the Walking Bit button then choose either a walking bit of 0 or 1 the walk direction the start position and the number of times to repeat the pattern see Figure 2 166 on page 166 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y L58 C MSB C Binary Hex C Ascii Data Block me x Random Data Address o 1 2 a Pattern C4 EO EF Et Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 ESA PA Delete All Eres Walking Bit 0 C1 Direction lt Right gt Left mmo ooo Left gt Right 7 0 Start Position at 0 New Random Pattern Counter Walking Bit Address C Append Inset Overwrite Address le Repeat 1 times Coreei i Figure 2 166 Define a Walking Bit Pattern Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text 166 You can create and edit data blocks using a text editor such as Windows Notepad To create a data block in Notepad launch Notepad Enter a header consisting of Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 Item5 where Item1 is the name of the Data Block Item2 is the size of the Data Block or the number of bytes in the format Item3 is the fo
44. DUT Generator will come to a break and the user will be able to resume generation by pressing Resume button on Generation toolbar Generator shall transmit idle DWORDs while in the Pause Takes the Trainer out of Electric Idle state If it is already out of Electric Idle this is a NOP Generator will send COMINIT OOB signals using current COMINIT settings Generator will send COMRESET OOB signals using current COMRESET settings Generator will send COMWAKE OOB signals using current COMWAKE settings Generator will send COMSAS OOB signals using current COMSAS settings Generator will go through SATA_ALIGN stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_ALIGN settings Generator will go through SATA_D10_2 stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_D10 2 settings Generator will go through SPEED_NEG RCDT stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG RCDT settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG _ ALIGNO stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED _NEG_ ALIGNO settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG ALIGN1 stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG ALIGN1 settings 423 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 424 Set Speed LINK SPEED 1 5G Set Speed LINK SPEED 3G Set Speed LINK SPEED 6G Send_Phy_Capability Send_Train_TrainDone Delay Power _Expansion_On Power _Expansion_Off Exit ExitCode 5 14 2 SATA Commands Look at STP
45. ELSE lt Click here to add another action gt home ves ca 20 ms Click here to add another action gt END IF Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters None Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run tox01267 Inject ERCOOO 4 Goto Label Note You can use a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 381 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files aL Command Parameters Run Label 0 hd flsStop Beep WaitForStop GoTo Stop Sleep Disabled g aval Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another script command E Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR L Click here to add another senpt command Enabled 4 NewScriptO b x ES AS Batch Script is valid Label0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another script command gt Goto Label 2 lt Click here to add another script command gt Label i ELSE Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another script comma Goto Label 0 lt Click here to add another script command gt END IF Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZON
46. Ime stamp 11 511 578 666 2 11 511 598 111 013 la ls Mk E e rr o it 1 PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 a FSS aH Rag FS aH Reg FSI aH Rag FSS aH Rag FES AAA D H Reg FIS 34 xX D gt H Reg FIS 34 36 PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 i i D H Reg FIS 3 i D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 i D gt H Reg FIS 34 1 Di D gt H Reg FIS 34 i D gt H Reg FIS 24 x D gt H Reg FIS 34 ATE SOE SS E Di 525 087 600 E Di Figure 3 19 SATA Text View Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column 3 3 8 Frame Inspector View Frame Inspector View has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spreadsheet View This view has the following three tabs Spec View This view shows the Frame as it would appear in the spec with the field names and values spelled out clearly Fields that are too short to clearly contain the description can be viewed as tooltips by hovering the mouse over them Some fields might have a a lowercase e button at the top right corner Pressing this button displays an expanded view of the sub fields in this field Field View This view shows when applicable a hierarchical display of the selected Packet with the re
47. LIT i xX Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type Binary Any Address Frame Type Hexadecimal Caneel M Show Reserved anc Parameter Value Address Frame Type x Any Address Frame Type Vn ek Pr FF i ole ov Ta a Is A Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 24 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an address frame type 2 6 12 SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog mP Frame rype ix Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type x C Binary Function Any SMP Frame Type A Hexadecimal Gace M Show Reserved arto Parameter Value SMP Frame Type gt Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function Vl e Pi Pi WT WT PT3 PTA Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 25 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Type list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 71 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 2 6 13 SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog SSP Frame Type q i x SSP Frame Type Any Type x X Format OK C Binay R Cancel
48. Micro Second a Goto Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Book mark Begin End a Bookmark QU Goto within Packet SOF EOF Next HOLD Previous HOLD Next HOLDA Previous HOLDA Next Align Previous Align Next R_IP Previous R_IP Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left clicking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon to a new position Save As Text Excel Select File gt Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View 3 3 7 Text View Text View see Figure 3 18 on page 217 displays the captured data interpreted as transaction frames grouped in columns by port To display Text View select Analysis gt Text View or click the button on the View Type toolbar 216 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy All Lanes COOMINIT COMINIT Figure 3 18 SAS Text View
49. Power Management Setting oO Settings Miscellaneous Features i Support NCO Queue depth 32 Allow multiple command completion Mar tine before sending SUB fo mE Mar number of command completions reported by one SHE 22 Command execution algorithm Random order using simulated media access time AFO order with constant delay for each command equal to jo m UFO order with maximum latency equal to 100 Cancel Help Figure 2 206 NCQ Commands 1 To enable NCQ commands check Support NCQ and specify Queue depth 2 Optionally check Allow multiple command completion and enter values for Max time before sending SDP and Max number of command completions reported by one SDB Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Miscellaneous Features Tab Advance Target Setting ODE Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting NCQ Command Settings Miscellaneous Features C Support Asynchronous notification feature To enable Asynchronous notification Host shall issue a SET FEATURE command with Enable use of SATA feature and sub command spec 5 Send BIST frame Test Pattern pes te ie at R ia T de Enable Transmit SSC Spread Spectrum Clocking lesn old esceeded v Enable error logging 0 21 READ DATA returns user data a T Figure 2 207 Miscellaneous Features 1 Toenable Asynchronous notification ch
50. Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 12 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 258 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode Expand Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Tree Teledyne LeCroy SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC 2 3 Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows the capture configuration trigger setups and the capture memory settings 2 3 1 Capture Tab Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA_CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA_CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA_SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA_SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals from the data capture Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Note The validity of time stamps during Idles is traded off against good buffer memory utilization when using Exclude XXXX Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Check this to exclude Dev Slp Packets from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames from the data
51. To assign port names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set Port Alias 292 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Address Alias SAS only Teledyne LeCroy TC x Set s Default Cancel Figure 3 127 SAS Assign Port Alias Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view Host 33 926 666 us If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 3 13 If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default port aliases SAS Address Alias SAS only SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set SAS Address Alias see Figure 3 128 on page 294 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 293 Teledyne LeCroy TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis 294 SAS Adress Alias GAS Address Hash Address 5000628000001074 FFFFE4 Intrasever 50060560000003C4 662525 Network tools 1 5000E 85000000001 DB182F Catalyst 50060560000002C5 500252 Network tools 2 S000C500001047B5 CCADSC Seaga
52. Transport Layer SAS Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 270 OUOUDODDOLDO O 3 5 3 Filter Setup To display the Filter setup dialog click the Filter button on the Viewer toolbar or select View gt Filtering see following screen capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 261 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Command Data Pattern Bus Condition Prirnitive Incomplete Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands PF SMP Commands OI Task Management Functions 474 Commands SCSI Command Status Source 545 Address C Destination 545 Address OI Fair S45 Address L Protocol Error OI STF Port OTag LJ ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type i Hide Show T Filter Idle Ports Mi Miz Filter Logic C AND Related Items OF Multilevel Filtering Use Pair SAS Addresses Iv T1 Iw T2 J Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar Reset All Check All Save Load OF Cancel Figure 3 88 SAS Filter Setup Dialog Filter Options O Eus Condition Register Host to Device Incomplete Frames ji Reatster Device to Host ATA Command Protocol Error C Fort OATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type f Hide Show TF Filter Idle Ports Filter Logic i Hi Ie He 7 AND Related Item
53. VSE on page 252 for more details 3 2 Trace Properties The Trace Properties dialog displays see Figure 3 3 on page 208 QO Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information DOOOUCOUOUDL O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 208 3 3 3 3 1 Trace Properties Software version 4 30 Build 500 Sample file version Version 54 Adding optical OOB Grouping Type Marrow Hardware bin file version 0016 with Hw version 3 YP r0 1 GE Memory Analyzer armed at Unknown Analyzer triggered at Unknown Sample saved at Unknow Original Capture Project Unknown Licensing Information Unknown Simpazs Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Trace Properties Dialog Analysis The Analysis menu options allows you to see the trace in various views and switch views Show Analysis Toolbar To display the capture in any of the other available views you can make the selection on the View Type toolbar as shown below or select the menu option under Analysis as shown in Figure 3 5 on page 209 Decoding Assignments Show Hide Column View Show Hide Text View Show Hide Waveform View Show Hide Histogram View Power Tracker View Data Report y _ __ _
54. assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the host machine s hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format lt filename gt infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 1 TABLE 4 2 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined i a evant Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Portion of a scenario that can define a single InFusion test state You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each Global Rules operates independently and in parallel with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simultaneously within InFusion Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more Sequence powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test state so there is no branching Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time State In terms of InFusion testing behavior is w
55. click View gt Bus Utilization View or click the ae button on the View Type toolbar Pending IOs IOs b Pending IOs IOs eee ee SA 6 066 400 6 066 800 6 067 200 6 067 600 6 068 000 6 068 400 6 068 800 6 069 200 6 069 600 6 070 000 6 070 400 6 070 800 4 Figure 3 67 SATA Bus Utilization View for Pending ATA lO Available Bus Utilization Views are O Pending SCSI IO for SAS a Pending ATA IO for SATA 242 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy Hovering the mouse over the graph heading displays the graph legend QO Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command Q Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace QO Fit to Graph Area Zoom to fit a Hide Do not display the graph To synchronize all open views to that location in the trace double click the graph 3 3 15 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions Horizontal zoom in E Vertical zoom in amp Horizontal zoom out Vertical zoom out Graph Areas Click and Drag zoom Presents options for displaying additional FE Click diagonally to select and graphs zoom in on part of the graph Graph legend see previous Hide graph oor page 3 4 Data Report When a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer to
56. click on Configuration and select All Connected Devices see the following screen capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 203 LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Enclosure Service scs E File Setup Session Analysis Mavigation View Window Helg TxwWout amp Preemphasis 18 Gecod HF H User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting Update Device Link Event All Connected Devices min Find DUT Power Gi WUT Power OFF GUT Manage Setup licenses Link Ewent Preferences min self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set 545 Address Alias Figure 1 11 Connecting to All SAS Device s LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite SATA 3 G sts File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window TxVouk amp Preemphasis Y User Defined Decoding ISE External Trig Setting Update Device la la Al Connected Devices SE Find DUT Power tom GUT Power corr GUT Duration 1 26 ue D1 Manage Setup Licenses CA a e 1 511 595 960 a Preferences aA High CHI Device Self Test Data Block 00 Sek port alias Figure 1 12 Connecting to All SATA Device s The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application 26 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy The new Devic
57. format display options 461 Found Device List Mode 297 FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip 315 Frame button 126 Frame Inspector View 217 Frame Length Error 143 148 150 178 180 185 188 191 frame settings incoming ATI 144 incoming SCSI 149 outgoing ATI 142 outgoing SCSI 147 184 188 Frame Type 148 Frame Type Error 142 147 150 180 185 188 frames hide 240 From Initiator 342 From Target 342 G General Errors dialog 175 general report 223 Generate Error On area 142 Generate Menu 389 Generate Periodic Error 177 Generating Traffic 393 407 Generation Commands 422 Generation Files 394 Generation Language 408 Generation Options 389 Generation Rules 447 Generation Rules page 447 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Generation Rules toolbar 448 Getting Started manual 18 Gigabit Ethernet interface 34 Global Rules 338 examples 353 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 243 Go To button 256 Go to command 390 Go to Event 390 Go to Event dialog 390 Go to Marker 390 Go To Timestamp dialog 258 Goto Command 281 Goto Instruction 130 Goto Label statement 381 Goto Response 281 Goto Within Packet command 282 grouping by port 104 H Handshake Error 144 149 186 Handshake Errors 190 hardware run 51 hardware setup 21 Hash Address Utility 391 Hashed Address field 391 Help Menu 392 Help Topics 309 392 Hide All Primitives 257 Hide RRDY Primitives 256 Hide Unassociated Traffic 256 hiding display options
58. lt Sector Number eo Cylinder Low Cylinder High lt lt Head Number e Enable Tooltip Bytes in Colum fi Bute Time Stamp Origin f Absolute C Trigger 5 ae User Define C Based On System Time o Reserved IM Same color for start time and port Headers m Portum ve Number of sectors to bi Enable Packet View Condense Mode cl natobs ad yA Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 133 SATA Preferences trace Viewer Configuration Dialog Select a view in the left pane and set the trace viewer display options in the right pane 300 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 15 3 Spread Sheet View Tab Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Color Setting Based on Cell Type C Based on Port No Repeat decoded command in frame column Decode COB of Commands Based on Read Write Command Type 53 Based on Specific Command Type Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Figure 3 134 SATA Preferences Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab The SAS Preferences dialog has the same options except that it does not have Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 301 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 302 Color Setting Based on Cell Type Each column has its own color Based on Port No Data of ea
59. ms for ms Check and enter time value for which to wait before dropping the link and time value for which to drop the link Retain Error Injection Counters after Link Reset If unchecked after every Link Reset the Emulator resets its internal Command Number Counters and re initializes the Error injection core If checked the Emulator keeps the state Retain Error Injection Counters after drop link error injection If unchecked after every Link Reset the Emulator resets its internal Command Number Counters and re initializes the Error injection core If checked the Emulator keeps the state Buffer Starvation SAS only Enter Number of R_RND in each connection Send Hard Reset after PHY Reset SAS only Specify number of resets to send Send FIS SATA only Check Send stand alone FIS select the FIS Type button and optionally enter User Defined FIS Data Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation 180 Identify Errors SAS only Click the Identify icon in the Errors window to display the Identify Error Setting dialog Pages Eror Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errore Identification Settings Do not send identify frame EZ send 1 Identify frame General Delay in sending Identify O TE Identification Error ey SOAF Error Double Orit Code violation error Disparity error m
60. saving 464 values 459 window 459 Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view 303 DMA activate FIS 75 DMA setup FIS 76 Don t care Snapshot 78 Don t check credit 148 178 185 downloading a scenario 376 dragging buttons 450 Drop Length for ms 150 Drop link after ms for ms 179 Drop link for ms 179 475 Teledyne LeCroy Index DWORD Matcher 347 E Easy Mode 35 Edit as Text button 392 Edit Comment 388 Edit script 256 e mail 471 Email CATC Support 471 Enable Outlining command 404 Enable Tooltip box 291 Entire Memory 103 error connection management 180 Error Injection 328 Error Injection tab 175 error log 405 error message startup 20 errors 380 SAS commands 187 Ethernet connecting with 34 Ethernet port 19 Event 338 event counter 350 scenario 344 Event button 127 Event buttons creating 449 dragging 450 Event pop up menu 452 Event Properties dialog 452 events 453 actions 451 453 buttons 449 copying 452 deleting 452 moving 452 Events Group box 456 example files 61 exclude from capture Align 50 Idles 50 Notify 50 OOB Signals 49 patterns 64 Payload of Data Frame 49 RRDY 50 SATA_CONT 49 SATA_SYNC 49 XXXX 49 Exclude Idle checkbox 65 Exclusion search 457 exercise specific addresses 134 476 Expand All 283 284 Expand Log button 253 expandability 23 Expanded Waveform View 219 Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check 318
61. select a Primitive and enter a value for Delay Y Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OPEN ACCEPT 1 hooo o Figure 2 140 SAS Open Primitive Response Enable First Burst Check the Enable First Burst box to specify to transfer the first burst data as defined by the First Burst Size field in the Advanced Initiator Setting dialog see Figure 2 148 on page 154 Task Attribute Choose a task attribute of Simple Head of Queue Ordered or ACA by checking the corresponding option button Outgoing SCSI Frame Settings Outgoing Frame Setting Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Frame Name Command Frame Number 1 E Frame Length Error Over frame length Under frame length Set frame length to 265 DWords E SOF Error 2 Double FP EOF Error 3 Double EF CAC Error 3 Invalid Fill reserved fields with O E Code violation error E Don t check credit E Disparity error Drop link for 1 me D wond Offset 1 Remove Frame from sequence Number of error OW ords O Delay in sending frame 0 int E Insert Primitive Type AIP NORMAL at th O word Omit for times 1 ms Omit For Hold OS Figure 2 141 SAS Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog SCSI Frame Type Error Check
62. start value with steps of step and a length of count is assigned to Data Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Primitive Definition Primitives are inserted into the frame payload Primitive definitions are inherited by descended frame templates QO Assigning clears all previous settings maybe from parent frame template a Offset specifies the DWORD offset where this primitive is inserted in the Frame QO Count specifies how many times to repeat the primitive Examples Primitive 4 Primitive SOF 48 where 48 offset Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 36 5 where 5 repeat Prolog and Epilog define Primitive chains to be used at the beginning and end of the frame Examples Prolog SOF For this frame primitive SOF 18 a Prolog Epilog EOF For this frame primitive EOF is an Epilog Frames can be derived from other Frames therefore inheriting the layout of the parent Frame In this case the user may a Change Prolog and Epilog a Change default field values A Add new fields Frame Examples Frame Some Frame Field32 gt 32 OXxXAABBFFEER FrameType a LZ HashedDest gt 24 HEX DATA Reservedl 8 OXDA Fieldl6 gt 16 OxAAAA Reserved2 i g o OAD Data gt A PATTERN I CREG EZ PRIME ve y 3 PEIMItiIVe amp SOR 48g Primitive SOEs 96 Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y 365 5 Prolog SOF B
63. 0 o 0 i 1 Current License Configuration Type Serial Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SN 00 Al EA a Default Licenses Figure 3 136 Floating License Dialog 3 17 External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle External Trig Setting h Ei External Trig In Type High Active External Trig Cut Setting Type High Active I Low Active Toggle External Trig uk pulse width 1 x 66 ns Figure 3 137 External Trigger Setting Dialog C Low Active Toggle cc 7 To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Setup gt External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width 306 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update Device Teledyne LeCroy External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Note The nominal External Trigger voltage is 0 818 volts Trigger In can work with 1 volt to 5 volts input voltage 3
64. 00017139 5 100 00 Figure 3 48 SATA Queue Command Report PM Statistic Report SATA To display the PM Statistic Report click the PM Statistic tab The PM Statistic Report displays information in the following columns Request Type PMREQ_P Request Port Response Type All Custom PMACK Response Time Request Entering Delay Response Entering Delay Wakeup Type Request DC Idle Time Response DC Idle Time Request Wakeup Time Response Wakeup Time Count All Custom or a number O O OODODODODOCDODO oO Sa Y TL gt of 1 PMREG_P PM Statistic Move X Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance PM Statistic PM Performance Others Request Type PMREQ_P Figure 3 49 SATA PM Statistic Report PM Performance Report SATA To display the PM Performance Report click the PM Performance tab The PM Performance Report displays see Figure 3 50 on page 234 information in the following columns Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NACKed Slumber Request Slumber ACKed Slumber NACKed Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time Total Time O OUDODODDO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis q Sl ero gt f Move x Cursor y PAtasesenseesssenssessensscssenecsssssnssoes Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NAKed Slu
65. 050002500001 04765 105000626 000001 074 gt 0x5000 500007 03031 JOx5S0006 26 000001 074 gt Ox5006056000000304 i Multi Level Filtering AND Related It eS Use Pair SAS Addresses OF e Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Hest gt First Cancel Figure 3 90 First Level of Multilevel Filtering m Filter Options Bus Condition Prirnitive incomplete Frames JAddress Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands _ SMP Commands Task Management Functions MATA Commands SCS Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Protocol Error ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filter Type ic Hide o Show E Filter dle Forts wi iw 2 W T1 M T2 Save Load Reset All Check All qui Read 10 Read Capacity 10 mwite 10 Mode Select 6 Mode Sense E r Filter Logic A i fault bevel Filtering C AND Related Items Use Par 545 Addresses OF iW Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Hest gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 91 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Filter Options Bus Condition Good Primitive _ Check Condition incomplete Frames incomplete I Address Frames I OSSP Frames JOSMP Frames I
66. 18 Update Device The Update Sierra Device command allows you to update a Sierra M6 2 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Setup gt Update Device to display the Device Setup dialog Device Setup Dev Mame Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected D Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analzers 13 10 1310 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 PES C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MBE C Program FilessLeCroys Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 GR C Program FilessLeCroy s hf Sierra Trainer 63 01 63 00 BRI C Program Files LeCroy s Figure 3 138 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Status Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 307 Teledyne LeCroy Update Device Device Setup be Dey Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra
67. 219 tool bar 286 Toolbar command 466 Recording Rules 447 resetting 465 tab 466 Toolbar command 286 Toolbars 391 Tools Menu 391 Tools menu InFusion 330 tooltips 405 Trace Capture 54 Trace Memory Status section 102 Traffic Generation 44 387 Traffic Generation ssg Files 393 396 397 Traffic Generation window 387 Traffic Monitoring 328 Trainer toolbar 392 tree 404 trigger condition 113 external 83 manually 79 multi link 115 on address frame 92 on ATA command 87 on ATA command pattern 98 on ATAPI 88 on bus condition 84 on data pattern 89 on FIS 96 on FIS pattern 97 on pattern 79 on primitive 85 on protocol errors 90 on SCSI Command 95 on SMP Frame 93 on soft reset 98 on SSP Frame 94 on STP frame 91 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy on symbol 84 on timer 82 position in memory 102 setting advanced 113 setup 78 snapshot 79 trigger on any ATA command 87 Trigger Source 145 Trigger Source combo box 140 Trigger tab 78 triggering on timer sequential 99 order 100 triggers setting 447 Tx Vout 294 Tx Vout Preemphasis command 295 Type combo box 143 U Union search 457 unpacking 19 Update License 310 Update Sierra Device 330 388 Update Sierra Device command 307 Upload Manager dialog 103 USB port 19 User Defined Commands tab 192 user defined decoding 309 User Defined Decoding dialog 309 User Path 296 User Defined Find Events sc
68. 266 Protocol E a a a a do 266 ATAP SCSI COMMANG is adenan a aaa Eea eai 266 Filter Check Condition ii gusts vwcedub wes areaaeguansiesadhetsaukdueneseceusunsvecsenvectans 266 Filter DY Tag NUMDET ousia ana ads 267 Use Pall SAS AGGlGSSES ista o 269 Training Se qUe issia a a A 269 3 5 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA cuida 269 BUS CONAN td 270 3 0 0 Enable EMM as 270 3o FINE Idle ind 270 300 OCA aio 271 DAVE SEAICN SCUID AAA E A 5 a o IA 272 le Byar eam h ee ceaews 272 Search DIGS CUO NM sccccci ccc seacsgnensne scar ecsescscatace cee ico 272 DOAN IT FLOM cionan iaa 272 Search Lodi die 273 SANG ie Ole aaa ce asnccvacsecceceaesce tess cae ees meee ccec races teceecen sce vescecces syeccecsessenesenecaseaeees 273 Sealen DOM Midas 273 Search SUD MOINS a gaevcuadae utes siesdecuhiveneanwacs vetassweeinene b Gaeeupeanateatadeeeweaesainteaiwie 274 3 9 9 gt NOWIde OF US aaa 275 SINgle PON cod 275 A POLIS sarsii a a E E NaS 275 3 6 PaCKel View TOO Dal resinas radiantes 276 3 0 1 GC ATC Navigation VIEW ai 277 26 2 LO VIEW A A A is 278 360 3 DOCOGE ICONS cin aid 279 3 024 CUSTOMIZE DIS DIAY IA 280 Rename PO airada 280 Show Hide Held tidad 280 Related Frames cninn a waite eo re a cae acme cede wane aa 281 BVE Orders cascescscccscsscuscsszsncccessisacdensvewcaccasswesuss vuacatesevccescesadeusss aE aaa 282 Choose Dala FOrMa diia 282 Show AlData cosa 283 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 9 Teledyne LeCro
69. 306 us RD Relative Time 5 573 us RD Relative Time BETE RD Relative Time 5 573 us RD Relative Time 970 453 us ALIGN 1 x 53 1 306 us RD Relative Time 5 573 us RD Relative Time Duration Figure 3 13 Device Sleep Fields 3 3 4 Changing the Default View Perform the following steps to change the default view of all trace files to Packet View 1 Open a trace file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 3 3 5 la pe 124 691 299 813 min 41 199 050 me 2 Select the Packet View Close all other views Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Select Setup gt Preferences and select the Trace Viewer tab 5 In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential spreadsheet format To display the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click Analysis gt Spreadsheet View or click the H button on the toolbar Time Stamp Relative Time Ja Bre S45 Address Dest 345 Address Frame Command TE o D a r COMINIT O n 14 NO Ow One 70 723 453 me
70. 5 12 2 T2 Figure 2 20 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive drop down list box choose a Primitive to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog x Format e SSP Hashed Source SAS Address OR Binary l C STP Hashed Destination SAS Address SOOO At Cancel NOT Data Data Offset fo Dwords 0 255 OX Dwi SOOO DwO OX Dw3 SOOO Dw2 2X Dw5 SOX Dwg POI Dwi SOOO Dw6 OX Dw9 PS Dw8 OOOOH Dw11 OOOOH Dwi OX Dw13 OX Dwi2 OO Dw15 OX Dwl4 Vin We Fr Fi vii TA da Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 21 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 67 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Define the data pattern for capture or exclusion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as O3 02 01 00 2 6 9 P
71. 6 GB Any unit that has more memory will have larger buffer size Cascading with STX SYNC Expansion Cards You can use cascading of analyzer units for higher port count by daisy chaining the units through the provided Expansion and Clock In Out interfaces on the analyzer back Connect Out connectors to In connectors of the next unit in the chain for both Signal and Clock interfaces You must provide external hubs for connecting the host machine to these units using USB or Ethernet You can cascade up to eight units Use the STX SYNC Expansion Cards to sequentially trigger the State Machine in Advanced mode If you mix Sierra M6 4 Sierra M6 2 and STX A6 4 analyzers emulators put Sierra boards first then STX Note Because chain connections for cascading boards cause delay of signals traffic on different boards is not completely time synchronized with about one DWORD difference between consecutive boxes Cascading To set up the units in a cascade 1 Connect all units to the host machine using either USB or Ethernet cables You can use hubs 2 Locate the Expansion and Clock ports on the back of each unit Expansion Clock 00000 00000 Out Out Figure 1 6 Expansion and Clock Ports Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 3 Connect the OUT Clock connector of Unit 1 to the IN Clock connector of Unit 2 using the supplied stacking cables Similarly co
72. 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 Teledyne LeCroy Align Test box File Library c A Xx Wait for Aliqnz Sequencers GH d Align Test Wait for ALIGN 2 Erom Initiator Click here to add combined event then Wait for OF OF then Click Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN ili ALIGN 3 Branch toa here to add Wait for Aliqns Wait for then Wait for OF or then Click ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 Branch toa here to add Error Detected Wait for Any Duword then Beep 500 and Branch to Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator Wait for Align from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator ms Wait for Align O Click lt Click here to add another action lt lt Click here to add another action wl Sequencer exa to add combined event gt to add another action here to add combined event here to add combined event to add another action re to add combined lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt lt Click here to add another state File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 44 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 12 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In thi
73. A 380 HIS SIO DDG A aa A E E A AAE ES 380 GOlO Labels cia 381 AUN lid 382 OD A E E E A SE 383 A a a ec eeticocetLbaags et venecuaes 384 SS A 385 SOO 385 Chapter 5 Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation ccccceseeseeseeeeseeeenseeeeneeeeneeeenees 387 9 1 oletta Trainer Menus caida 387 SF MENU erana E a E AEREE 388 3 1 2 SEU MEA id 388 5 13 Generate Men s a aaa aa aE TOEN deg ica Nica 389 514 Seareh M MU id 390 82125 VICW Ment A A A e Scere arse 390 12 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy SO TOONS Melina lid 391 A uted a a a a aa a a aaa a E aaa 391 5 1 8 Help Men in ted 392 5 2 Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar E ui id 392 5 3 Setting Up for Generating Initiator TraffiC oocccconnnnciccnnnnccoreocannorenncanoncnnnannrrrnnannrerennaannnns 393 5 4 Setting Up for Generating Target Traffic cccccccseseeeceeneeecenseeceenneeseonseeceenseeseenseesens 393 5 5 Creating a Traffic Generation File cccccssssseesssseseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeseenseeeeeeeesseeseoesseessenesneees 393 5 5 1 Creating a New Generator Ale ias 393 5 5 2 Editing an Example Generation Fluid 394 5 5 3 Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation Fil ccscsceessssseeeccesseeeseesseeeeeenseeeseoenseesoenseesseeoeneees 395 5 6 Opening a Traffic Generation File sssiisis a a aa 396 A aebetaeietens bed aa a sin AEE E aa Ea N a A i 397 5 7 Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files cocccc
74. ADC 3 Cancel Hexadecimal Cancel Command Type Any Command A CDE Type Any CDB Type y Any CDB Type F Show Reserved 6 Byte Command 10 Byte Command 12 Byte Command 16 Byte Command Long LBA 16 Byte Command Variable Length Variable Length For long LBA 32 Byte Command eee Operation Code Tag Destination Address Source Address PON LUN SO MV MAA A A vi TA Ea A Check All Uncheck amp ll Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 59 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a CDB from the drop down lis and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 95 Teledyne LeCroy Projects FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog Format Binary Register Host to Device Dx27 f Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits 0s DMA Activate Any Type W Hi M D1 He M D3 e H2 M D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 60 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS Type from the drop down list boxand click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate Any Type DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data OOCOCODO O O Note You cannot trigger on a V
75. Align gt 3 E Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 2 Wait for A4lign3 E Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiatori then Branch to Wait for Aliqnd ll Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN il from Initiator OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 13 Error Detected Wait for Any Dword from Initiator then Beep 500 ms and Branch to Wait for Aliognb For Help press Fl Figure 4 46 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 13 Downloading Scenarios box File Library c 9 X 0 200 Scenarios SEqUENCEE GH Align Test d Fis Aligns Test lt ta File Libr File Libr After you have created a scenario you need to download it to the InFusion device for execution If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of creating and downloading a scenario is as follows 1 Open the general library Main library or a File library Scenarios in the library are listed in the Main Library window 2 Open the Device Library window by clicking the Show Device Library button on application toolbar 3 Open the Device Library for the device to which you want to download a scenario or scenarios You can open the device library in two ways by clicking the Device Library icon in the device list win
76. Analzers 13 10 13 10 PUE C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 PES C Program Files LeCroy s F Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MES C Program Files LeCroy s E Infusion PGE C Program Files LeCroy s he Trainer i ose Figure 3 139 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device After the update the device must restart AA 1 Sierra device 5MW 61475 updated successfully Please wait until device SW 61475 restarts Figure 3 140 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup Dey Name Type Cur Reg Status File Hame Update Selected M Siera Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR CAProgram FileshLeCroysS Sierra Analzers2 1310 13 10 POE C Program FilestLeCropsS Update Al Sierra Emulator 2 23 10 23 10 PE C Program FilesLeCroysS FT Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 10 POE C Program FilestLeCrowsS M Siera Self Teszt 43 12 4312 MES C Program Files LeCrovp 5 Sierra Infuzion ORO C Program FilessLeCroy s he Sierra Trainer E leshLeCropr5 lose Figure 3 141 Device Setup Dialog with DONE Device Status 308 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual User Defined Decoding Teledyne LeCroy 3 19 3 20 3 20 1 User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set r
77. Cache10 Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Incomplete Response Data Present Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count O IRIS x 128 ae simple 360 000 000 y ns 1 o 02 I gt T 2048 Good Simple 3 351 399 90 ms 447 65 33 Figure 3 39 SAS SCSI Command Report SMP Command Report SAS To display the SMP Command Report click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a DOOCOD Function All Custom Discover Report General Report Manufacture Information Report PHY Error Log Function Result SMP Function Accepted Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transpo ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Function a All Report General SMP Function Accepted I gt T 186 666 671 75 ns Discover Report Phy Error Log SMP Function Accepted I gt T 2 559 999 94 us 12 48 00 SMP Function Accepted 1 gt T 3 519 999 98 us 12 48 00 0 00000627 25 100 00 Figure 3 40 SAS SMP Command Report Task Command Report SA
78. D Nofi Link FIS ATA Cmd Cancel Phy Reset Figure 3 28 SATA Report between Events Click OK The resulting report are limited to the capture between the defined events SAS vs SATA SAS adds Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd and Task Mng to the drop down list and deletes FIS and Phy Reset Statistical Report Content SAS A complete SAS statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others O O ODODODODODoDoDo oooO O SATA A complete SATA statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog O General Bus Condition Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Read Write Command DOOUOCDOD 222 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Error Performance Others PM Statistic PM Performance DOOCD Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample Report Options Some report categories offer options to display only specific items These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 237 Gen
79. D1 H2 p2 H3 D3 Ha D4 5 Single Port Multi Port Figure 3 103 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 107 on page 280 Packet View Toolbar The Packet View toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration Packet iew Toolbar E xj aooo roa The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the display to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 288 Lak The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer SAS only T The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar displays hides rP the Transport layer and below SAS only App The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd SAS only For D Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet Y SCSI Cmd and Task Mng button to choose command types to show hide v ATA Cmd The Show Hide Physical Packet button toggles the display of physical layer packets SATA only Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar FIS cmo
80. Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto Figure 3 117 Expand All To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 283 Teledyne LeCroy Port Status 284 3 7 You can expand or collapse all FIS s and commands To expand right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All FIS s or Expand All ATA Cmd s See Figure 3 118 on page 284 Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger Expand All FISs Goto Next Tag Goto Previous Tag Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Starnp Format Goto lt Fa Shift F5 Figure 3 118 Expand All FIS s To collapse right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All FIS s or Collapse All ATA Cmd s You can expand or collapse specific packets and commands by clicking on the or gt buttons see Figure 3 119 on page 284 FIS FIS Typ 36 20 0x41 DMA y FIS FIS Type 36 11 870 306 ms 21 0x46 Data ON A 36 11 870 306 ms 31 Po Figure 3 119 Expand Collapse Specific Layers Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom right of the application window ae The Port Status displays the Port Speed and Analyzer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status Teledyne LeCroy In addition to displayin
81. Data Pattern dialog 67 89 Data Pattern edit box 163 Data Pattern Mask and Match 453 458 Data Payload View 244 data report 243 Data Report button 243 247 Data View 41 DataPatternCapture 207 Decode CDB of Commands 302 Decode Toolbar 279 Decode toolbar 43 Default Data Block button 161 Default Workspace 297 298 default workspace 297 default infdb file 340 Defer Handshake 144 149 Defer Handshake Errors 186 190 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 50 Define Pattern dialog 163 defining patterns 100 Delay in HOLD Response 178 Delay in sending frame 142 148 185 188 Delay instruction 132 Delete button 452 Delete This Event option 452 deleting events 452 Destroy Field of Frame 185 189 Device Activation 194 device emulation 174 Device Emulator 36 device emulator settings 197 Device Emulator Settings dialog 197 Device Identifier dialog 135 321 322 device library 341 Device Library window 341 376 Device Setup dialog 307 Device Sleep 213 Device Type field 465 DHCP server 34 direction search 390 458 Disconnect 27 Disconnect Link 389 Disconnect Link button 392 disparity indication 279 display fonts 292 display Configuration 288 display configuration 288 Display License Information 310 display manipulation 207 Display Options 389 Color Format Hiding tab 459 factory settings 459 level hiding 462 loading 464
82. Desctambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode E Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 38 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig radio button In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus traffic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Recording button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer Clicking the Manual Trigger 5 button on the application toolbar creates a Trigger Event and uploads the trace with the specified trigger position Any Trigger in Pattern Mode In Pattern mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern button in the Trigger dialog see Figure 2 39 on page 80 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 79 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Capture Trigger Settings Notes SASProtocolAnalyzer2 C Don t care Snapshot 7 Capture Exclude C Manual Trig Y Include xX iC Patter Y Include SATA_SYNC desa Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle
83. Different Subnets If the host machine with the Sierra software and Sierra M6 2 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M6 2 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the host machine and Sierra M6 2 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M6 2 IP address manually To add the IP address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 15 on page 28 1 13 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet WARNING Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent Teledyne LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow Teledyne LeCroy applications access to the network The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet a TCP Port 4000 to 4003 O UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 1 14 Launching Your Analyzer To launch the software double click the SAS or SATA Icon in the Program Manager Window 1 15 Operating in Simulation Mode The SAS SATA applications operate in Simulation Mode by default if the software detects no hardware The Analyzer software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously
84. E RRR RBH 35 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 36 with timeout previous global timeout value assumed 37 VAIT FOR WF_ACK UF_ SATA XZ RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT 38 39 HUONURRRRRR ERRE RRE RR ORURO RR EEEE E E E E E E E E E E EEE EE E E EEE E E E E EEE E E E E EEE EEE 30 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 41 with custom timeout global timeout value ignored and unchanged 32 VAIT FOR 566 WF_ACK WF_SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT 43 44 45 dd 36 Advanced wait sessions with conditional branching 97 did 45 49 wait no timeout value specified it means we assuyme current global Wi 50 51 when WF_ACK WF_SATA SYNC do 52 G2 ick 1161 4 b M 4 gt H BranchingSample ssg la E Figure 5 12 Script Editor Script Editor Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions rFkKES MK G G alos 1 E Bio oras Figure 5 13 Script Editor Toolbar a Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 403 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor 404 9 9 2 The buttons have the following functions 4 Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark Allows lal immediately updates the setting E markers to be set or removed to bars and Frames shown in the aid in navigation trace window View Options Opens a menu with NE three options Enable Outlining Go to next b
85. Enable Scramble Disable END_OF_FILE Y add Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg 468 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA EPRA IA da AS HARE i ee L EE PEDE cis ESE paj ed pa paj pi O RRAS A EPA ATEA ap ITA HAH X RRRA AS Re ths Es EFUP PIR RATA E HaT iy A me REE ORRE MEE 3 95 Re AA sci AR ee 20004 Part Nam PCBAS Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord Protective Case if present Cable Assemblies if present Fans LS resent Probes Gf m Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Hexavalent Mercury Cadmium Chromium Hg Cd Cr Som m E ae a ee FO fee LITE S T 11363 2006 4 Em HRE ith gt 57 i Pet 517 11363 2006 EEIE WIR EEK o Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in 51 11 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Us Temperature SC
86. F mi Te I Device List Parameters PHY Information EEE 11 50060560000003c5 Property PHY D PHY Id PHY 1 5D06056000001 Invalid DWord Count age PHY 2 men PHY 3 mh PHY 4 Loss OF DWord Sync Count men PHY 5 FH r Reset Problem Count Fded mei PHY E me PHY F men PHY 8 gka PHYS AY PHY 10 E PHY 11 500605600001 T 0 Running Disparity Count 0 0 General Protocol Supported SSP i SMP STP Mumber OF PH Y 12 Vendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Count 163 Product ld 5 45 124 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rev Ley Id 32 Config 0 Esport Save Load close Figure 3 156 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 321 Teledyne LeCroy Power Source Control Aliasing You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog 3 23 Power Source Control This function allows you to manage power for connected devices Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Power Source Control El File Session Analysis Navi TxVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting All Connected Devices Ck Find DUT Power Source Cont
87. Figure 2 88 the port detects HARD_RESET which starts the Timer When the timer expires it jumps to another state If a trigger occurs between timer start and end the captured trace will have corrupt frames because of hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Notes Project Tree State 1 E Capture Everything 5 Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To Exclude tems Idle Motity If Timeout 346 Micro Second ma 1 Xx p No change State O State 0 50 Start Bus Condition then Go To State 2 Elze If m1 L Mo change Mo Jump Else lf I C No change No Jump gt State 1 51 Else If gg 1 O Mo change Mo Jump gt Capture 2 Everything Exclude Idle C Exclude 3 Nothing Exclude OOB Signal Exclude RADY Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC C Exclude Payload except Diword s Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 7 74 Make Same as Current f Add State Jl Delete State Figure 2 89 State Machine with Timeout Pattern to replace Timer To overcome this limitation use a Timeout Pattern instead of Timer Figure 2 89 shows the state machine using Timeout instead of Timer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 117 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined 118 Figure 2 90 on page 118 shows the Timeout settings Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events Exter
88. H Figure 5 1 Sierra Trainer Window 5 1 Sierra Trainer Menus The Sierra Trainer menus are Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 387 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus 388 9 1 1 9 1 2 File Menu New GenFile Starts a new Generation File Open Opens a file Close Closes the current window Launch Analyzer Displays Analyzer Window Launch Jammer Displays Jammer Infusion Window Save As Saves the current file with a new name Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Print Preview Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit Comment Allows you to enter a comment in a dialog Export Saves trace as text file in Packet View Format Convert Converts an SATrainer Generation File stg file to a Generation File ssg file etup Generate Search wiew Tools Wir Mew GenFile Ctrl h En Chrl O Close Save As Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Edit Comment Export Conert Figure 5 2 Trainer File Menu Setup Menu a Update Sierra Device See Update Device on page 307 a Port Configuration You can select different combinations of Trainer with Analyzer and Jammer When running two different applications on the ports you must set the same port configuration in both of them See Ports Configuration on page 106 The following describes possible conf
89. Hide Field State View Fields aan Device Sleep Figure 3 110 Show Field Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order d Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin PF Color Goto d Figure 3 111 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field Format Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Figure 3 112 Goto Command Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar In Column View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R_IP Bookmark Goto within Packet Goto SOF Goto EGF Software Setting Shift 5 foto j Goto Wexk HOLD FE ALAS 20000 RIF Goto Previous HOLD ShiFt F RE GotoNext HOLDA F7 OUR IE Goto Previous HOLDA ShiFt F Figure 3 113 Goto Within Packet Command Byte Order You can change the byte
90. Information STF Value Vendor Id LSILOGIC Product Id 5455126 1 Product Rev Lev Id 48 Export Save Load Close 3 To assign commands to an active address right click an address and choose Insert To Cursor assigns all commands up to the cursor to the chosen address Insert To All assigns all commands to the chosen address Note Selecting a SAS device and clicking Export allows you to export in std format Selecting a SATA or Expander and clicking Export allows you to export in txt format 2 9 3 136 Record and Play This feature allows the selection of a range of commands in a trace and exports them to a previously saved sac file for execution by the SAS Initiator Emulator or stc file for execution by the SATA Host Emulator You can export commands from all available samples between X and Y cursors or between designated commands To perform this action 1 Run a capture project or open a previously run and saved a captured trace file 2 Set X and Y cursors to export between cursors see Figure 2 125 on page 137 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Address Frama Type Protocol initiator Port 1H Connection Raja Features CH nieto Correction Tag Hp Destination TAT Address H Source SAS Address H Compatible Festuras H Pathway Blocted Cound H bb 15 G0ps a eno 00 oo Source SAS Adresse H Cirnea Pesas H Djo ME Arblir
91. Items r Search Sub Items Couch Doce Data Pattern Y ea coto Ports a Bus _onamor Primitive Vit mr Incomplete Frames J J Address Frames Vm T2 SSP Frames ISMP Frames SCS Commands Protocol Error Sol easel Packet with Error Task Management Function f ATA Commands Iv Packet without Error SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error SCSI Task Attribute CJATAPI SCSI Command a olas r Search Direction Forward C Backward r Search From Start C Trig Pointer Sant C XPointer C Y Pointer C AND Selected Items Last Found AA OR Selected Items eset All Save f EN Ctra Cancel Domain lt Figure 3 101 Search by Tag Number 3 5 9 Show Hide Ports You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports To do so click on the Ch Down Arrow Single Port If Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port ata time Multiple Ports If Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them Ch e ca ee Figure 3 102 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 276 3 6 En ch LH1
92. Leaving the box unchecked sends the first bit as bit 0 Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file when new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page LBA mode Checking this box enables LBA mode for ATA decoding CHS mode Checking this box enables CHS mode for ATA decoding According to LBA mode in ATA command Checking this box enables decoding according to LBA mode in ATA command for ATA decoding Configuration Clicking Setup displays the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 133 on page 300 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 299 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences Trace Viewer Configuration 3 x Bi ATA Com Fields Mell seting wi Value Format Hexadecimal e visible Normal Output Byte Order Right Aliga e zi Features Logical sectors per logi SectorCount SectorDffset Field Header Setting C Name f Abbreviation Foreground Error Output Error LBA Low a LBA Mid Viewer Setting Data Payload di y q High le Wrap Packet Columns in Aow fig Column 3 ne Native Max Address lt
93. Manual 185 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Insert Frame Check Insert Frame click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Make sure that you have clicked More Incoming Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting i x Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 JW Handshake errors NAK CRC Error C No Handshake C Primitive Type Defer Handshake after 1000 us Cancel Figure 2 187 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog Handshake Error Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of error on handshake Check NAK CRC or any other Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Defer Handshake Errors Check Defer Handshake and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake 186 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy 2 12 5 ATA Commands Errors SATA only Click the ATA Commands icon in the Errors window to display the ATA Commands Error Setting dialog Status eons Indication General sin Check Power Mode To JO H f Command number fi Repeat error f times Device Reset y w Download
94. PIO Setup Data Any Type DOOUOUOUOUD 2 6 15 STP Frame Pattern Double click STP Pattern to open the STP Pattern selection dialog STP Frame Type E xj Format FIS Type Register Host to Device Ox27 Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Owe Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp EEE E EEES MH MH Ph T H4 Mio wio Fo F be Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 28 SATA STP Pattern Dialog The STP Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Register Host to Device STP Frame Type E xj FIS Type Register Host to Device Ox27 Format C Binary f Hexadecimal Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Ox27 Register Host to Device Phi Port C Command Features LEA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low esp LBA Mid exp E EEE EE EJES MH MH Phi TF H4 Mioi Wi Pos Pos Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 29 Register Host to Device Register Device to Host STP Frame Type E x Format Binary Hexadecimal FS Type ACE Cancel Show Rese
95. Pattern Generation file Initiator Emulator You can run an Initiator Emulator while setting QO Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stopped Auto stop Analyzer when Exerciser stopped Auto update Sector Count Transfer Len before running SAS Address Data Frame Payload Size Frame Receive Timeout Logical Block Size ATA Command Execution Timeout a Send NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive ODOOOUOUOUUD Check Autostop Exerciser when Analyzer Stopped to halt the Initiator Emulator when the Analyzer stops If unchecked the Exerciser continues to run even after the Analyzer stops Check Autostop Analyzer when Exerciser Stopped to halt the Initiator Emulator when the Exerciser stops If unchecked the Exerciser continues to run even after the Exerciser stops Check Auto update sector Count Transfer Len before running If you want to automatically calculate the sector count and transfer length per the payload data length Keep this unchecked to use the values entered manually in the emulation script Note Checking this option will manipulate the emulation script with the calculated values but unchecking it afterwards will NOT revert to the previous values It is recommended to save a copy of your script before checking this option The message shown in Figure 2 153 on page 157 displays when you check this option Queue Settings Click the Queue Settings button to display the Queue Settings dialog see Figure 2 147 on page 1
96. Port MH STP Target Port 4 SSP Target Port M Restricted H SAS Address H Phy Identifier H CRC H Link Data 0 0 3 eens EA O ms Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H Restricted M SMP infistor Port H STP hitiator Port H SSP hitiator Port H Restricted 09 SNP Target Port H Xy T eecienaal gt ss sjalia AIRE nanan u wn AED 73 3 E Cursors STP Target Port 4 SSP Target Port M Restricted M SAS Address M Phy Identifier H CRC H Link Osto H 24 Relative Time o 5333 us Relative Time 2 578 800 18 Re Time l 2516 033 ms Address Frama Type Protocol Intiator Port H Connection Rate Featwes H indiator Commection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compativie Festures H Link Layer i Tran pod E i 3 SSP Frame Type Mashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Data Porter ReTransm H Retry Dota Frames H Num of F Bytes 00 Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H O d edd hami ta E d acc at a a4 ds 4 Mo de R abia al 5 OCADO D 7 D m7 0x01 Data FFSA f CADIC jE 0 0 or 3584 a Bet t tial eae e ween WO sequen la mu I SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Sre SAS Add H Changing Date Pointer H ReTransm H RetryDetaFremes H NumotFlBytes H Tagh Target Port Trenster Tag H CTA Sok ee TA be A ng a a pea ton on packets on the same i fo A layer and port TA 3
97. QO Delay in HOLD Response O NoWTRM Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the down arrow on the Primitive list box choose a primitive type and enter a value for the Number of Primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 191 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation 2 12 10 User Defined Commands Tab To create command s specifically for your application click the User Defined Commands tab to display the command definition dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Operation Code fi H New Name New Command Apply Type None Data y Remove Confia Data Pattern LFPT CDB Length E y Figure 2 193 SAS Command Definition Dialog To define a command Enter an Operation Code and a Name in the corresponding text boxes Click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose a command type a For command types requiring configuration data click the down arrow on the enabled Config data combo box and choose appropriate configuration data Enter the CDB length 6 10 12 or 16 When done click the New button The defined command appears in the command name window ee a To make changes to a previously defined command highlight the command make the changes and click Apply Note After creation the User Defined commands appear in the Event Selection dialog 192 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Ta
98. Randomly Teledyne LeCroy x Event Ho 1 From Initiator NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK HAK CAC ERROR HAF RESERVED 0 MAK RESERVED 1 MAK RESERVED 2 CRECIT_BLOCKED RADY NORMAL RADY RESERVED 0 RADY RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION D k x Cea eA Figure 4 23 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 9 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action see Figure 4 24 on page 356 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 355 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules qd Remove RRDY Normal gt x Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMAL From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the p Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal a Description Wait for BEDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules E Wait for RADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to ar action Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press Fl Figure 4 24 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 18 on page 348 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the
99. Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurrence and Monitor Count as Monitored or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box E Remove RRDY Normal box Scenario is valid Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal gt Description Wait for EELY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Penore Click here to add a sequence 4 For Help press Fl Figure 4 25 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 356 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose S
100. Report file c Aprogram files lecroy sas protocol suite User SASVerification_Device rtf Browse View Saved Traces No Test Name Purpose Result Detail J Figure 3 74 Run Verification Scripts Dialog Speed Negotiation has Speed Negotiation Window Three and Train Speed Negotiation Window The Link Layer has Link Reset Connections SSP Frames Closing SSP Connections Connections through Expanders and Break The Transport Layer has SSP Frames Structures Command IU Data IU XFER_RDY IU Response IU and Error Handling The Application Layer has SCSI CDB STP and NACA Operations 2 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add gt gt button Enter a value for DUT Type Target Initiator or Expander Enter the DUT Name Enter the Connection Rate as Autospeed or a value D p w To view failed test traces in the trace viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path c program files lecroy sas protocol suite User SASVerification_Device1 rtf Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report 250 9 Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User 10 After you select tests c
101. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Setting COMINIT Settings COMINIT NegLen COMINIT_IdleLen COMINIT BurstLen COMINIT NumBursts COMWAKE Settings COMWAKE_NegLen COMWAKE_IdleLen COMWAKE_BurstLen COMWAKE_NumbBursts COMSAS Settings COMSAS_NegLen COMSAS _lIdleLen COMSAS_BurstLen COMSAS NumBursts Default Value 800 480 160 280 160 160 2400 1440 160 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Id
102. SATA Report Route Information Report phy event Discover list Report phy event list Report expander route table list ODODODDODOD DDD ODODO Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 125 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Configure general Enable disable zoning Write GPIO register Zone broadcast Zone lock Zone activate Zone unlock Configure zone manager password Configure zone phy information Configure zone permission table Configure route information Phy control Phy test function Configure phy event Configure Zone Permission ODODODDODODDODoDOo oo oo O Adding a Frame SAS Click the Insert Frame button and choose the frame type to insert J ves eta x Identify Frame i js i is cj SSP Frames MEA SMP Request Frame Data STP Frames Task User Defined Figure 2 100 SAS Frame Dropdown List Note SSP and STP frames offer additional options 126 The following menu options are available a Identify Frame SSP Frames Command Data Task SMP Request Frame STP FRames Host to Device DMA Setup Data User Defined OOO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation SATA Click the Insert Frame button and choose the frame type to insert Self Test Host to Device DMA Setup Data UserDefined Figure 2 101 SATA Frame Dropdown List The following menu options are available a Self Test O Host to D
103. SATA Not available in SAS 98 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Sequential Trigger Mode In Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns Defining the triggering patterns sets the sequence order You must define at least two patterns to enable selection of Sequential Trigger mode Note Patterns such as Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different ports can cause false triggers To define a triggering sequence select more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box See Define Sequential Trigger Mode on page 80 for more information Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Don t care Snapshot Capture Exclude 3 Easy switch to Advanced mode C Manual Trig Y Include XxX Pattern Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude ide Timer P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type Timeout P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Sequential External Trigger FIS Pattern Register Host to Device Bus Condition Add gt gt P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Symbol Y Settings ae Trigger Position in Memory 1 eee Kre Capture Memory Size 10000 KB ATA Command a Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12
104. SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 317 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 21 7 Expansion Check To perform a Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check select the Expansion tab E Figure 3 152 Self Test Dialog Expansion Tab Choose the Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status to test and click the Start Expansion Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 318 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 21 8 LED Buzzer Check To perform a LED or Buzzer check select the LED Buzzer tab A RT ET eR Ese Rrra xl Clock Memory rdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer The LED board shows Following patterns 1 Of All LEDs are ON 2 OFF All LEDs are OFF 3 Walking OFF All LEDs are ON and only one LED is turned OFF and start moving 4 Walking ON All LEDs are OFF and only one LED is turned ON and start Moving a Buzzer Test ou should hear the buzzer sound stop Test Save error details Saye It C Program Files LeLroyLeLroy SATA Protocol SuitesUserkE rors detail elf El M Append error details Pee Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start LED Buzzer Check Close Figure 3 153 Self Test Dialog LED Buzzer Tab Check LED Test or Buzzer Test and click the Start LED Buzzer Check button For the LED you should see the LED pattern For the buzzer you s
105. SATA Signature by clicking the corresponding icon in the Errors window Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes UTE IM Generate periodic error e Every 1 Seconds O Even 1000 10 Command Every 1024 E Byte Transmitted 4 Generate Error on outgoing frame col Setting Commands e SATA I Send stand alone primitive Primitive type CONT Number Of Primitives 1 Signature W Send stand alone FIS FIS type Register Host to Device v User Defined FIS Data ee A E 2 M Drop link for f1 e Drop link after 1000 me for f me 4 Retain Error injection counters after Link Reset IM Retain Error injection counters after drop link Error Injection Import Default Settings Device Type ATA Device LEA 28 Capacity 4 GE LBA 48 Capacity 4 GB Figure 2 176 SATA Setting General Errors Forts H1 D1 2 12 2 Setting General Errors 176 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Generate Periodic Error Generate Periodic Error allows you to inject periodic error on Command frame FIS frame stand alone primitive and stand alone FIS Check Generate Periodic Error and select the period unit of time number of IO commands or number of kilobytes transferred by checking the corresponding option button Outgoing FIS Command Error or Outgoing FRAME Command Error SAS Check Generate Error on outgoing FRAME then click the
106. T2 13 T3 14 T4 ATAPI g Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Address Frame y 82 Connection Details Simulation Mode Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 65 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns Timer The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer in the trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer dialog xi Timer Value fi Milli Seconds r Time Unit Cancel milliseconds microseconds L Figure 2 66 Timer Dialog Enter a Timer Value choose the Time Unit and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Defining Patterns The definition of patterns for the sequential trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for the triggering patterns enable the setting to count the number of occurrences This allows you to specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence Count E xpected number of occurrences fi Figure 2 67 Number of Occurrences Dlalog Note The events on each link are counted independently causing a trigger whenever the n
107. Teledyne LeCroy Help Menu 310 3 20 2 3 20 3 3 20 4 VSE Help Topics Displays VSE online help You can also select F1 Update License A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open Display License Information Open a license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version see Figure 3 144 on page 311 Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu Teledyne LeCroy License information for the product Serial Number 61658 OxFODA eee i Eo dna adii Available Features Feature Title System Memory Size 165 a Feature Description Enable operation with 1GByte of internal memory System Memor
108. Time 1 0x27 Register Host to Device 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic D ns fears 511 593 373 5 4 5 586 Idle oe Idle Data H ion 11 511 600 093 s 5 3 346 us Idle e Idle Data H Duration 11 511 600 093 5 6 3 346 us Figure 3 2 SATA Packet View of sts Sample File 3 1 1 Quick View By default the settings in Preferences enable Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Preferences to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces unchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are ava
109. Trusted Hon ata 056 Cylinder H tite Log DMA Ext Oxo Festa Write Uncorrectable Ext 045 Write MuliplelCa OCs Add LBAls to NY Cache Pinned Set 0xB6 10 11 Flush NY Cache 0xB6 14 TI MY Cache Disable 0sB6 16 NY Cache Enable 056 15 Quern AMY Cache Misses 0sB6 13 Check Query NW Cache Pinned Set O B6 1 2 Remove LEAs From MN Cache Pinned 506 11 Count Return From NY Cache Power Mode OxBE 1 Espected Set NW Cache Power Mode OxBb rE NCO Queue Management Oxb3 Figure 2 50 SAS ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Choose a Command from the drop down list and click OK A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command ATA Command 33 3 x Format J Binary Hexadecimal Cancel F Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Command A Any Command Ph Port A IV Hi fw H MH I H4 VDI MD hw D3 M D4 Figure 2 51 SATA ATA Command Dialog Choose a Command from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Note The command code and feature set are not the only parameters that describe an ATA command For parameters such as LBA and sector count use the ATA Command Pattern dialog ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Pattern window to open the ATAPI Pattern dialog gc x Type Format 5 OK Any ATAPI Command MMC 6 SPC 4 SSC 2 Binar
110. _DEWICE Write Failed Device d 16_DEVICE_ Buffer Underrun Device i 0 DEVICE Vent Soft Reset Recovery d Inject Disparity Errar p Inject Disparity Error a empty Click here to add a Sequence gt Main Library Device Library SM 12880008 For Help press F1 Z Figure 4 10 New Scenario in InFusion Window 336 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario 2 timers per state and 6 timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per state sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A maximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra actions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x t
111. a Parameter Either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the lt lt Remove button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Triggering on a Timer Triggering based on a timer means that the trigger is activated when the timer expires Other triggers can preempt the timed trigger while it is counting down the time The timer starts when the project s started You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds dl microseconds Figure 2 41 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern opens the Timeout Pattern dialog Timeout Pattern Paten i External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition Symbol Remove lt lt Start Events PERRA PO paket PON al AeA A i Frimitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame Remove lt lt SMP Frame SSP Frame Cre Carers a ad E Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value i milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode
112. a device Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 27 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Add Device with Static IP a xi Device IP Address NY 0 0 0 cea Figure 1 15 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway ioe Figure 1 16 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select a network adapter The following dialog displays Select Adapter E E Adapter Description 1 Intel Al Wireless WiFi Link 496546 N Pac 169 254 40 154 001 deD5cc38b 2 Intel A S2566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 156 133 128 001c2570494f xl Cancel Figure 1 17 Select Adapter Dialog 28 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Refresh Device List Click Refresh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Properties dialog is displayed see the following screen capture Select Device E xj Device Dev Name Location Status Set Alias Name siera MB 2 5N f Connection properties x H Connect Sierra ME 1 SN lt 3 Add De
113. afar Offset M Delay in HOLD Response Set frame length to 2031 Dwords Humber of error Dwords 1 T NowTRM SOFEnor Double Omit Insert Primitive cont o at 1 th Diwiords TT EOFEmor Double Omit for fi times O CRC Emor Invalid E Om J ms ae ena sequence p times Fill reserved fields with O 1H Offset between repeats fi Diords T Drop link for f me Ignore lt RDY RADY sequence Cancel Figure 2 201 SATA Outgoing FRAME Error Setting Tab 6 Click the Delay in HOLD Response check box 7 Click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Media Settings Enter a value for Average Access time to simulate Seek Access time delay of a real device Enter a Number of Areas Define a Start and an End Address click the down arrow under the Area Type and choose Normal Writable Circular Writable or Non Writable Payload Size Enter a value for Data Frame Payload Size in the General area Choose Target Emulator Port Click a port option button and click the down arrow next to the Speed list box and choose a port speed Use the Speed Negotiation Setting button to open the dialog see Speed Negotiation Tab on page 155 Note If you have made some changes to a defined emulation and want to return to the original definition check the Activate the emulator with old settings Ports Configuration Click the Port Configuration button to display
114. at E Br er frame lenatt D w ord Offset fi E Set frame lenatt de DWords Number of error DWords fi T A h 10 H I SOF Enor Double Omit T Insert Primitive at MU th DWord FMS o tt Hy EOF Error f Double Omit Primitive Type f AIP NORMAL T CRCEnor invalid E Omit Number Of Primiti fi Reset Cancel Field of Frame Destroy Specify Value Insert Frame Field Destroy After current frame Tag O Before current frame Data Offset O Type User Defined Frame Data gt Figure 2 186 Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce Code Violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit Check this to disable credit checking SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and click OK Destroy Field of Frame Make sure to click the More button and then check the field to destroy Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User
115. been created it can be opened and displayed in the application You can invoke the application to transmit the traffic generation file by using the Start Generation button E Note For details about traffic generation files see Sierra Trainer Generation Language on page 408 9 9 1 Creating a New Generator File You can create a new Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg file To create an ssg file 1 Inthe Sierra Trainer window select File gt New GenFile to display the Global Settings of a new ssg file in a trace view see Figure 5 10 on page 394 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 393 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Traffic Generation File 9 5 2 394 ge Lecroy SAS Trainer Generator2 3 File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help a San H ASE me FEH 58 Mikle au GEN MODE IH UNDEFINED I CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS PauseTmS e tOnRun OFF lt OOB Settings COMWAKE NumBursts BurstLength IdleLength NegationLen A ae 160 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings Align Time D10 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Align Time AlignO Time Interspeed 81920 81920 750000 153600 163840 50000 2200 29998080 For Help press F1 Search Fu Figure 5 10 New GenFile 2 Click the Edit as Text button to enter a Generation Block or Change Settings instruction
116. capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report refer to Data Report on page 243 does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to exclude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab 2 4 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars The SAS and SATA software has the following menus and toolbars 2 4 1 SAS Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SAS main toolbar Open Project File Launch Trainer Start Target Emulator Find DUT Stop Recording Launch Jammer Start Recording manuak trigger W Jammer fel Record oO gt bel lt gt Trainer LE pS a Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Save Upl
117. captured bus data Limitations Simulation Mode lets you try all of the available functions but the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results 1 16 Using the Software The Sierra M6 2 application has the Teledyne LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite and the Teledyne LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite The Teledyne LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite can be a QO Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode allows you to pro Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 Teledyne LeCroy Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer 36 1 17 1 18 gram custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers see Pro tocol Analysis on page 47 a Jammer The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling see InFusion Overview on page 327 a Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator Generates bus traffic for capture It also has Easy Mode and Advanced Mode see Emulation on page 119 QO Target Emulator Acts as target see Target and Device Emulation on page 172 The Teledyne LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite can be a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode allows you to pro gram custom triggering
118. code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6 Gbps Occurrence of OOB signal Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of a particular SMP frame Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW Occurrence of a particular SSP frame Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events Teledyne LeCroy Event Description Trigger Input Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind a a a a The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern is inside a frame or not Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset You can make user d
119. commands immediately or you can modify it by inserting instructions and or additional commands Error and Command Settings Each command type allows you to set a variety of command settings and to introduce errors Click the Option button on a command line to display the corresponding Protocol Error and Command Settings dialog ATA Error and Command Settings The Protocol Errors and Command Settings screen capture is shown below Protocol Errors amp Command Settings h y x Connection Rate i SUSE Store Payload In Butter Trigger Source amediate Data Meet jo Miword s Mata Length fi Ewordiel Auto Update LEA f ncreament LES O Decreament LEA By Amount Wh jo md Random LES Lower Limit jo liza LE 4 Upper Limit fi pee External Trigger aut No change On Command execution Retry o Random Error Injection fi oe T Close Connection Setting Error Settings Generate Error On Outgoing Frame fi th Frame Register Host to Device Y Settings M Incoming Frame hi th Frame Register Device to Host Settings T Outgoing Open Error Error Settings Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OFEN ACCEPT Delap f O00 TES Affiliation Setting i Clear Affiliation After Command Complete O Leave Affiliation State Unchanged Cancel Figure 2 129 SAS Protocol Error and Command Settings for ATA Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analy
120. copies should contain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your Teledyne LeCroy product please visit teledynelecroy com recycle Teledyne LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter Introduce ais 17 AAN ZEN OVER iii 17 1 2 FOIOS li 18 1 3 Receiving YOURSAMAlY ZO sosisini a a 2 18 1 4 Unpacking the Analyzer in deseetediecdcuosteeusuesmsetecuness 19 Wed PAMANY ZEN Feature cirio 19 O LEDS naaa 19 1 6 1 Status and Configuration Display ivicicsiiiaaiiit cxestesenseccddusstesnvarceessunseewawaenstunndsartevavebences 20 17 INSTAIMING Your ANALY ZET iia 20 17 1 SoOfWate INSTAL atO M e iia 20 SA a a a a aE 20 Error Message st dd 20 18 Hardware Selina aa 21 AA AA ai a 21 1 8 2 CONNMEGUMG 1 General tica ci aaraa a ia 21 183 Gables to USC uacnci na naa is cia 22 1IEXPAndaDlIIV caia 23 1 9 1 Cascading with STX SYNC Expansion CardS cccccccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenseeeeseeeoesseeeesceeenseeeseeeeensnneees 23 Cascada ia 23 19 2 Select DEV in ita 25 1 9 3 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card
121. dialog Filter Filter Filter Options Filter Options Bus Condition J0x5000 85000000001 OJBus Condition 0x50060560000003C5 gt 0x5000626 000001 074 Primitive J0x50060560000003C5 Primitive 0x50060560000003C4 gt 0x5000626 000001074 C incomplete Frames Incomplete Frames 0x5000C500001 04765 gt 0 5000626 000001 074 Address Frames 0x5000C50000104765 JAddress Frames J0x5000 85000000001 gt 0xE S4E SE CISSP Frames J0x5000050000103D91 ISSP Frames J0x5000E 85000000001 gt 0x5000C50000103D91 CISMP Frames 0x50060560000003C4 CISMP Frames 30x5000C500001 03D 91 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 CISTP Frames ISTP Frames 0x5000050000103D91 gt 0x5000628000001074 SCSI Commands SCSI Commands 0x5000628 000001 074 gt 0 50060560000003C5 CISMP Commands SMP Commands 0x5000628 000001 074 gt 050000500001 04765 Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 30x500062B 000001 074 gt 0 50000500001 03091 FATA Commands DATA Commands 0x5000626 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C4 SCSI Command Status SCS Command Status Source SAS Address Source 545 Address JDestination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error Protocol Error ISTF Port STP Port Tag Tag CIATAPI SCSI Command ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Destination 545 Address EZ Filter Type A Filter Type e Hide a Show a Filter Idle cy Hide e Show E Filt
122. drag zoom graph area zoom synchronize with trace view fit to graph area and graph view User Defined You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by i X User Defined mod di clicking the 2 ATA button to open the User Defined dialog See the following screen capture x Primitive alr NORMAL f Wot Specific To Type OF Connections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections O Used Inside STP Connections Frame Outside Connections Cancel Figure 3 63 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Primitives To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive e Primitive AIF NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN O Cancel Figure 3 64 SAS Choosing a Primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis User Defined q x e Primitive Figure 3 65 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Zoom You can Zoom from x1 to x256 3 3 14 Bus Utilization View The Bus Utilization View displays information on pending IO To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture
123. enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 see Figure 4 41 on page 369 368 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy New Scenario 0 X Scenario is valid Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence O State O Wait for Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY FO AddresstFrameType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 El Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Figure 4 41 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 4 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 10 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 369 Teledyne LeCroy Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 5 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario New Scenario
124. establish the timing for the subsequent bits A TX SSC TYPE bit set to one indicates that the phy s transmitter uses center spreading SSC when SSC is enabled A TX SSC TYPE bit set to zero indicates that the phy s transmitter uses down spreading SSC when SSC is enabled or that the phy does not support SSC The REQUESTED LOGICAL LINK RATE field indicates if the phy supports multiplexing and if so the logical link rate that the phy is requesting A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps without SSC A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 without SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps with SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 with SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps without SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 without SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps with SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 with SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps without SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 without SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps with SSC
125. f Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occurs Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer expires Cancel Figure 2 42 Timeout Dialog 82 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Start Events starts the timer in Timeout Trigger and End Events triggers the analyzer if first trigger mode is selected or resets the trigger if second trigger mode is selected Repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Event is encountered or the timer expires Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode QO If End Events occur before timer expires QO If timer expires before End Events Note Timeouts can only be configured from the Timeout Pattern dialog The Timeout Pattern dialog allows configuring other patterns as triggers in combination with timeouts Other pattern dialogs do not allow configuration of timeouts External Manual Trigger To set up an external or manual trigger To set up the trigger click the External Manual Trigger category External Manual Trigger Manual Trig External Trig Cancel ance 2 High Active Low Active Toggle For changing the external trig setting go to Configuration menu and select
126. field value SendOpenAddressFrameSSP InitiatorPort Oxl InitiatorConnectionTag variableNamel The constraints are a Field Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Field StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 Use LRF directly for field value SendSSPFrameCommand_Initiator Data LREF startBitOffset endBitOffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are QO Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 SendSSPFrameCommand Data 00112233 variableNamel variableName2 44556677 RawData KZ8 0 D240 D3200 DOLs4 QvariableName1 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF AG 00 00 00 QuE 00 00 00 00 SendCRC Koi D240 DOS Dodo dd 5 420 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements 5 13 6 Teledyne LeCroy When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last DWORD Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are O Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames a SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame SendsATAFrame SATA_SOF SATA DATA 0211223344 SATA DATA variableNamel SATA_DATA 0x55667788 FOATA CRCO QOx9O9AACCBB good cro can be changed to bad SATA_EOF
127. following figure add a command and make a batch file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 377 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 378 Peer infusion Errar Injection and ralli Modiin e y Shaw Analywer Show Trainer IN Np m 1d New Script 0 UELS Fie Library eelecomo balsa e XK Main Library wax atch Sesipst is valid DAA elo a DADO bar senang al Soria ices 40 READ GPIO REGISTER C New Senari 6 REPORT SCL CONFIGURATION STAT 40 REPORT FONE PERMISSION TAALE 4 REPORT ZONE MANAGER PASSWORD S REPORT GOD AST a0 DISCOVER 4 REPORT FHT ERROR LOS REPORT FHT SATA 40 REPORT ACUTE INFORMATION 4 REPORT PHY EVENT 40 OTECOWER LIST 4 REPORT PH EVENT LIST 4 REPORT EXPANDER ROUTE TABLE LIS 40 CONFIGURE GENERAL 20 ENABLE DISABLE ZOMENG 3 WATIE GPIO REGISTER 40 ZONED BROADCAST hnjeci CRE error ject pany error hrm Shug Scere Capture amp Substitute MEE AE EEE AREA ABE A 3 3 r AA In this window you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 1 Select Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog El Command Parameters Parameters Serial Number S N ffisStop Port Beep Scenario WaitForStop GoTo Stop Sleep The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardwa
128. level OFF Long time constant 300 MHz 4 dB Pre emphasis decay 500 ps lo Auto Calibratior tpt Pre Shot EEE Output power level 800 my x DI _ _ _ _ oe Pre emphasis level 15 8 dB ki Loss of signal 1 30 my Pre emphasis decay 200 ps Port Status Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Number of errors per second 9 Start Reading Ports Status Close Figure 3 130 Choose Port for TXRx Vout Port displays ports to select from Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports implements one port s setting into all other port settings Input signal equalization allows you to select values for Short time constant Medium time constant Long time constant Output power level and Loss of signal from the drop down menu Output pre emphasis Output Pre Long allows you to select values for Pre emphasis level Pre emphasis decay from the drop down menu Output Pre Short allows you to select values for Pre emphasis level Pre emphasis decay from the drop down menu Port Status displays number of errors per second Apply applies the selected settings Start Reading Port Status implements reading of number of errors displayed in Port Status Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 295 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 3 15 Preferen
129. list of found devices 297 Refresh Device List 29 register device to host FIS 74 relative time display 52 Remove Device 28 Remove Frame from sequence 142 148 185 188 Rename Title of Port dialog 280 renaming port 280 Repeat decoded command in frame column 302 Reset clear the list of found devices 297 Reset All button 466 resetting Toolbar 466 Response frame 281 Restore Factory Presets button 459 Restore Factory Presets option 459 Resume Generation 389 Resume Generation button 392 Retain Error Injection Counters after Link Reset 179 Retry 145 Retry text box 140 480 Reverse Link Data 299 rules validity 447 Run All Tests Sequentially 314 Run Batch button 379 Run Batch Script command 330 run hardware 51 Run Pattern Generator button 150 Run Scenario button 377 Run scripts button 255 Run statement 382 Run Verification Scripts dialog 252 running disparity 279 Running verification scripts button 252 Rx Tx Settings dialog 295 S Sample View link 237 Sample View Settings 298 Sampling memory usage optimization 298 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option 303 SAS Address 391 SAS Address Alias 293 SAS Address field 465 SAS address report 229 SAS Commands icon 182 SAS data pattern 347 SAS Parameters window 80 SAS Protocol Suite 35 SAS Verification 248 SATA cable 22 SATA data pattern 347 SATA Parameters window 81 SATA Protocol Suite 36 SATA Signature 190 SATA Signature dialog 190 SATA Signature Error Sett
130. mode in ATA command Configuration Cancel Setas factory Figure 3 26 Enabling Read Write Statistical Report Note This settings should be enabled before you capture the trace file If you have already captured a trace file and want to create a read write statistical report for the sample perform the following steps 1 Enable the read write settings as mentioned above Open the trace file Set the X pointer on the first packet in the viewer Set the Y pointer on last packet in the viewer ee TS Save as the trace file using the X to Y option Now the saved trace file will contain the read write statistical report Report between Cursors Click the option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK The resulting report has only the capture between the cursors From Cursor y To T Cursor y Cursor o Y Cursor Figure 3 27 Report between Cursors y C From Sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Report between Events Click the option button next to the From the event selection dropdown list click the From down arrow to choose the 1st event then enter the number of its occurrence Next click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd event then enter the number of its occurrence From Link No fi To Link
131. of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be 0 This can occur when the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY ALL po PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGER DATA PRE TRIGGER TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 69 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger 2 6 17 Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab Figure 2 70 on page 102 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 101 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Capture Trigger Settings Notes Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory PI O ay 90 Y Entire Memory 14 13 f Partial Memory a EB Upto 2048 MB Segmented Memory Hof Segment i Segment Size 10000 KB Up te 2046 ME Sample File Name Je program Hles lecroy sas protocol suitesUse E Don t upload sample and open upload manager automatically Auto Run Number of Aun 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD P Shon siidi HOLO HOLDA Response Timeout 255 Disable descrambling ALIGN Transmission Pernod 7 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Sse eer ee f 2049 for SSP 258 for STP _ Protocol Eror Mask Speed Iw 11 T1 AutoSpeed 13 73 AutoSpeed M 12
132. of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the included Script Editor utility Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Teledyne LeCroy Click on the Trainer icon Trainer to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA Trainer see Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 387 You can toggle between the Trainer and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 45 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer 46 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis 2 1 2 2 A default analyzer project is created automatically when the application starts An analyzer project contains all the settings for capturing triggering and memory usage A project can be saved as a sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Analyzer software see Software Installation on page 20 and set up the Analyzer see Hardware Setup on page 21 launch the Analyzer software see Launching Your Analyzer on page 35 to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab The default Protocol Analyzer uses the Easy Mode which allows triggering and data capture The Easy Mode also supports the SAS Initiator Emulator and SATA Host Emulator modes to generate bus traf
133. oo ooo o o o SOF EOF SOAF EOAF ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 ALIGN 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY RESERVED 0 NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR NAK RESERVED 0 NAK RESERVED 1 NAK RESERVED 2 CREDIT_BLOCKED RRDY NORMAL RRDY RESERVED 0 RRDY RESERVED 1 SATA_ SOF SATA_EOF SATA_CONT SATA_DMAT SATA_HOLD SATA_HOLDA SATA_PMACK SATA_PMNAK SATA_PMREQ_P SATA_PMREQ_S SATA_R_ERR SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY SATA_ERROR AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 425 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 426 DOOKOCUUOUOUOOOOODOOKOOKOOVHOUHVOOOOBDOODOOOKOKCOUKOUOUVUOUHOOHOOWOOOOOOKWOHOUWOUOUE AIP RESERVED 3 AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK BROADCAST CHANGE BROADCAST RESERVED 0 BROADCAST RESERVED 1 BROADCAST RESERVED 2 BROADCAST RESERVED 3 BROADCAST RESERVED 4 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 0 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION CLOSE NORMAL CLOSE RESERVED 0 CLOSE RESERVED 1 ERROR HARD_RESET OPEN_ACCEPT OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 O
134. or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured FIS items in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 268 3 5 6 Enable Filter Select Filtering gt Enable Filtering or click the AP Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display 3 5 7 Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Trace Viewer are shown or hidden 270 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
135. position the mouse pointer over a data field Running Disparity indication Sequence 773 000 ns acom refe se9D46eq Unscramble 0x03C48027 Scramble 0xC118F6AA J Figure 3 106 Payload Data Display Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 279 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 3 6 4 Customize Display Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View EA Rename title of port Show Hide Apply width to all columns Software Setting shift 5 Goto Figure 3 107 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Port dialog Rename title of port X New Title Initiator Cancel Figure 3 108 Rename Title of Port Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Duration Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field see Figure 3 109 on page 280 Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All soto Response set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto F Figure 3 109 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden field to restore 280 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Add Bookrnark Show Field External Signals
136. primitives 4 for 1 5 Gbps 4 for 3 0 Gbps 4 for 6 0 Gbps OK Cancel Help Figure 2 204 Speed Negotiation Dialog Power Management Settings Tab OOB Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting Host initiated power management Device initiated power management Start when Link layer remained in IDLE state more than 190 ms Partial v ForPSREQ_P R PSACK ee Abandon request after 100 100 us Response delay 1 100 us Minimum number of response primitives 6 ForPSREGQ_S Response type PSACK v Response delay 1 100 us Minimum number of response primitives 6 Wake up after 0 ia Figure 2 205 Power Management 202 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy 1 In the Host Initialized Power Management area choose whether to support the report in the Identify page 2 Specify the response type for PMREQ_P and PMREQ 5S the delay and Minimum Number of Response Primitives 3 Inthe Device Initiated Power Management area choose whether to support the report in the Identify page 4 Define start event by choosing Standby timer expires STANDBY command executes or Link layer remains in IDLE state more than XXX ms 5 Specify time for Abandon request and Wake up after and enter the Standby timer interval NCQ Command Settings Tab Advance Target Setting d x OOE Signal Setting Speed Negotiation
137. size is 10 MB Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you entered Upload Manager To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox To view segmented trace files click the Upload Manager 2 button beside the Record button to display the Upload Manager dialog see Figure 2 71 on page 104 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 2 6 19 Upload Manager as x Upload Save Delete pl Options E Preview D ME around segment trigger position REO E 1 gagy l Show Traffic Summary Preview Select All Deselect All a ee Figure 2 71 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segmenti Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the s
138. system to send a defined response frame to the host check the Command fail on Response check box and then choose a pre defined response 4 Repeat for every command for which to set an error Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation 2 12 6 Outgoing Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Outgoing Frame Setting ES Frame Name Data Frame Humber i l Frame Length Error E Code violation error E Frame Type error o D No WT RM ae E Code Violation on SATA primitive L r Disparity error Drop Link For me A A eae al Over frame length a z Disparity error on SATA primitive Under frame length Cord Offset 1 Remove Frame from sequence ignore lt RDYRARDY sequence G a y 205 gt 7 Set frame length to lt 051 Dw ords Mumber of error DwWords 4 E Delay in sending frame 0 me Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLD E SOF Error Double Ornit D Insert Primitive CONT n eee EDF Error Double Omit torse 1 ae ERC E O mit He ror lnersalid Link hee For HOLE Primitive Fill reserved fields with O H 1 gt Reset OF Cancel Field of Frame Destroy Specify Value E Insert Frame Field Destroy
139. tests 30 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes mo ata gt Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset DDE Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power OFF You can turn the card on or off through the BusEngine by user emulation scripts during Emulation Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X This card has several capabilities a Supplies power to devices at 12v 5v 3 3v 1 5v and or 1 2v This is controlled by the application see Power On on page 128 QO Allows toggling the new Device Sleep DevSlp signal to put SATA devices into sleep see Adding an Event on page 127 and Figure 2 103 on page 128 a Allows monitoring in the trace of the DevSlp signal as generated by the Trainer or Host Emulator as well as when generated directly from a Host using a dedicated DevSlp cable Also see Device Sleep DevSlp on page 213 a Allows CATC Sync functionality to enable cascading so there is no need to toggle between the Power Expansion Card and the Sync Expansion Card a Allows power measurement to monitor and record the power current and volt age being used by the device it powers will be supported in a future software release It is shipped with the following three cables QO Standard 4 pin power connector ground 5v 12v only This is a d
140. the Connect command forces the Trainer to disconnect the physical link before executing the Connect command When AdvanceConnect is not set this setting does not affect the Trainer When set the Trainer uses the PHY Capability and SupportSNW settings instead of the Set Speed settings for executing the Connect command If set to On Trainer puts DC Idle on line when it detects sync lost on the link When set the generator will go through the stages of bringing up the link automatically including waiting for and responding to the device or host it is connected to When set the generator will respond automatically to Hold requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to DMAT requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to TBD commands Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will automatically go throughthe speed negotiation process for the speed set in the PINTERFACEC_SERDES register for the Trainer When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream 2 Align 0 primitives every 254 DWORDs as specified in the SATA spec When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align primitives every 2048 DWORDs as specified in the SAS spec Two Align modes can be turned on simultaneously to support STP Sierra M6 2
141. the Import button and choose a previously defined Device Identifier saf file Note Clicking the Import button on any of the Target Emulation dialogs sets all the parameters for the current emulation including User Defined Commands Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation SATA To set up a Device Emulation click File gt New gt Device Emulator The Device Emulation project opens with the Pages tab selected E DeviceEmulator2 k als Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Supported Pages Show Na Reserved and Obsolete Word Description Value 0 General configuration bit significant information 0000 15 O lt ATA device 14 8 Retired 7 D notremovable media device 6 Obsolete 5 3 Retired 2 Response incomplete 1 Retired 0 Reserved 2 Specific configuration C837 10 19 Serial number 110 23 26 Firmware revision SOOOOOON 27 46 Model number Catalyst Device Emulator 47 15 8 80h 8010 O1h FFh Maximum number of sectors that shall be transferred per interrupt on READ AWRITE MULTIPLE commands 49 Capabilities 2F00 15 14 Reserved for the IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE command 13 1 Standby timer values as specified in this standard are supported 12 Reserved for the IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE command 11 1 INRDY sunnarted of b Ports H1 D1 y Device Type ATA Device y LBA 28 Capacity 4 GB LBA 48 Capacity
142. the Ports Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 106 Activation Enter number of times and period of activation Advanced Options Click the Advanced button to display the OOB Signal Setting Power Management setting Speed Negotiation NCQ Command setting and Miscellaneous additional setting dialogs OOB Signal Setting Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields see Figure 2 202 on page 201 200 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Advance Target Settinc OOB Signal Setting Timeouts Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting Teledyne LeCroy COMINIT Accept 480 COMSAS Accept 1440 2400 COMWAKE Accept 160 280 Resolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OOBI _ Optical Mode Enabled OOB Type Status Idle Time OOBI legation Time OOB Burst Time OOBI Count 800 160 160 6 160 6 Figure 2 202 OOB Signal Setting Dialog Timeouts Click the Timeouts tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify timeouts for connection CREDIT ACK NAK ATA Command OOB Signal and Identify frame You can also edit the speed negotiation parameters Advance Target Settinc OOB Signal Setting Timeouts Power Management Setting Open Connection response timeout UUI Close Connection response timeout 1000 Break Connection response timeout 1000 DONE timeout 1000 Credi
143. the drop down list Figure 2 83 on page 114 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start State 0 Pattern GoTo If Else If Else If Else If State 1 51 Capture Everything Exclude ttems Idle Notify Capture C Everth C Nothing Pattem Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame Cont Trig Timer Ext Qut Nochange No Jump 1 7 No change No Jump 1 me No change gt No Jump 1 No change iw No Jump Set capture settings of all states as state 0 IV Exclude Idle T Exclude ox 7 Exclude OOB Signal T Exclude RADY Exclude ALIGN IV Exel T Exclude SATA_CONT Tl Exclude SATA_SYNC l Exclude Payload except fo Dword s C Include the following Patterns SSP Frame Escudo SCSI Command Data Pattern Protocol Errors Timer 1 Elapsed Timer 2 Elapsed Timer 3 Elapsed ProtocolE Anything Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Po 1 11 For Help press F1 Make Same as Current amp Add State Delete State Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Tx Vout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Figure 2 83 SAS Choosing a Trigger Condition 2 Define each selected pattern in the same w
144. then add the Wait For command line with whatever letter you assigned to your script For example Wait For WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_A Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click A on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 455 Teledyne LeCroy Find 456 You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option To perform a search 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click A in the Toolbar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for Frames To Search For Transactions SCSI Operations Mot Transactions ATA Commands Direction Forward C Backward Origin f Top of the screen Last match C Start of the file End of the file Event Groups M Packet Types Prinntiyes Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length C Union Frames that match ANY of the specified events Uncheck All Co
145. this to introduce a frame type error Drop link for Check this to drop link for the specified milliseconds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 148 Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error then choose the type of error to introduce Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit Check this to disable credit checking SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type Field of Frame Select Destroy scroll through the available choices in the Field of Frame list box and choose a field to destroy Alternatively you can select Specify Value to fill the chosen field with a pre defined value Insert Frame You can insert a frame before or after the current frame To insert a frame check Insert Frame check the option button at which to insert the frame and choose a Frame Type Iv Insert Frame After current frame Before current frame Type User Define y UserDefine Frame Data SOF Define XFER ROY Command Figure 2 142 SAS I
146. times Figure 5 20 Event in Main Display The default label for the first cell is Global State which is active at all times 450 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options Teledyne LeCroy Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the Generator ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu ad Newevent W 0 Qi Available Everts Global State active at all times Move Event To Copy Event To ra Delete This Event Properties Mo Action Figure 5 21 Action Menu 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned ad Newevent mf 2 A Qs Available E vents Global State active at all times Figure 5 22 Action in Main Display Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions 5 15 1 Generation Rules Pop Up Menus The Generation Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 451 Teledyne LeCroy Ge
147. to exclude from the analysis click the Protocol Error Mask button and check any or all of the protocol errors to exclude See Protocol Errors on page 68 8 To save the analysis result for later review check Save to file and enter the path in which to save the result 9 Toinclude a descriptive note about the project click the Notes tab and enter information in the Notes dialog See Add a Project Note on page 110 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Performance Analysis To perform the Performance Analysis click the Teledyne LeCroy Run Hardware button and wait for the real time analysis for the selected items to display E Number of Frame Event 143514 0000 7 Number of Data Frame Events37 129 0000 H Number of Protocol Erron37 1287 0000 El Number of Completed Commanda0 0000 E Number of Command Eve 0000 E Number of Frame Event 74257 0000 Mi Number of Data Frame Eventa0 0000 rd Number of Protocol Error222774 0000 E Number of Completed CommandaD 0000 E Number of Command Event 0 0000 E Number of Frame Event 4267 0000 B Number of Data Frame Events 37 129 0000 A Numbet of Protocol Errox222773 0000 E Number of lated Comman ooo E Number of Command Eve 0000 E Number of Frame Event 4257 0000 Number of Data Frame Eventa0 0000 E Number of Protocol Errox143519 0000 E Number of C leted Comman E Number of Command Eventx 0 0000 E FIS Number 74850 0
148. work with one Analyzer Note that Host Emulator and Analyzer can be on one port and Analyzer and Device Emulator can be on another port at the same time Emulators do not work with Trainer Emulators work with Jammer see below Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Note Ports 1 and 2 are a pair Put related hardware on one pair For example put two analyzers on ports 1 and 2 Jammer can pair with one or two analyzers on a port Jammer does not work with Trainer Trainer can pair with one analyzer on a port Trainer does not work with emulators Trainer does not work with Jammer MUX Setting SAS only Enable Muxing on port combinations Enable Wusing Un r 0 71 Cancel mo Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 76 MUX Setting Dialog Box If you enable this option on two ports xl the data of both ports transfers on one physical link whose speed is twice the speed of each link and the data of two links multiplexes on one physical link For example two 3 G ports together make one 6 G port Note the following see Figure 2 77 on page 109 l selected a selected initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes The muxing check boxes are usable only if two or more emulator channels are The initiator emulator check box is greyed out if only one emulator channel is Project Tree initiator Emulator Port SASPr
149. 0 Q NCQ_Templ NCQ_Templ gt gt 1 If NCQ_Templ 0 then Q NCQ_TempO NCQ_Templ amp Ox00000001 Note In this release while condition is limited to simple variable values only Combining operators is not allowed in while expressions You should move such expressions inside while block Note Nested while and if are supported Wait When Do in Logical Expressions The wait when do syntaxes are wait time when exp do elsewhen exp do on_ timeout Ey Example wait no timeout use global WaitTimeout value default 1000 useconds 1 ms when WF_OPEN_ACCEPT do A elsewhen WF_OPEN REJECT do a on_timeout Llao o Example wait_for 100000 WF_OPEN_ACCEPT WEF_TIMEOUT 100 ms Note Nested wait should not exceed 2 deep Use a procedure call to extend wait logic sequence Wait Wait_For ok Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 419 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer Script Enhancements 5 13 5 Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on Bus In creating patterns to send on bus trainer script allows using variables In these cases because the created pattern is dynamic it is not possible to do scrambling and calculating in software code These tasks are done in the hardware engine To activate set Auto scramble mode in on state The following examples show uses of variables in creating patterns Use variable for
150. 0 BEA S0 p PONSE Tag Data a a EOF Idle Time Stamp 10 0x0000 O bytes D bytes 0x53404BD4 O 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 560 Idle Time Stamp Frame ae Data Mee EOF 11 e OX0000 112 bytes 12 bytes 0xC486DB10 Sor 0 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 800 Frame E UNKNOWN Tag Data Ee ae EOF Time Stamp 12 6 0x0000 0 bytes l 00 000 001 120 In the screenshot global settings make up the eight bars at the top of the window Below that are five frames If you look at the script itself there are six frame commands five active and one commented out The following sections describe how to open and edit traffic generation files Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation File If you have old 2500 based SATrainer Generator stg files previously used with CATC Tracer Exerciser Model120K you can convert them to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator Ssg files using the legacy Convert function Perform the following steps to convert an stg file into an ssg file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 395 Teledyne LeCroy Opening a Traffic Generation File 1 In the Sierra Trainer window select File gt Convert gt Convert stg to ssg to display an Open dialog Use Files of Type SATrainer Generator Files stg 3 Select an SATrainer Generator stg file 4 Click Open The application creates a Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file ssg Note
151. 0 Hz 20 ms maja Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST TE wpe 4 pS Edit I net q notr script command Beck here to add another set Mint e Delete Clic s 5 To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to execute scenario and save result in the log file 0 gt Rec Analyzer _ Run Batch 4 New Script 0 Batch Script is valid Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 379 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 4 15 2 Error Checking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware New Script 0 b x Fl Label0 Run N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lick here to add ano her script comma Label i Run N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR 4 15 3 Log Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area 4 15 4 Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non
152. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Data Export data in file Figure 3 71 Data Payload View Teledyne LeCroy find Hex ASCI columns in Row 16 Columns se Bytes in Column 1 Byte s p00 00020000000000 Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find
153. 000 i a Command Numben22455 0000 E Command In Numben7485 0000 Ea Command Out Number 7435 0000 iA Protocol Error Numbern27308 0000 Figure 2 172 SATA Performance Analysis Results Display Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 Teledyne LeCroy Run Hardware 172 2 11 2 12 2 12 1 Alternate Display Format You can display the result as 2D 3D and so on by clicking the corresponding Graphics Setting on the Performance Analysis toolbar Area Chart 4 bla bz al Columns and Bar mA Line a j Pie Switch between 2D and 3D Grid lines On Off Show Hide Legend Window Run Hardware To perform the defined analysis click the Ld Run Hardware button and wait for the result to display Target and Device Emulation You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic Pages Tab SAS To set up SAS Target Emulation click File gt New gt Target Emulator to display the target emulator with the Pages tab selected see Figure 2 173 on page 173 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy TargetEmulator1 i loj x Pages Eror Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Supported Pages TP Show Reserved and Obsolete Standard INQUIRY Data Offset Field Value Device Identification PD Page 0 Supported WPD Pages Disconnect Reconnect Mode Page 5 Peripheral Qualifi
154. 04000 0xC8 Read DMA oo 0000000 Protocol Option Option button 7 Figure 2 120 SATA Sample Host Emulator Program Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Sample Initiator Emulator Program SAS only Figure 2 121 shows a simple completed SAS Initiator Emulator program Initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes y Phy reset sequence and identification man T festa ATA sc ras some tome event te E fae mecchan Daue C js done Operation Code RT H Reserved H Starting Feature Number H Reserved H Reserved H Reserved H Allocation Length H Control H Target SAS Address j Target LUN Option 0000000000000000 j 0000000000000000 E Start Loop Count 1 Operation Code Mode Butter D H Butter Offset H Parameter List Length H Control H Payload Data 0 Bytes H f t l U i D JA TergetlUN Option 0000000000000000 j Mode Butter ID H Butter Offset H y DA EN ____ Target SAS Address Target LUN 0000000000000000 x __ co0n000000000000 Allocation Length H Control H SP H PF H Parameter List Length H Control H Mode Parameter Header H Payload Data 0 Bytes H Option button Figure 2 121 SAS Sample Initiator Emulator Program Data Blocks For commands requiring data blocks click the down arrow of the Pa
155. 1 Combined Event 338 Command Parameters dialog 378 Command Properties dialog 378 Commands Error Setting dialog 182 Compact 391 compensate for line loss 294 Complex Wait For Conditions 454 compliance test 323 Compliance Test dialog 323 components 18 conditional statements 380 Config Status Indicator 447 configuration 288 Configuration menu InFusion 330 Configure Device 330 Connect Link 389 Connect Link button 392 Connect Parameters 389 Connect Parameters command 464 Connection Management icon 180 Connection Management Setting dialog 180 Connection Parameters dialog 464 Connection Rate 140 145 CONT Usage 157 contact 471 Convert 388 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 297 Copy Event to option 452 copying events 452 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Count Randomly 350 counter as data 164 Counter button 164 Counter Value 350 counters 350 Create statistical report read write page 299 Current License Configuration field 305 cursor position status bar 286 cursors locating 257 positioning 287 timing 219 Customize command 466 dialog box 466 D data pattern 67 show 283 Data FIS 77 data block counter data 164 custom pattern 163 defining 161 editing 163 editing as text 166 naming 163 random pattern 165 walking bit 165 Data Block dialog box 161 Data Block Edit menu 163 Data Block icon 134 Data Block Name list 166 data blocks 134 data format 282
156. 1 without SSC G1 with SSC G2 without SSC G2 with SSC G3 without SSC and G3 with SSC Inserting Instructions Instructions are logical program elements that allow the definition of how the Initiator Emulator program executes Using instructions you can define program loops make conditional jumps and insert delays and stops Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 129 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation To insert an instruction click a command in the Initiator Emulator program where you want the instruction inserted then click the Insert Instruction button then choose the instruction to insert Loop End Goto If Wait For Any Frame Delay Stop Label Figure 2 106 Insert Instructions Dropdown List Start Loop Click the command at which to start the loop and then insert the Loop Start instruction cont Figure 2 107 Start Loop Loop Count Enter the number of times to run the loop in the number text box or click the down arrow on the Count Drop down combo box and choose Infinite End Loop Click the command at which to stop the loop and then insert the Loop End instruction End Loop Figure 2 108 End Loop Add a Goto To insert an unconditional jump to a previously labeled command insert a Goto instruction Then click the down arrow on the Drop down combo box and choose the label to designate the destination command co str El Figure 2 109 Goto 130 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Ana
157. 100 00 Figure 3 59 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 239 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 3 3 13 Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click View gt Histogram View or click the button on the View Type toolbar 3 E Ss Y Ena E teadete Zoom es u Figure 3 60 Histogram View Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want To choose frame types to include in the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types w STP Frame w STP Read Data wf STP Write Data wf SOP Frame w SSP Read Data wf SSOP Write Data wf SMF Frame Wt Address Frame wt FIS w Read Data FIS wf Write Data FIS Figure 3 62 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames Frames with errors are displayed in red To hide error frames from the histogram click the J button Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x 240 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Pending IO Graph The Tool menu has a Pending IO Graph command with horizontal zoom vertical zoom click and
158. 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Desc the specified Primtive Unknown on channel Generation Figure 5 23 Event Properties The dialog lists the Properties and their Values Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options Teledyne LeCroy 5 15 5 Events and Event Properties Generation rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events are a Primitives Primitive Categories or Primitive O Frames Open Address Frames Identify Address Frames Zone Broadcast Address Frames SSP Frames or SMP Frames O SCSI Commands SCSI Status O SATA FIS Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST Activate PIO Setup Data Route or Vend FIS a SSP Frame Header DATA XFER_RDY COMMAND RESPONSE TASK VENDOR or RESERVED a SSP Information Unit Command IU Task IU XFER_RDY IU or Response IU O SMP Request Response RPT_GENERAL RPT_MFG_INFO DISCOVER RPT PHY ERR_LOG RPT PHY SATA RPT_RT_INFO CONFIG_RT_INFO PHY CONTROL PHY_TEST_ FUNCTION CONFIG _PHY_ ZONE CONFIG _ZONE_ PERM RPT_ZONE_PERM or RPT_ZONE_RT_TBL ATA Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern SAS Data Pattern O DOCDOO O Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event prop
159. 2 161 Data Block Edit Choose Rename Rename Data Block x New Name Custom 1l co Figure 2 162 Rename Data Block Enter a descriptive name in the New Name edit box and click OK Editing a Data Block You can enter data in the defined cell structure by these methods a Define your own pattern a Seta counter O Choose a Random Pattern QO Choose a Walking Bit Pattern Define Your Own Pattern To define a pattern 1 Click Pattern to open the Define Pattern dialog box see Figure 2 163 on page 164 2 Enter a data pattern in the Data Pattern edit box 3 Choose the number of times to repeat that pattern and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 163 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 164 C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat 10 x Number of Data Cells 16 Column Address Data Block C Append Insert C Overwrite Random Dat Address 0 ee 2 Address a Repeat 2 times Pattern C4 1 Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 New Delete Delete All Random Pattern Counter Walking Bit 0 11001101 O O Figure 2 163 Define Your Own Data Pattern Address The cell address starts at O for the first data entry and automatically increments to the next available address You can set it to a previously defined address to modify its content or insert additional data Insert Overwrite Data To define whether to
160. 218 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy E Y Compact ajo COMRESET COMWAKE H i COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT COMWAKE D1 al M Figure 3 22 SATA Waveform View Making a Timing Measurement Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors E Y Compact AAA 2 800 ful afa COMWAKE 1 COMRESET y l COMINIT COMWAKE H1 COMINIT COMINIT D1 Fa Figure 3 23 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware version 4 or later xl a 5l l Compact 7 8 680 fus __ is H1 ninanna i A al aie Figure 3 24 SATA Expanded Waveform View 3 3 10 Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 219 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis To display a Stati
161. 3 E3 AS BA 95 FE F9 CA CD EF D4 Al 89 FE 87 8E F9 B2 97 EA FB D9 E3 83 DC BS 9E AD 96 CD SF EB 81 91 9D CS 87 BS E7 BO FS BE C4 94 A9 EE FE DS DA EO 81 8C EO AF DC DF 98 E4 9E B6 B2 C3 9F F7 A4 95 DB C4 C2 FS DO ES E9 D7 94 AE 99 96 B3 AE D4 9E 83 8D 98 F9 ED 81 DS AA 93 A6 88 80 CB 9F 9F E7 8A CB CD F4 E6 SF B4 E6 E2 D2 BO ED C9 9D AA B3 86 AO F3 D6 C1 83 EA C7 80 BB EC 8B 92 AS OF 9A BB B4 9B 87 81 EB EA A8 9D FO Fi BC F6 A2 ce P nm co DA C8 DA EC 0D En AT OF AA Fr Ce CD Figure 2 159 Default Data Block Dialog Box To add another data block 1 Click the New button in the Data Block dialog box a C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat ew Counter Data ate Walking Bit Data DataBlock15 Delete All Walking Bit c teet Save Figure 2 160 New Data Block Dialog Box 2 Choose the number of data columns up to 16 data cells row and the cell length up to 16 bytes cell This is a display function only 3 Click either the Bin Hex or Ascii option button to choose a number format 4 Click either the LSB or MSB option button to choose a bit order 162 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Naming a Data Block Each new data block automatically receives a sequential data block number To assign a unique descriptive name to a data block right click the data block name to open the Data Block Edit menu Copy Paste Delete Rename Figure
162. 459 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 5 18 2 Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field Display Options General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Group and Coe E E Data i lt Data EEE ee ae ena eR eee TE MS cy eee ie MSE to LSE gt Decimal LSB to MSB 9 Data Length C Binary External Data Display Units E ASCII CAC Time Color Other Protocols standard Custom Address Frame Frimitives SSP Frame SMP Frame Qut OF Band Signals STPASAT A STP FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields TCG Packet Colors Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load caca tun Figure 5 28 Display Options Dialog Color 460 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors Hue 234 H 234
163. 462 levels 462 hiding options 462 Histogram View 41 histogram view 240 Host Emulator 119 156 Host Emulator Port 156 Host Emulator Setting dialog 156 Identify Error Setting dialog 180 Identify frame parameter settings 465 Identify icon 180 If instruction 131 IfisStopped statement 380 Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence 178 Include statement 405 Incoming Frame Setting dialog 149 477 Teledyne LeCroy Index Incoming Frame Settings 181 186 189 Incoming Frame Settings dialog 144 186 189 Incoming Open Primitive Response 141 147 InFusion 327 Infusion 44 InFusion scenarios 336 initiator add a frame 126 add an event 127 add ATA command 120 add program lines 120 add SCSI command 122 add SMP command 125 add Task command 124 adding commands 120 exercise specific addresses 134 program instructions 129 programming 119 Initiator Emulation 393 Initiator Emulator 119 152 Initiator Setting tab 150 Insert ATA Command button 120 Insert Event button 127 Insert Frame 143 148 186 189 Insert Frame button 126 Insert Instruction button 130 Insert Primitive 143 148 150 178 185 189 191 Insert SCSI Command button 122 Insert SMP Command button 125 Insert Task Command button 124 Install component selection 20 Installation CD ROM 18 Instruction button 130 Inter FPGA Connection 317 Inter reset Delay Settings 160 Intersection search 457 IP Settings 28 J Jammer 333 Jump to Next button 237 Jump to Previous but
164. 51 4 9 1 Summary of Sc nario Creation cinri ue aRar a aaa DAEN 353 4 9 Creating Global RUGS one a 353 4 9 1 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive cccccsssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 354 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an ErrOF ooomnccconnncccccnnnnccconancnncnonanonnnananerennaannos 356 4 9 3 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions ccesseeseeecceeeenseeeceeennsneeeseecnnseeeeeconnseeeeeecnsseseeeosonseeeeseeees 357 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and ActiONS ooocccoonnncnccoonnncncnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnonannernnnnnnrrrnnannrrnnnanrrrnnaanerrnnaaannnnas 359 4 9 5 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event cccssesseeesseseeeeeeenseeeeeeseeeseeanseeenneaseeennenseseneasaeeesons 361 49 6 Example USMO TIME Siri aaa NEE Aa 362 A10 Creating a SCQUCNCE siririna iii Eaa 364 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules oooooonnnnncccccononnnccnnoncncnnnnneconannnnnnnananannnnnnos 365 4 11 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 ccccccsssssseeesseeeseeeeeeeneeeees 370 4 12 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 c scsccsssseseeeseesseeeseensseeees 373 4 ASiDOWNIO AGING SCOMANIOS id 376 4 14 RUNING SCONANOS acione E a Anaa niidi nait 377 4 15 Scenario Batch Files ui adas 377 A151 SCIPEWOIKSDACO minra E a a ae 377 ANO EIOr GIGGING A a ai 380 A ria a E 380 415 4 Statement S iasi a A EE A E a E a a E d
165. 53 and specify O Queue Depth O NCQ Error Recovery O Queued Non Queued Items Status a NCQ Queue Command Timeout Specify the Queue Depth or SCSI 152 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy MCO Error Recovery Send Read Log Ext when NCO command aborted 5 Do not Send Read Log Ext automatically Qlueued Mon Queued Intern Status Prevent sending non queved commands when queue exists J send commands freely NCO r Queue Command Time aut 9 Use ATA command execution time out for Queved and NCO commands Do nottime out queued commands Queue Depth de a Queue Depth Z Figure 2 147 Queue Setting Dialog Advanced Initiator Settings Click the Advanced button to display additional settable options see Figure 2 148 on page 154 a Align Transmission Period STP Initiator ALIGN Transmission Period Bus Inactivity Time Limit Maximum Connect Time Limit First Burst Size T nexus loss time Max Credits in each Connection Delay between getting HOLD and Sending HOLDA OOOUOUUDL Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 153 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Advanced Initiator Setting i x General OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Automatic action options ALIGN T ission Period 2048 Dword s reine e ABORT TASK for failed commands STF Initiator ALIGN Transmission Period 256 Diword s M Multi Command Feature Bus Inactivity
166. 6 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 Teledyne LeCroy Port Status 44 1 22 1 23 1 24 PA PEPER ASS Analysis Toolbar E xj Packet iew Toolbar E Ed O e F E ieee so Pv Figure 1 26 SAS SATA Protocol Suite Toolbars Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window see Port Status on page 284 InFusion The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool for traffic passing through the Jammer It allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems Click on the Jammer icon Jammer to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA InFusion see InFusion Overview on page 327 You can toggle between the InFusion and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Trainer The SAS Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types
167. 72 AutoSpeed P I4 TA Autos peed Y Port Configuration Figure 2 70 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button SATA dialog shows DevSlp min detection time field to enter the debouncer value 2 6 18 Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger memory defaults to 50 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be 0 This can occur if the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail see Pre Trigger on page 101 Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern 102 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy In certain cases when one port is recording traffic and filling up the memory much faster than another port you might see traffic appearing only on one port for a while and the other po
168. 8 Add Pattern button 113 Add to Trigger 207 address 471 address frame 70 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 70 92 Address FramesDecl inc 402 Advanced button 153 Advanced Host Settings 158 Advanced Initiator Settings 153 Advanced Mode 35 111 Advanced Settings 194 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Affiliation 142 affiliation setting 142 alias name 322 ALIGN Transmission Period 105 Analysis Project dialog 53 analyzer connecting 21 analyzer overview 17 Anchor the Selection bar 302 Any Trigger mode 79 application overview 35 As previously saved 298 Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project 297 assigning actions 451 Asynchronous notification 204 Asynchronous signal recovery 160 ATA Command 120 ATA Command Pattern dialog 87 98 ATA Command Report 224 ATA Commands Error Setting dialog 187 ATA Commands icon 187 ATAPI Pattern dialog 88 ATAPI Report 225 ATAPI spec assignment 297 Auto Run 20 103 Auto Update LBA 146 Auto Update LBA check box 140 AutoAlign 399 Autostop exerciser when Analyzer Stopped 152 157 Available Events Area 447 B Based on Cell Type 302 Based on Port No 302 Based on Read Write Command Type 302 Based on Specific Command Type 302 batch command editing 379 batch script 377 473 Teledyne LeCroy Index Batch Script Setting 330 Beep statement 385 BIST FIS 76 bookmarks 258 finding 259 Break Link Recovery 328 Browse Default Path 2
169. 8 bytes long Close Figure 5 8 Address Hash Utility Dialog Window Menu Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Windows Displays a list of open windows Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 391 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar 5 1 8 Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup About Displays version information 5 2 Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar The Sierra Trainer toolbar contains the following buttons AE ERE E SS OSA Figure 5 9 Sierra Trainer Toolbar The buttons have the following functions Save As Opens a dialog in Open Document which you can save your edits in the appropriate file type Edit as Text Edit the text file for Setup Display Options Opens the document the Display Options window z wi Stop All Generation Resume All Generation nA Connect All Link Disconnect All Link Setup Generation Options Launch Jammer Infusion ie Opens the Generation Options window Launch Anal
170. 8000000 x to Y O ns xto T 0 ns YtoT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxYout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive amp Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 72 Compare Two Data Payloads Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy 3 4 3 Power Tracker View SATA only Click the El Power Tracker View button on the Viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Power Tracker View The Power Tracker View displays all the power current and voltage information captured while recording a trace as well as the sample time See Power Management Setting SATA only on page 105 for more information The power voltage and current is displayed on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal axis Hover anywhere over the view to display the information pop up Information Pop up Voltage saved during capture Time Marker Power measurement 12v sts la Nom Re AA eR md TY AN UnitO 12 Vol v PomwerauW vptlage 1600 uv Curent 28004A Power 4 uw Voltage 1600 uv Current 2800 uA Sample Time 422 01 us 2 93 153 238 1534 3 05 155 a 15 3 17 1597 323 158 32 1555 335 3 1000 341 Power Voltage Current uw uv mA Figure 3 73 SATA Power Tracker View The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on the EN screen The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on t
171. 9 om Figure 1 1 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer 1 1 Analyzer Overview The Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer is a serial bus analyzer supports host and device emulation generates traffic and provides error injection functionality The SAS analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers as well as Serial ATA SATA data transfers through STP data transfers The SATA analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial ATA SATA data transfers The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer helps Hardware Firmware Design and Application Engineers troubleshoot and diagnose SAS and SATA problems within their product The analyzer supports the following a Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets a Generation of bus traffic as a SAS Initiator Emulator or a SATA Host Emulator while monitoring and analyzing results SAS target emulation and SATA device emulation Running a Pattern Generator TX Vout on transmitters for test and characterization CATC API 0D DODO Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 17 Teledyne LeCroy Features 18 1 2 1 3 The analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions You can capture all frames and or exclude traffic The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool t
172. 9 to display the details la pe AN E SCSI Cmd Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code EWPD H CMDDT 36 142 311 543 720 min 2 5000E0C42FB5D004 500065000051F775 gt Standard Inquiry Data CA Task Attribute Tag tH Status LUM CH Relative Time E Duration 13 n Figure 3 9 Packet View Metrics The following additional information of the packet is displayed when the Metrics field is expanded Refer to Figure 3 10 on page 212 Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pid Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Latency Time The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this lO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 211 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis a Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code EWP H CMCCT H Page or Gpcode H Al
173. 904 Source and destination addresses in SCSI commands not shown in this capture Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Note When using the Advanced Mode sequencer the analyzer logs the state transitions in the trace with the name the user gives to the state 52 In the Packet View right click on any packet and select Show gt State to display the states and their transitions in the trace SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP addresses in the ATA command The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left lt Downstream traffic has an arrow left to right gt Layers can be hidden by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has fewer data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences see Viewer Display on page 205 for details about configuring the viewer display Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to a OCOCOOO O
174. 93 ms ea Poo 0x01 In 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000000 207 920 ms ooo 09 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo oo 00 00 00 00 oo oo oola S s000cs0000104755 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Duration 7 666 us x to Y 136 880 293 ms xto T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxYout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive e Simulation Mode Stop amp Figure 3 69 SAS Data Report Details Click the Statistics button at the end of a row to display data report Statistics Mi Data Report Statistics Command Humber Duration From LBA H To LBA H Read DMA Ext 2 73 440 us death Sezbha 4530ce9 4530ced Close Figure 3 70 SAS Data Report Statistics 3 4 1 Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View see Figure 3 71 on page 245 double click a data payload field in a Packet or Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload field and select Open as Data View 244 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Data Payload Layer FIS Packet Mo 258 00 0000 oo 0010 00 000 oo 0030 oo 0040 oo 0050 oo 0060 oo 0070 oo 0080 oo 0020 oo 0040 oo O0B0 oo dc 00 000 oo OOO 00 DOFO oo 0100 00 0110 oo 010 00 01 30 oo 0140 Hexadecimal 50 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00
175. 97 buffer full 285 Buffer Starvation 179 bus condition report 224 Bus Conditions dialog 84 Bus Utilization buttons 243 Bus Utilization View 242 buttons bus utilization 243 Main toolbar 392 Script Editor 404 Buzzer check 319 Byte Order 282 Bytes in Column 291 C cables usage 22 Cancel button kills upload immediately 299 capture parameter 64 pre and post trigger 65 Capture tab 49 Capture tab for Pattern 63 cascading 23 cascading STX 430 s amp STX 460 s 23 CATC Script Language 252 CATC Technical Support 471 cell address 164 Cell pop up menu 452 cells 450 highlight 450 Check for Updates 312 392 Choose Port Speed 106 Choose SATA Signature Content 190 Click here to add another script command 379 Click here to add script command 378 Clock check 313 Clock ports 23 Close Connection Definition 182 Close Connection dialog 182 Close Connection Setting 141 146 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 299 Code violation and Disparity 180 474 Code Violation and Disparity error 185 Code violation and Disparity error 143 148 150 188 Code Violation and Disparity errors 191 Code violation and Disparity errors 178 Collapse All 283 284 Collapse Log button 253 color 291 colors Display Options 460 column hiding 239 rearrange 216 resize 216 column content filtering 237 sorting 239 Column View 41 column view 215 Column View Memory Size 303 Column View Packet Size 303 Columns in Row 29
176. A Speed Vendor Specific Value OFF SATA FIS Type Reserved SATA FIS Port Length Ide Lendl Hash Address 60 490 Figure 5 6 Trainer Search Menu View Menu Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus 5 1 6 Teledyne LeCroy Toolbars Displays list of available toolbars Standard Frequently Used Generator Analyzer Ports or Customize See Resetting the Toolbar on page 465 Status Bar Toggles the Sierra Trainer Status Bar at the bottom of the window which shows help messages and the search direction The right most segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search menu or double click the Search Status segment Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping Tools Window Help E Show Analyzer Frame E Show Infusion Frame Toolbars Status Bar cy zoom In a zoom Que rr Compact Ctro Figure 5 7 Trainer View Menu Tools Menu Hash Address Utility Opens a dialog that allows you to enter an eight byte SAS Address to display a Hashed Address LeCroy SAS Ad Nees Hash Utility x Type in the 545 Address to get ts Hashed Value SAS Address Ox Hashed Address Ox address must be
177. A G3 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 with SSC The PARITY bit provides for error detection of all the SNW 3 phy capabilities bits The PARITY bit shall be set to one or zero such that the total number of SNW 3 phy capabilities bits that are set to one is even including the START bit and the PARITY bit 443 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value SATA Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SpeedNeg RCDT 750000 OOB SpeedNeg SNTT 163840 OOB SpeedNeg SNLT 153600 Speed Settings Speed gt gt gt gt gt RateMatching 0 Scrambling Mode Settings Scrambling gt gt gt gt gt Wait Timeout Settings WaitTimeout 1000 444 Description Maximum time in OOBIs during the speed negotiation window for a transmitter to reply with ALIGN 1 Time in OOBIs during which ALIGN 0 or ALIGN 1 is transmitted at each physical link rate during the speed negotiation sequence Time in OOBIs during which the transmitter shall transmit idle between rates during speed negotiation Link Speed Possible Values LINK_SPEED_ 1 5GLINK SPEED 3GLINK_SPEED_ 6G Default Value LINK SPEED 1 5G When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align 0 primitive after every DWORD Raw Data Scrambling Mode Only those raw DWORDs will be scrambled that contain only data bytes no 10 bit symbols or K bytes Scrambling is reset by changing ScramblingMode or by any
178. ARD_RESET WF_AIP_ NORMAL WF_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_PARTIAL WF_IDENTIFY_FRAME WF_OPEN_FRAME WF_SMP_REQUEST WF_SMP_RESPONSE WF_REC_ RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF_REC_RESOURCES OUTPUT B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT D Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Request Frame SMP Response Frame Advanced Wait Condition A This command causes generation to wait for Event A to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition B This command causes generation to wait for Event B to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition C This command causes generation to wait for Event C to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition D This command causes generation to wait for Event D to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter 431 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation C
179. AY BLOCKED WF OPEN _REJECT_ PROTOCOL NOT SUPP ORTED WF OPEN REJECT RETRY WE_OPEN_REJECT_STP_ RESOURCES BUSY WF OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE _ 0 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 WF OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 WF ALIGN O WF ALIGN 1 WF ALIGN 2 WF_ ALIGN 3 WF_ NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP WF NOTIFY RESERVED O WF NOTIFY RESERVED 1 WF NOTIFY RESERVED 2 WF _ BROADCAST CHANGE WF BROADCAST RESERVED O WF BROADCAST RESERVED 1 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 2 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 3 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 4 WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Teledyne LeCroy 433 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name Description WF BROADCAST _RESERVED_CHANGE_1 primitive WF_BLOCK2_ MISC RESERVED _O rese
180. Break Connection response timeout fi O00 p Open Connection response timeout panai ple Speed Negotiation DONE timeout fiona ps FCDT timer 750000 OB Credit timeout fiona ps SNLT timer 153600 OOBI ACK NAK timeout fi 000 ps SNTT timer fi 63840 OBI ATA Command timeout recover action f Do Nothing Send Soft Reset Primitive Response timeout eson Diword Hard Reset Receive Identity timeout 1000 p Setas factory OF Cancel Figure 2 150 Timeouts Tab Speed Negotiation Tab Use the Speed Negotiation tab to inject errors during speed negotiation Advanced Initiator Setting x General OOB Signal Setting Time oute Speed Negotiation Power Managment Setting Speed Negotiation Error Speed Negotiation failure options SAS Speed negotiation failed after POWER ON FT SAS Speed negotiation failed after HARD RESET 885 Do nal respond ln ariy spaas Mts soccer LR ESET 805 Do net respond on last salmos Synchronization failure options S45 Synchronization failed after POWER ON SA5 Synchronization failed after HARD RESET SAS Suncronization failed after LINE RESET BCT j220 10 OOBI Maximum TRAIN DONE pattern during MTT 4 for 1 5 Gbps E for 3 0 Gbps 4 for 6 0 Gbps Pause TRAIN scrambler on primitives Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 151 Speed Negotiation Tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 2 9 6 Host Setting Ta
181. CK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event see Figure 4 24 on page 356 362 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 T ACK Inject Error b x Scenario is valid Status Mok saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error a Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action Click here to add a Click here to add a S quence a For Help press F1 COP MOUM SCRL Figure 4 34 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 4 Inthe Type column on the left choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event 4 TF ACK Inject Error IF ACK Inject Error box Mo action specified For the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 5 in Global Rules Click here to jump Eo th Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 4 Description Wait for ACE inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules A Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Inj
182. Clase Figure 3 147 SATA Self Test Dialog Clock Tab Test Result OK or Error If a test is OK and you specified one run the Test Result is OK 1 times If a test has an error and you specified one run the Test Result is Error 1 times Saving You can save any check result by checking the Save error details check box and specifying a destination file name Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 313 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 314 Number of Runs Each Test You can specify to run a test more than once Run All Tests Sequentially 3 21 3 This option runs all items in the Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion and LED Buzzer tests in order After you check this check box the command button becomes Start All Tests You must click the Stop Test button on the LED Buzzer tab to stop the check Memory Check To perform a SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check select the Memory tab l x Clack Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result E Memory e SDRAM W Exerciser RAM Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCronLeCrop 5474 Protocol Suite UsersErrors detail sit El i Append error details ale Mumber OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start Memory Check Close Figure 3 148 SAS Self Test Dialog Memory Tab Choose the SDRAM Exerciser Data or Exerciser Instruction to test and click the Start Memory C
183. Command any Command a C Binary Write Multiple Ext s35 Hexadecimal Cancel Write Port Multiplier OxE 8 Witte Sectors O30 Write Sectors Ext Ox 34 Write Stream OMA Ox 3 Command tite Stream PIO 036 Write DMA FUA Ext 0x30 Write DMA QDueued FUA Ext Dw3E Sector NA rte Multiple FUA Ext OxCE T Show Yalue 2 Features Cylinder Li Trusted Receive OSC Cylinder H Trusted Receive DMA 055 Trusted Send 05E DEWH PAT usted Send DMA Ox5F Sector NU Read Log DMA Ext Dx47 Cylinder Ly Trusted Mon D ata O56 Cylinder H rite Log DMA Ext 0 57 Write Lincorrectable Ext 0x45 Features d Write Multiple C3 OxC3 Add LBA s to NY Cache Pinned Set 0x B6 10 Flush NY Cache 0xB6 14 WY Cache Disable O0xB6 16 WY Cache Enable O0xB6 15 Quer NY Cache Misses 0xB6 13 Check Quen NY Cache Pinned Set OxBB 12 Remove LAAs From AY Cache Pinned 0xB6 11 Return From N Cache Power Mode OxBB 1 Set WY Cache Power Mode OxBE NCO Queue Management Dba Data Set Management Os E Any Command ka Figure 2 63 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog W HI W D1 Count Expected El Choose an ATA command from the drop down list and click OK Soft Reset SATA only Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog Cancel MH I H2 F He F H4 Mol Mb Po Pos Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link i Figure 2 64 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs
184. ED BROADCAST Click here to add another script command gt Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters O Serial Number Serial number of hardware O Scenario Name Name of scenario au Target Port Port number in port map 382 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Example Run Beep 800 400 Rum Oxo 41700 CRC Pngece Play Cb WatePorseop 0X646 I 50 Run ox841200 Remove Send Cue Sheet Goto Label6 Run S N L28 TL Porte T DISCOVER ox841200 Substitute address frame 3 Teledyne LeCroy Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters Serial Number Serial number of hardware Target Port Port number in port map Example Rum oOx00eZ20 In yect GREOGO 23 Beep 700 500 Stop C OXUUSZO 2 Goto Label3 Label3 Run ox005007 Detect DATA 8 Sleep 40 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 383 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files WaitForSto
185. EEn aE 409 12 4 CONSAN S iran li a a ida 409 5 125 Predefined Constan S sninen da 409 5 126 Data PACKS siiig a E a a a Sa a A A E il 410 9127 A a a E 410 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 5 128 PACKCIS FRAMES cn id 412 5 12 9 Generation Block ii ai 414 512 10 DOMINIOS A A AS 414 Field Variable Declaration Suicidas ai 414 Changing Frame Fields corria ai ii 414 Preprocessor Integer Aritmetica rita 415 5 13 Trainer Script Enhancements cooonnccconcnnccccnnconcccnnnnncnccnnnnnronennannn crema nrrnnnnanrrrrnnanrrrrmnanannns 416 921321 Varlable Derio usara ii A AR 417 5 135 2 ASSIGNING Variable Val Siera aa a ai 417 90 13 EXpression on Va ia 418 5 13 4 HH While in Logical EXDreSSIONS iia ina 418 5 13 5 Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on BUS cccsssseeeseesseeeseenseeseeeeseeeeeenseeseoneneeseooeseessens 420 513 6 MIME ete mt ere a Sonn Sinise nin ee ene RTM eser ener reese 421 3 137 PATTERN GOUME cisne 421 5 13 9 Procedure Denon cri iia 422 5 14 Sierra Trainer Generation CommandsS oonccccccccconoccconcconnncncnnnncnnnnnenannnenancrnnnnrrnnnnrenanarenans 422 514 General COMMandS carac susdurevencasaces a Eiaa aa 422 ASALTA GO MAMAS A OS 424 5 14 3 PRIMIUVE COMMANDOS rica A A iaa 425 NAAA enn A EA 427 5145 Wal COMMaNd Stunt ca 428 5 14 06 Walt Command Group ainia aa aaa airiai inia 435 5 147 Predefined Constancia aidaa ricas 438 3 14 8 Genera on SCG Sa
186. External Trig Setting Figure 2 43 External Manual Trigger Dialog Device Sleep To set up Device Sleep click the Device Sleep category Select Rising Edge or Falling Edge Device Sleep Device Sleep Rising Edge Falling Edge Cancel Figure 2 44 Device Sleep Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 83 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Pattern window to open the Bus Conditions dialog Conditions OK Electrical Idle DK Electrical Burst Cancel TT COMINITACOMRESET Bus Conditions TF COMWAKE M COMSAS Port ID gt Uncheck ail Mi Me Fi Fl W Ti Ww T2 Pri P T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 45 SAS Bus Conditions Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check Conditions on which to trigger then click OK Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs Symbol Double click Symbol in the Pattern window to open the Symbol dialog K Symbol k28 3 Cancel C D Symbol fe Mi Fl Pl Fi MW Ti FT FT FT Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 46 Symbol Dialog Choose a symbol type by checking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the dow
187. FEPEE EPH CDCDCDGD 9 999BBBB 12343454 16 610 6B 90BBEE DataPattern PATTERN_3 PATTERN_1 FFFFFFFF EEEFEEEEE SOME_HEX_DATA DataPattern SOME PATTERN BBBBBBBB DDDDDDDD 5 12 7 Primitives Primitives can be defined using the following QO Byte values k indicates control symbol The 10b codes are calculated based on the current running disparity a Primitives are completely interchangeable with SymChains Declaring Raw Data Definitions 410 Primitive primitive name byte_data byte data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D type format SynChain raw_data_name byte data byte data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D type format RawData param_data param_data param_data is byte_data primitive or variables Example Primitive CHAIN ONE KBC 1E 1E 1E KBC 1A OF Symctatn Charnrno RK28 Dlo DIOs DELG SymChain ChainThree k28 3 3EA 25 k18 IFA Primitive SOF kBC 18 E4 67 Primitive HOF KBC dis FO 9B SymChain raw_data_1 K28 1 D23 3 D11 4 D14 6 SymChain raw_data_2 345 160 023 K15 3 K28 1 D23 3 D11 4 D14 6 some RD 6rrors wal occur raw_data_1 1000 send defined above pattern raw_data_1 1000 times raw_data_2 10 send defined above pattern raw_data_2 10 times raw_data_2 195 send defined above pattern raw_data_2 195 times RawData 217 2E1 351 362 send RawData pattern some RD errors Wilk OESTE RawData K28 1 D23 3 D11 4 D14 6 send RawData patt
188. FIS TY DCS oni a id 73 20 159 OUP Frame Pater itis ccisisccearesa a a tye a Ea aiaa aaa a E a aa 73 Register HOST to DEVICE ui a aeaa A a 74 REGISTER Device to Ho St se ia 74 Sel Device BIS ini 75 DMA Activate in te a dad 75 OMA SU e e ee ners 76 DIS o o o e o ee ee ee ee ee 76 PIO SU A a e a a 77 A AENA A O A AE E E EE 77 A tere toe em ett ene ee nN rym ere aS a cen rere eee ne eet me eae 78 2 010 THIGGEE Seti ii idad 78 SIMA SIO MOC iii Ea 79 Manual Trigger Mode iia lacada 79 Any Trigger in Pattern Mode sico iii 79 CHOOSING a Paramete ussstdcaa irradia e e aE REN 81 Tigger on a LIME 82 TIMEOUT A 82 External Manual TAO is a aE E EE ENEAN 83 BUS CONAN sorna 84 o sansaya aida Aaa ATE 84 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 Teledyne LeCroy Contents PUI iii in 85 PT A COMMANA a aieuctias a N S a cea osees 87 ATA Pl ea aaa livia sale a a 88 ala AA a E 89 PROTOCON EIN Sii 90 STP Frame ti ri eeden tetas etait tte aaa aa decd ta soles alte aaa aaa 91 Address Frame SAS ONIN sisi ia eect ce eae uae aa a tei dee a E 92 SMP Frame SAS Oly iia tias 93 SSP Frame SAS A ia 94 SCSI COMMANG SAS OMY rrid vanced dade cwaveecbedesedeensteles dxsueueeiulebeveslnhanvbseuedawoussebubeeceeste 95 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA Only ccessecceeseeeceeeeecenseesenseeseaseeseaneesoaneeseenseseoaaes 96 FIS Pattern SATA On Nica a id 97 ATA Command Paternina did 98 DOM Reset SATA ON o EO
189. Frame Type G SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Y Function Any Function Y Direction 11 T1 8 SSP Frame Any Type Y SSP Frame Type Any Type Y Destination SAS Address 000000000000OO0 4 Y Reserved XX Y Source SAS Address OOOOH Y Reserved xX Y Changing Data Pointer Y ReTransmit Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved 7X Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved XX Y Reserved Xx Tag 0X x Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 15 SAS Sample Protocol Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have STP Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one shown in Figure 2 16 on page 63 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Address Frame Type COREE Restricted H Restricted H Restricted H SMP Initiator Port H STP Initistor Port H SSP Intiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H A e E lta ET SAS Address M Pty identifier H CRC HM 0000000000000000 SoO0EBSO00000001 Address Frame Type Restricted H Restricted H eee ae SSP indiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H Ox2 Edge Expander Device E e 07 Compatible Features H
190. H Red j H j H Sat 253 Greer 20 Lum IEH Blue 133 Figure 5 29 Custom Colors Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red 5 18 3 Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Binary Decimal and Hexadecimal An example of a text data format is ASCII To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type in the Group Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available Bit Order f HSE to LSB Hexadecimal t Decimal C LSE to MSE f Binary a Hiding ASI Hidden Figure 5 30 Formats If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 461 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 462 5 18 4 Hiding Display Options 5 18 5 Level Hiding Options By default nothing is hidden You can hide O Packet Types Primitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Channels FIS Types FIS Ports Gen Global Settings OUDODDODODOLDO O O Select the Level Hiding tab then select the data types to hide Display Options x General Color Forma
191. H4 C Throughput C Average Payload Size M DT IV Del D3 DA C Completed Command Rate Link C Data Efficiency Event Counts H1 01 f H2 D2 C Number of Frame Events M H3 03 FT H4 D4 C Number of Data Frame Events C Number of Protocol Error CI ATA Command Number Bort px C Number of Completed Commands Event Times C Total Frame Event Time C Total Data Frame Time C Total Data Payload Time y H Uncheck All Item Definition Figure 2 168 SATA Performance Analysis Definition Choose Protocol SAS only Check the protocol check box es to select the protocol category QO SSP for SCSI Commands QO STP for SATA Commands O SMP for Management Commands QO Address Frame for Open and Identify Analyzer Port Check the Analyzer Port s to include in the performance calculation Link Check the Link s to include in the performance calculation STP Port Enter the STP port number for the STP port to include in the performance calculation SAS Source Address SAS only Enter a SAS Source Address to include in the performance calculation SAS Destination Address SAS only Enter a SAS Destination Address to include in the performance calculation 168 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Performance Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Define Performance Settings Click the Performance Item check box in the Performance Items tab Performance m
192. HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH IR IR IR H HHH R RRR R RRR R RRR R RRR R RRR R RRR R RRR IO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DAFO DAD a 2 Copyright C 2004 Computer Access Technology Corporation HH 33 4 This SiSTrainer TM generation file contains sample code for HH 5 wait sessions and conditional branching It is assumed sample 6 code is to be modified before being generated to a real SAS device 7 dido O gi Include necessary definition files supplied by CATC 10 The path for include files is considered to start 11 in the SiSTracer Trainer program directory 12 13 include Generation Include Settings inc 14 Sinclude Generation Include PrimitivesDecl inc 15 include Generation Include SMPFramesDecl inc 16 Sinclude Generation Include VaitCormands inc 17 18 Set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_ SAS INITIATOR 19 set Speed LINK_5PEED 3G 20 21 Each generation file must have this main block 22 Generation 23 B 4 24 OUTPUT_ON 25 26 HONUSRRR RRE RR RRE R OR RUR RR RAR E F EE E E E E EEE EE E E EEE EE E E E EE E E E EE E E E E EEEE EEE 27 Setting timeout value for future wait sessions us 28 set WaitTimeout 239 29 30 HHHHHRHHHRHHRHHHAHRAHRRHRRHRRHHRAHRAHRAHRAH RRR RRR E E E E E EE E E EEE EE E E EEEE EE E 31 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 32 WAIT FOR WF_ACK UF_ SATA X RDY WF_ OPEN RESPONSE 33 34 HHHHHRHHRHHRHHHHAHRAHRRHRRHRRHHRHHRAHRAHRRH RRR E E E E E E EE E E E EE E E E
193. IGOING Frame Selina di 188 212 1 INCOMING Frame QUIN Saa aaa Rasa 189 2 12 98 SATA Signature SATA ONIY can Ee 190 2 129 SATA SIgNalUre EMO Sind 191 21210 User Detined Commands Tabirini a EE E AE S 192 2 12 11 Target Emulator Settings SAS a 193 2 12 12 NOTES TADA ib 197 2 1213 RUN Target EmulatO lia 197 2 12 14 Device Emulator Settings SATA OMIY Jiii aa aaa a aiaa aaaea aa Nki 197 DAZ AS Project NOl Ecci aa aa ie aD aaa aa E aE Eiei 204 2 12 16 Using the Power Expansion Can vsisi asan anaa ds 204 2 12 17 RUN DEVICE EMULATION krni aa 204 Chapter 3 Display Manipulation occcocnccocncccnncconnnnccnncconannconnncnnnnrnnannrnananenanos 205 3 1 VICWOF DIS DI AY scessccvesswecctnesaiecsescecswacsametcewesascenevedsacues aaaea Vadaa EaR ouaaa NENEA Reena 205 31A QUICK VIEW unainn a A a aA N 206 6 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 3 12 USING the Viewer DiSDla Viaticos its ii is 207 3 2 Face Properties iii aiii iii 207 310 PANY SIS nl ia oca 208 3 3 1 SNOW ANALYSIS TOO Da iii iia 208 3 3 2 Decoding ASSIM SA a 210 3 3 9 PACK CL VIEW cciias aa aerei 210 Packet View M triCS ici eds 211 Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script occcooncconncccnnccocnnncnncnnnacnnnnnnenanrenannn 212 DEVICE Sleep DEV SID ocio din trono arias 213 3 0 4 Changing the DOTAU VIEW a 213 3 3 9 SOFEAGSNEEE VICW arrica a la 214 DAVE AS TOXUEXCO ti AA A rd bes 215 Change Format of Logica
194. LD to Sending HOLDA To enable the Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA feature perform the following steps 1 Enter the value in the Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA field in the Settings tab as shown in the figure above 2 Select the Error Injection tab see Figure 2 200 on page 199 198 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy SUS O W AA O ro Bn NF Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errors 4 Generate periodic error o Every 1000 10 Command General C Ever 1024 K Byte Transmitted 4 Generate Error on outgoing frame commands Commands 6 SATA Signature miT aone primitive Frimitive type CONT Number OF Primitives 1 Send stand alone FIS FIS type Register Host to Device User Defined FIS Data NNN E 1815 T Drop link for me Drop link after 1000 me for f m Retain Error injection counters after Link Reset e Retain Error injection counters after drop link Error Injection Figure 2 200 SATA Error Injection Tab 3 Click the Generate periodic error check box 4 Click the Generate Error on outgoing frame commands check box 5 Click the Settings button The Outgoing FRAME Error Setting dialog displays see Figure 2 201 on page 199 Outgoing FRAME Error Setting E a Code violation error e Ower frame length Disparity error Under frame lenath L
195. LEAR AFFILIATION WF CLOSE NORMAL WF CLOSE RESERVED O WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT WF DONE CREDIT _ TIMEOUT WF DONE NORMAL Description Credit Available This function is based on a 10 bit counter whose value can range from 512 to 511 twos complement This counter is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive or by execution of a CLEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL command inthe script This counter is incremented by receiving any SAS RRDY primitive and is decremented by sending SAS SOF The wait_for command will wait for this counter to have a positive value between 1 and 511 This wait_for condition is intended to be used before sending a SAS frame within a connection CIEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL clears this credit function CreditBlocked Received This function is based on a flip flop which is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive It is set by receiving a CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive It is intended to be used in conjunction with wf_credit_avail to prevent script hangs in those cases where there is not going to be any more credit granted primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name WF_DONE_RESERVED_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_1 WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_1 WF_ERROR WF_H
196. M6 2 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create Run an Example Analysis Project To run an example project Select File gt Open Locate example analysis projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser PatternGenerator Samples Target Emulator and User Define Decoding Script 3 In the EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the example project dialog Open Look in EasyCaptr e 0er E ATAPI MMC Trig sac ATAPI SSC Trig sac BusConditionTrig sac DataPatternCapture sac Pre TriaoCaptureAndPost TrigCapture sac SequentialTrig sac File name BusConditionTrig sac Files of type Protocol A4nalyzer sac v Cancel Y Figure 2 14 File Open Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 61 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 62 Capture Trigger Settings Notes Don t care Snapshot Manual Trig pessssssssesssss m Pattern setseessenesseees Parameters Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame M Define Sequential Trigger Mode 3 Easy switch to Advanced mode 4 Capture Y Include Xx Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT 4 Include 00B Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame E SMP Frame Any SMP
197. Microcode dl Execute Device Diagnos Flush Cache conan Y sh Cache Ext ommands yl a Y Number of error commands f gt y Idle Immediate Command fal on Response ale y HOP Response No Error Signature y Read Dhl w Read DMA Ext v Read DMA Queued v Read DMA Queued Ext if Read FPDMA Queued Generate Error On v Read Multiple w Read Multiple Ext 7 Outgoing frame th frame Data Settings ye a a MaxAddes Incamina feme lin frame FRegster Hosta Device Sets Read Sectors y Obsolete Read Sectors Figure 2 188 SATA Commands Error Setting Dialog To set errors for ATA commands 1 Click a command for which to set an error and then check the Generate Error when check box and chose LBA or Command number with a value in the corresponding text box Note Hard drive password security commands as described in ATA8 are Data Set Management Write Uncorrectable Ext Security Disable Password Security Erase Password Security Erase Unit Security Freeze Lock Security Set Password and Security Unlock 2 When you choose Command Number you can use Repeat error for periodic series of errors in commands Set the number of times to repeat the error by entering a value in the Number of Error Commands text box Note Once you check the Generate Error when check box for a command a red status indication appears next to the command selected indicating an error condition 3 To force the
198. Ne TELEDYNE LECROY Everywhereyoulook gt Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual For Software Version 5 30 Document Version 5 30 September 2013 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Trademarks and Servicemarks Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group CATC SASSuite SATASuite SASTracer SATracer SASTrainer SATrainer SASTracker and Avalanche are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT TELEDYNE LECROY FOR A COPY 2012 Teledyne LeCroy Inc All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but all
199. Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt 12 T2 Ports Configuration 106 Select the Port Configuration button to display the Set Port Configuration dialog see Figure 2 74 on page 107 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Set Port Configuration h x Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer aes 0 Available TES 2 Available Ej Available Y 2 Available D 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Hum Ports Assignment Hamilton SM 61666 OxFOE Figure 2 74 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to display the Select Port Configuration dialog Select Port Configuration he X All Configurations Filter e Analyzer e Emulator Jammer FP Trainer All valid port configurations For SM 61658 OxFODA Port 01 Port 02 Clase Figure 2 75 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog Port configuration depends on the application you run a To act as Analyzer select the Q Analyzer port configuration QO To activate a Target Emulator on a port select the TE TargetEmulator port con
200. O Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State 1 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep 1 s1 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Sequence 1 State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Beep 2 s Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence b 2 Status Wok saved a ee Ox F OxF OxF Ox F Figure 4 42 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario 4 11 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detec
201. OF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDs is default For example it can occur between WTRM and R_OK or X_RDY and R_RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDs You can configure Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section Frame Type Error Wrong frame type Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Disable Disparity Error and Sym
202. ONT Include OOB Signals a4 Include Payload of Data Frame Y Include RADY pb oo Exclude Idle E a Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot 2 Settings pu Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB pu Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Y Run Pattern Generator Off Run Initiator Emulator On Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Connection Details All Ports Easy switch to Advanced mode Port 13 T3 v Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 145 SAS Initiator Setting Tab Choose Initiator Emulator Port For each port select a speed and then click the Speed Negotiation Setting button PHY Setting Speed Negotiation Window 1 1 5 Gbps Speed Negotiation Window 2 3 0 Gbps SNW 3 phy capabilities Calculate PARITY bit Bit Byte E 6 S 4 3 zZ 1 o Start Tx S50 Type Reserved Requested Logical Link Rate Oo i Gl without 55C al G1 With 55C Ge G2 Without lt S5C 62 With Sis G3 without 55C 35 G3 With S56 sso Reserved Reserved j oooo0000 Reserved oo00000 PARITY Figure 2 146 SAS PHY Setting Dialog Select the port speed settings see PHY Setting Dialog on page 129 After you click OK you can Enable Muxing On Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 151 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Pattern Generator You can select a
203. OURCES_OUTPUT_A WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_B WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_C WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_D WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_E WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_F WF_SATA_R_ERR WF_SATA_R_OK WF_SATA_PMREQ_P WF_SATA_PMREQ_S WF_SATA_PMACK WF_SATA_PMNAK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Group WE_OPEN_ REJECT WF_OPEN_ REJECT continued WE_OPEN_ RESPONSE WE_ALIGN WF_NOTIFY Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Group Contents WF_OPEN_REJECT_BAD_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_CONN_RATE_NOT_SUPPORTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_NO_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_PATHWAY_BLOCKED WF_OPEN_REJECT_PROTOCOL_NOT_SUPPORTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_RETRY WF_OPEN_REJECT_STP_RESOURCES_ BUSY WF_OPEN_REJECT_WRONG_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_2 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_3 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_CONTINUE_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_CONTINUE_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_INITIALIZE_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_INITIALIZE_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_1 WF_OPEN_ACCEPT WF_OPEN_REJECT WF_ALIGN_0O WF_ALIGN_1 WF_ALIGN_2 WF_ALIGN_3 WF_NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_O WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_1 WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_2 437 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 5 14 7 Predefined Constants 438 Wait Command Group WE_BROADCAST WF_SAS P
204. PEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 OPEN_REJECT RETRY OPEN_REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT DONE NORMAL DONE RESERVED 0 DONE RESERVED 1 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 0 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SAS Specific Script Defined Constants SAS_AF_DT_NO_DEVICE_ATTACHED SAS_AF_DT_END_DEVICE Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Teledyne LeCroy O ODODDODDODODODoOoDo Oo ooo Doo ooo nao ooo o ooo oo oooO DOD SAS_AF_DT_EDGE_EXPANDER_DEVICE SAS_AF_DT_FANOUT_EXPANDER_DEVICE SAS_AF_FT_IDENTIFY SAS_AF_FT_OPEN SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SMP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SSP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_STP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN SAS_AF_RATE_1_5 GBPS SAS _AF_RATE_3 GBPS SAS_AF_RATE_6 GBPS SMP_FRAME_TYPE_REQUEST SMP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SMP_REPORT_GENERAL SMP_REPORT_MANUFACTURER_INFO SMP_DISCOVER SMP_REPORT_PHY_ERROR_LOG SMP_REPORT_PHY_SATA SMP_REPORT_ROUTE_INFO SMP_CONFIGURE_ROUTE_INFO SMP_PHY_CONTROL SSP_FRAME_TYPE_DATA SSP_FRAME_TYPE_XFER_RDY SSP_FRAME_TYPE_COMMAND SSP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SSP_FRAME_TYPE_TASK SSP_FRAME_TYPE_VENDOR MUX LOGICAL 0 MUX LOGICAL 1 BREAK_REPLY TRAIN TRAIN_DONE PS_ACK PS_NAK PS
205. REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_F Example CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_A While Counter lt MaxPrimitiveCount Counter COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A Procedure Definition Procedures allow creating simple syntaxes for complex reusable parts in scripts You can write such code once as a procedure and use everywhere required Procedure definition syntax is procedure procedureName Calling procedure syntax is Call procedureName Sierra Trainer Generation Commands General Commands IDLE n Generator will insert n idle DWORDs into the generation stream CLEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL This commands clears the credit established with the command WF_CREDIT_AVAIL See WF_CREDIT_AVAIL in following section on Wait Commands for explanation RD ERROR Generator will insert one idle DWORD into the generation stream which will intentionally break RD sequence creating RD error Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands CONNECT DISCONNECT PAUSE OUTPUT_ON OOB Commands COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS SATA_ALIGN SATA D10 2 SPEED NEG RCDT SPEED NEG ALIGNO SPEED NEG ALIGN1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Generator will go through connection sequence using current GenFile settings gen mode speed and so on Generation will not resume until connection is established Generator will break existing connection to
206. Run is off In that case select the CD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 2 After the warning to close all other programs and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens 3 Select components for installation 4 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Analyzer software Error Message 20 If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Hardware Setup Teledyne LeCroy 1 8 Hardware Setup 1 8 1 Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a system to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of traffic generated by the analyzer 1 8 2 Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power adapter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outlet Turn on the Power switch At power on the analyzer will go through initialization as shown on the LCD display 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M6 2 USB port and a USB port on the host machine The host machine operating system detects the anal
207. S To display the Task Command Report click the TASK Command tab The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 41 on page 229 a Function Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Status Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DOOCDLD Abort Task Good gt 426 666 656 49 ns 0 00000043 1 100 00 Figure 3 41 SAS TASK Command Report SAS Address Report SAS To display the SAS Address Report click the SAS Address tab The SAS Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Source SAS Address All Custom or an address Destination SAS Address All Custom or an address Protocol Type SMIP SSP STP Frame Type All Custom Command Data DMA Activate Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Response XFER_RDY Count All Custom or a number OO O O General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Type Frame Type All v All M All v All M 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP Data 206 50060560000003C4 5000626000001074 Reaister Device to Host 5000628000001074 500605600000034 STP R
208. S 98 sSequential THOSE Mode ssu ssia a aa a A a aa ea R aaa 99 ER aA A EEE E E N E EEE O E E TE E A 99 DEA Paters da 100 Triggering O lia tip wccien A E a ai a aa aaa icicles 100 P TTI GC OM aia aa aa aa Eaa ii 101 2 6 7 Project SOIC AE e a a A 101 26 19 Memory SONGS ssaniu A d a a A a 102 Tigger POSO S a a Ea E AE E 102 Trace Fle Name a 103 AUO R UNan ea a a a decades 103 Memory SIZE a A Aaa rA E A EAA aE AEAEE 103 Paria MOMO aa 103 Segmented Memory nus ia 103 Upload Manager a 103 2 6 19 Analyzer SAUS cia 104 Primitive Response TIM Odia a 104 Disable DescrambliDO init 104 SNOW AAAA Vale irn a l a a a 105 ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA ccccssesseecesesseeeceenseeseeeseeeseeseeeseoees 105 Power Management Setting SATA ONlyY coonnonccccnconoccnnconononannoconnnnnanancononnnannncrrrnnnnannnrrrnnnannnrrrnnnnass 105 PFOLOCON EEO Masini A cectasbecwacendeewscaneteceucs 105 External Trig QU Setting vecsscstecece cctv eeces saaana anita aaa aTa EENAA NENA 106 Ext mal Trig M SCI aa 106 Choose Port perl iaa 106 POF S CONTAMOS icas 106 Por ConHAguration and Proein 108 MUX Setting SAS ON A iaa 109 26 20 Adda Project NOTO cutres 110 4 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 2 7 Advanced Mode User Defined ccecccesecenecenecenseensecnsecesenenseensecnseeenesenseenseonsesenenenes 111 2 11 WOrking in Advanced Mode dias 111 State Number for Complex Trigger Seq
209. S REQ WF_SAS PS STATUS Predefined Constant GEN MODE_ERROR GEN _MODE_SATA_HOST GEN _MODE_SATA_DEVICE GEN _MODE_SAS_INITIATOR GEN _MODE_SAS_ TARGET GEN LINK SPEED 1 5G GEN_LINK SPEED 3G GEN LINK SPEED 6G SCRAMBLING MODE NONE SCRAMBLING MODE SAS SCRAMBLING MODE SATA Group Contents WF_BROADCAST_CHANGE WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_O WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_1 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_2 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_3 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_4 WF_BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_CHANGE_1 WF_PS_REQ_PARTIAL WF_PS_REQ_SLUMBER WF_PS_ACK WF_PS_ACK Internal Value S WWI N PR O 01 10 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 5 14 8 Generation Settings Default Setting Value Global Settings GenerationMode gt gt gt gt gt SSCEnable 0 SSCType SSCAmplitude MultiSpeedMode 0 Output Disable 0 SupportSNW1 1 SupportSNW2 1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description Generation Mode must be defined or no generation will take place Possible Values GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST GEN _MODE_SATA_ DEVICE GEN _MODE_SAS_INITIATOR GEN _MODE_SAS_ TARGET Default Value GEN MODE_ERROR undefined mode Spread Spectrum Clocking SSC In SATA software turns SSC on or off Can only be set outside Generation block In SAS software when you turn on SSC Trainer PHY can turn on SSC on the PHY In the SAS protocol during speed negotiation when
210. S SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 Teledyne LeCroy Toolbars 286 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 2 Toolbars Enabling Tool Bars To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help E Trainer Jammer a PP oom In Pp oom QuE Actual Size Full Screen E Tile Views El Enable Filtering p2 Filtering IY Filter Idles Phy Physical Layer Iris FIS Layer femo Command Layer Wrap Packets ey Main ve Status Bar ve Record Capture as Analysis e Navigation view ve Packet View Column view ve Cursor Position P Device Emulator Toolbars are a Main Record Capture Analysis Navigation View Packet View Column View Cursor Position O Device Target Emulator DOOUOCDOD Once enabled the toolbars can dock at the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select Toolbar gt Cursor Position x to Y Ons XtoT Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 121 Cursor Position Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Status Bar Teledyne LeCroy See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 287 3 9 Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window 3 9 1 Search Status The right m
211. SATA in Packet View Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination S4S Address H 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps S5000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 FS7DAB5E3 Expander Chg Count D Vendor ld 4 0x01 Report manufacturer information La fe put Product Id 4 Prat Rev LYI H Func Result 0x00 Smp function accepted ee Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 772 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps 5000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 Fo7DA6E3 Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 Teledyne LeCroy Viewer Display ATA Cmi Command Input H 32 Normal Output H Phi Port H Status Duration 511 573 666 5 0x90 e Device Diagnos 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us FIS Type Phi Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 3 666 0x27 Register Host to Device Link FIS Type ATA Command Sec Count H Link Data Relative
212. SATA Host or SAS Initiator nable Muxing in Emulator Device Target Emulator Ports 1 Device Target Emulator Ports 2 Device Target Emulator Ports 4 Host Initiator Emulator Ports 1 Host Initiator Emulator Ports 2 Host lnitiator Emulator Ports 4 Emulator Feature Muxing lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt KE lt lt Z S S SZS lt ZZ lt lt lt i TATE Trainer Ports 1 Trainer Ports 2 Trainer Ports 4 Infusion Ports 1 Infusion Ports 2 Infusion Ports 4 nable one Trainer port for blade m nable two Trainer ports for blade nable four Trainer ports for blade m nable one Infusion port for blade Enable two Infusion ports for blade Enable four Infusion ports for blade Figure 3 144 Licensing Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 311 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 20 5 3 20 6 3 21 3 21 1 312 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Scftware Update x ae There are no new updates available for 545 Protocol Suite Sa Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http jiw lecrow conmJtrfLibrary Sorkiware PSo Sierra 525 35 Close Figure 3 145 Check for Updates About Displays vers
213. SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings 2 8 2 8 1 2 9 2 9 1 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings Prior to running the Advanced mode project click the Settings tab The options in the Settings dialog are the same as for the Easy Mode described starting on page 101 SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button Notes To include some descriptive information about the project click the Notes tab and enter a brief descriptive note see Add a Project Note on page 110 Emulation SAS To perform a capture with SAS Initiator Emulator generated bus traffic click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator SATA To perform a capture with SATA Host Emulator generated bus traffic click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator Program the Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator then set up a capture as described in Protocol Analysis on page 47 Programming the Initiator or Host Emulator SAS Click the Initiator Emulator tab Poececccscccssccsesccsssccssecessccesceceses Phy reset sequence and identification Insert 1 instances ATA scs TASK sme Frame Event sta x C 3 palo di js done manually Easy switch to Advance
214. SATrainer Generator Files stg are for the CATC Tracer Exerciser model 10K 5 6 Opening a Traffic Generation File After the Traffic Generator file ssg file has been created you can open it in the application To open a Traffic Generator file 1 Select File gt Open on the Menu Bar or click gt on the Toolbar to display an Open dialog 2 Select a Generator text file ssg and click Open to display the file The install directory contains example files Lecroy 45 Trainer C Documents and Settings Eill Desktop SAS_P Branchingsample ssg e File Setup Generate Search wiew Tools Window Help a el EY RSS MHI SE SS A T CONFIGURATION AUIOOIIE AuUtOHOLD OFF a IAN 480 OOB Settings COMWAKE o 6 10 160 6 amp 6 160 140 SATA Link Initialization settings Align Time 010 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg settings Allan Time Allan Time Interspeer 91920 51920 FSODO 133600 1638540 FSODO Figure 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generator File 396 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy 5 6 1 5 7 5 7 1 Layout The ssg file has several colored bars that represent global settings The bars show the current configuration of the generation file Example settings are a Configuration GenMode SAS or SATA SSC On or Off Link speed 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps Type o
215. SCSiICommandRepeatedErrorOnCommandNumber int nCommand BOOL bEnable short iCountOfRepeatedErrorsOnCommands nCommand specifies SCSI command See 6 52 SCSI Command type definition in the API manual bEnable TRUE means you want repeat error as much as iCountOfRepeatedError sOnCommands 3 Click the Command fail with check condition check box click the down arrow on the Sense Key drop down list box choose an error type and then enter values for ASC and ASCQ in the corresponding text boxes Some Check Condition Sense Key and ASC ASCQ values are see Figure 2 185 on page 184 a 01 1807 soft error RECOVERED DATA WITH ECC DATA REWRITTEN Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation a Ob 1103 aborted command MULTIPLE READ ERRORS QO Ob 4b06 aborted command INITIATOR RESPONSE TIMEOUT a 04 4100 hardware errors DATA PATH FAILURE ee Transport ick SSP Frame Tye Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransmit Beran mE tN Retry Data Frames H _ Data Frames H _ CONTROL TER CONTROL ED bf a r 35658 aL 0x07 Response DFFS6A DFFS6A DADES se a SE10 009 o0 oe D00000000000000000000202000000000000 1 Sense Data Len H RespDataLen H Sense Data 0 Byes Respe ode H ve 00000020 00000000 l i 18 00000000 JE CRC H Handshake IEEE ciFEs3D6 0x0 ACK ay L
216. SPINUP a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 223 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis a of total count Masaje 31 PT Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Primitive Direction CONT H gt D 17483 2 99 CONT D gt H 4054 6 95 EOF H gt D 1748 2 99 EOF D gt H 4054 6 95 HOLD H gt D 415 0 71 HOLD D gt H 887 1 52 HOLDA H gt D 415 0 71 Figure 3 30 Primitive Report Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns a Bus Condition All Custom Activity On COMININT COMRESET COMSAS COM WAKE Keep Alive Activity a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count O Majsajo t y gt gt Mc General Primitive Bus Condition Fis ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Bus Condition Direction Keep Alive Activity H gt D 1 1 19 Activity On H gt D 12 14 29 Activity On D gt H 12 14 29 COMINIT COMRESET H gt D 1 1 19 COMINIT COMRESET D gt H 28 313 39 COMWAKE H gt D 12 14 29 COMWAKE D gt H 12 14 29 COMSAS H gt D 6 7 14 84 100 00 Figure 3 31 Bus Condition Report ATA Command Report To display the ATA Comman
217. Save as text Print Close Figure 3 85 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection 35 346 us Figure 3 86 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu ARTAL LARADLE M LUMO Add Bookmark M Show Field b Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger nitiator Connection Tag H De Format Byte Order E Copy Data Set Time Stamp E t Absolute Color Trigger Pr Current Position Based on system time Goto E Figure 3 87 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time 3 5 2 Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you must have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options O Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 270 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 261 Link Layer SAS
218. Selection LEA From 06 l Generate Error when pP SSP SMP Di Task To 08 General Tag 5 Status Command Status E w Format Unit Command number E Indication ay gt El Inquiry W Repeat eror 5 il Log Select Ed Random Log Sense Mode Select E Number of error commands 2 Mode Select 10 Mode Sense E Mode Sense 10 Sense kep Mo Sense ss Read E Read 10 asc 0 H ASCO 0 HI Read 16 Generate Error On Command fail with check condition Read Capacity 10 E Outgoing frame 1 Data Settings Read Capacity 16 Send Diagnostic Test Unit Ready write B Write 10 Request Sense Report LUNS Figure 2 184 SAS SAS Commands Error Setting Dialog E Incoming frame 1 Data Settings E TT TA A a 182 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy 1 Click the SSP SMP or Task option button to display the commands available for each of these categories in the Event Selection window 2 Click a command for which to set an error check the Generate Error when check box then enter values for LBA TAG or Command number in the corresponding text box Command number specifies the number of the command for which you want to inject error For example if you select the Inquiry command then enter 2 for the Command Number you inject error on the 2nd Inquiry command Number of error commands s
219. Setting button to open the error setting dialog Outgoing FRAME Error Setting IP Frame Length Error E Code violation error M Don t check credit 3 Over frame length E Disparity error Drop link for 1 mig Under frame length j 1 Set frame length to 265 Cate ant 1 C SOF Error Double Orit E Insert Primitive Type AIF NORMAL O EOF Error Double Orit a 1 E CRC Eno Invalid Omit i ai For HOLD Frimitive T EEST 1 Fill reserved fields with O 1H 1 Cancel Figure 2 177 SAS Outgoing Frame Error Setting SATA Check Generate Error on outgoing frame commands then click the Setting button to open the error setting dialog Outgoing FRAME Error Setting al Frame Length Error Code violation error 2 Over frame length 7 Disparity error Sta E dE Under frame length j Ignore EEE Sache Set frame length to 2051 rd 1 n Delay in HOLD Response No WTRM CI SOF Error a Double Omit E Insert Primitive CONT 1 EOF Error 3 Double Omit amp PICRCEno Invalid Orit l del For HOLE Prirnutive esti 1 Fill reserved fields with O Hj F Ok Cana Figure 2 178 SATA Outgoing FIS of Command Error Setting Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation 178 Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce a Under frame length Data frame payload returned by the DE is O bytes QO Set data frame length to x
220. T Ons Figure 3 122 Cursor Position Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 287 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 3 11 3 11 1 288 Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Right click in the Packet View and select Software Settings The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog displays see Figure 3 123 on page 289 Trace Viewer Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 123 on page 289 allows you to change the following display settings a DODODDODDOLDO O Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align Field Header Setting m Text color Name m Abbreviation Foreground color Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips Data Payload Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Trace Viewer Configuration in a file Load Sample Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings Font opens Font dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Trace Viewer Configurat
221. T Global Fules Click here to add an event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 14 Entering Basic Scenario Information To copy an event or action right click on the event or action and select Copy Right click Click here to add another event or Click here to add an action and then select Paste To copy a sequence or state right click on the sequence or state and select Copy Right click Click here to add another sequence or Click here to add another state and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected sequence state event or action When you click the Scenario Name or the Direction For Traffic Changes the Scenario Properties dialog box displays see Figure 4 15 on page 343 allowing you to enter the scenario name a short description and direction of traffic change 342 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Properties JO x 15 x Properties Type Scenario Hame Mew Scenario 1 Description Direction From Initiator Figure 4 15 Scenario Properties Dialog Box In the Scenario Properties screen the direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies line traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored i
222. The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA 3 3 6 la pe S425 506 me la pe You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also click the Trace Viewer Configuration icon to display the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port Each row shows captured DWORDs on different ports related to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture click Analysis gt Column View or SATA EOF Figure 3 16 SAS Column View Ime stamp Figure 3 17 SATA Column View Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Right click in the Column View to display commands QO Software Settings QO Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second
223. Time Limit 100 100 us Maxinum Connect Time Limit O infinite First Burst Size 1 4512 Bytes _T nexus loss time 100 me Mas Credits in each Connection 255 Delay between getting HOLD to sending HOLDA 2 Diwordls Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 148 Advanced Initiator Settings Dialog General Tab In the Advanced Initiator Setting dialog choose Automatic action options from O ABORT TASK for Failed Commands O Multi Command feature OOB Signal Setting Tab Click the OOB Signal Setting tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify OOB parameters in the enabled editable fields Advanced Initiator Setting X General OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Idle Time 0061 Negation Time OOBI Burst Time OOBI 480 Accept El 1440 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OB Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 149 OOB Signal Setting Tab 154 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Timeouts Tab Click the Timeouts tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify timeouts for connection CREDIT ACK NAK ATA Command OOB Signal and Identify frame You can also edit the speed negotiation parameters Advanced Initiator Setting E x General ODE Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation OOB Signal Hot Plug timeant 500 me fi 3 p Close Connection response timeouk fiona p COMSAS detect timeant
224. _REQ_PARTIAL PS REQ SLUMBER 5 14 4 Primitive Category DOCOCOCOO O O O ALIGN O 1 2 or 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 RRDY NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 WAITING ON CONNECTION WAITING ON DEVICE or WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 427 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 428 O a a a CREDIT BLOCKED OPEN ACCEPT OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED NO DES TINATION PATHWAY BLOCKED PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED RESERVED ABAN DON O RESERVED ABANDON 1 RESERVED ABANDON 2 RESERVED ABANDON 3 RESERVED CONTINUE O RESERVED CONTINUE 1 RESERVED INITIALIZE O RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 RESERVED STOP O RESERVED STOP 1 RETRY STP RESOURCES BUSY or WRONG DESTINATION BROADCAST CHANGE RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 RESERVED 4 RESERVED CHANGE O or RESERVED CHANGE 1 DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT CREDIT TIMEOUT NORMAL RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED TIMEOUT O or RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SATA FLOW CTRL PRIMITIVE SATA IDLE PRIMITIVE SAS PS PRIMITIVE PS_REQ PARTIAL PS_REQ SLUMBER PS ACK or PS_NAK 5 14 5 Wait Commands Syntax WALT FOR 1 lt Command lt commandZ2 gt mas lt Groupl gt lt Group2 gt esa Sie
225. a 439 5 15 Generatllon ODIO Sina 447 Generation Rules Toolbar isis encon 448 Generation Rules Page How It WorkS oooooccccconnnccncccccnnonanncocononanancnronnanannrrrnnnnnnnnrrrrrnnananrrrnnnnananenns 449 Creating EVENTUAL is 449 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area ooooocccconnnccccoocncccononnncconannncnonanornnnnnnnrnnannnrrnnnnnrrrnnaanos 450 ASSIQNINO AN ACTO Mr idad 451 5 191 Generation Rules Pop Up Menus iii aa aa aaea a a aeaa Ea 451 5 152 Cell POP UP Men a aaa a aaa a aa 452 5 15 3 Action Pop UP MENU Li dd 452 515A EVEN POD UD MENU aria 452 919 9 EVENS and EVENT Propere S sisari Ea 453 Data Pattern Mask and Match atinente nnnm 453 5 16 Setting Complex Wait For CONdItIONS oooccccccnncnncccnnnanconcnncnnconnnannnrnnnnannrrrnnnanrrrrnnananes 454 5 16 1 Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog cccccssssseeeseseeeseeeseeeseenseeeseeeneesseenneees 454 STE FIN A O O 455 5 17 1 Data Pattern Mask a a Match aiii ctec sated dedbetuaebieie eel eiearetebibestaniderediceliicen 458 5 17 2 FINA NOX APPS 0 O OE EE a ced scusass tesdeciveccesecceiacesiaccden a a E 458 5173 904r h DIFE CHO is A E a 458 5 18 DISPlay OPUONS umm 459 5 18 1 Color Format Hiding Display Options isso 459 14 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 5 18 2 Color DISDlay ODMONS isis 460 5 16 3 Formats Display Op OA cc 461 5 18 4 Aiding Display Options sssrini idas 462 5 18 5 L
226. a Pattern Generator enter a path to a pattern generator spg file in the File Name dialog See Creating a Pattern Generator File on page 473 for instructions how to create a Pattern Generator file Host Emulator You can run an Host Emulator while setting QO Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stops Auto stop Analyzer when Exerciser stopped CONT usage Auto update Sector Count before running Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA OOOO 156 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy QO Data Frame Payload Size O ATA Command Execution Timeout QO Logical Block Size for ATAPI Check Autostop exerciser when Analyzer Stopped to halt the Host Emulator when the Analyzer stops Check Autostop Analyzer when Exerciser Stopped to halt the Initiator Emulator when the Exerciser stops If unchecked the Exerciser continues to run even after the Exerciser stops Check CONT Usage to enable the specification of Delay between getting HOLD to sending HOLDA Data Frame Payload Size and ATA Command Execution Timeout Check Auto update Sector Count before running If you want to automatically calculate the sector count and transfer length per the payload data length Keep this unchecked to use the values entered manually in the emulation script Note Checking this option will manipulate the emulation script with the calculated values but unchecking it afterwards will NOT revert to
227. a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window a To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses sions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options window remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win dow click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options win dow click Cancel 5 19 Connection Parameters To display the connection parameters see Figure 5 33 on page 465 select Generate gt Connect Parameters 464 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy x Identify frame parameter settings to keep link connected Device Type End Device SSP Initiator Present Fl ssptarget NotPresert y STP Initiator Present Z stp Target NotPresent y SMP Initiator Present Z SMP Target NotPresent y 545 Address hes ODD00000 00000000 FH r Identifier hen one Device Mo on
228. aiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions 4 4 2 Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event 338 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An action might be for example injecting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence S
229. al Setting 195 OOB Signal Setting tab 154 159 Open as Data Vie 244 Open Connection Definition 181 Open Connection dialog 181 Open Document button 392 Open Frame Setting dialog 141 146 181 Open Library command 329 Open Sample file In 298 operating system 20 opt files 464 order reorder in results display 277 Others Report view 226 Outgoing FIS Command Error 177 Outgoing Frame Command Error 177 Outgoing Frame Setting dialog 147 149 184 188 Outgoing Frame Settings 181 184 188 Outgoing Frame Settings dialog 142 Outgoing Open Error 141 146 output trigger 114 p Pack Repeated Primitives 299 Packet Drop 328 Packet View 41 205 packing list 18 Partial Memory 103 Paths settings 296 pattern definition 100 Pattern command 63 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 100 Pattern field 113 Pattern Generation file 152 156 Pattern Generator 150 pattern generator 150 156 file creation 150 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Pattern triggers 78 Payload Data drop down combo box 134 Payload Size 200 Pending ATA lO 242 Pending SCSI IO 242 performance analysis 37 167 analyzer only 167 defining 167 Performance Report 231 performance report 230 Periodic Error 177 Phy reset sequence and initiation 133 PHY Identifier field 465 PHY Setting amp Change Speed command 128 129 PHY Link layer settings 198 PIO Setup FIS 77 PM Performance Report 233 PM Statistic Report 233 pop up men
230. alyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start State 3 Capture Everything l Pattern a Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To a Exclude Items Idle Notify Primitive ACK 1 DI f Active gt NoJump Address Frame Open then Go To State 1 a No change No Jump 1 O Else lt ey 1 O Nochange gt NoJump ke P T State 1 51 Else If Nochange NoJump Capture Everything Exclude Items idle Notify Primitive OPEN ACCEPT then Go To Stat Capture Everything V Exclude Idle l Exclude Xx State 2 S2 C Nothing ja Exclude OOB Signal x Exclude RADY C Pattern Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY Capture E ie sits ae a Exclude SATA CONT 7 Exclude SATA SYNC clude tems idie Notify l Exclude Payload except word SSP Frame Command then Go To State 3 State 3 53 Exclu e Notify a 3 z A e gt Primitive ACK then Trig Ext Out Ac amp Add State 2 Delete State Figure 2 82 SAS Advanced Trigger with multiple branches State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences To follow the path of complex trigger sequences you can display state numbers in a trace To see state number in Packet View right click a link layer packet show field and select state number Setting Trigger Conditions To set the If and Else If trigger condition 1 Click the Add Pattern button fora Pattern field and choose a trigger condition from
231. amble Role END_OF FILE Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SATA hardware role Role Host or Role Device END OF FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END_OF_FILE as the last statement in the file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 467 Teledyne LeCroy Example Pattern Generator File 6 8 Example Pattern Generator File Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file J annn SOT Device BITS MS Device 23 2 3 ed e2l 3 K28 3 f X_RDY E 9 A f X_RDY 25 4 23 4 10 5 K28 53 J CONT ION OSO POS OSO pes OSO pes LL dd dsd K283 f SOF 00 50 40 Al EO 00 00 00 flee 21 0 21 3 K263 MEOF 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 3 WTRM 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 5 WTRM 4 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 f CONT pes FOSO pes OSO 4455 Pies 2158 K23 3 J SYNC flied de 408 E263 J ESYNC 23 4 23 4 10 3 K28 5 f CONT OSO ps ION OSO Role Device Loop
232. an ATA Command Click the Insert ATA Command button click one of the command categories and choose a command see Figure 2 94 on page 121 120 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation aT Frame Event sta Xx PIO In PIO Out DMA DMA Queued NCQ ATAPI Smart CFA Write Multiple Without Erase CFA Write Sectors Without Erase Device Configuration Set Download Microcode Security Disable Password Security Erase Unit Non Data Others User Defined Security Set Password Security Unlock Set Max Set Password Set Max Unlock Trusted Send Write Buffer Write Log Ext Write Multiple Write Multiple Ext Write Multiple FUA Ext Write Multiple Cs Write Port Multiplier Write Sectors Write Sectors Ext Write Stream PIO Figure 2 94 ATA Dropdown List The following menu options are available PIO In PIO Out DMA DMA Queued NCQ ATAPI Smart see below Non Data Others User Defined O OUOUDODODDO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 121 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Smart Commands SATA only To enable smart commands click the Settings tab to open the Settings dialog click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Target Setting dialog go to the Miscellaneous Feature tab check Support smart feature set and check the specific features to enable them see Miscellaneous Features Tab on page 204 Note about Payl
233. anage Setup Licences see Floating License on page 305 Set Preferences see Preferences on page 296 Perform a Self Test see Self Test on page 312 Create a Data Block see Data Blocks on page 134 OUODODDODCDO OC 38 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy au Set Port Alias see Set Port Alias on page 292 O Set SAS Address Alias see SAS Address Alias SAS only on page 293 El File Setup Session Analysis Navic Tout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding 0 External Trig Setting xl Update Device El re All Connected Devices CE Find DUT Power Gm GWT Power OFF DUT Manage Setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set 545 Address Alias Figure 1 21 Setup Menu Option 1 21 3 Session The Session menu has the following options QO Start Capture Record Start capture or record a trace Pause Capture Record Aborts the capture without saving Stop Capture Record Stops the hardware Start Target Emulator Starts the target emulator SAS Stop Target Emulator Stops the target emulator SAS Start Device Emulator Starts the device emulator SATA Stop Device Emulator Stops the device emulator SATA DOOUOCDODL 1 21 4 Analysis The Analysis menu allows you to view captured data see the following screen c
234. apture Menu items and toolbar options are enabled or disabled and displayed or hidden based on the type of window open The following types of windows can be displayed QO No active window a Project file open a Trace file open Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars 40 203 LeCroy SA5 Protocol Suite Enclosure Service scs El File Setup Session Analysis Havigation View Window Hi 5 m 4p Trainer i Ear BIFE w a mM A m alj Decoding 4ssignments Packet View Spread Sheet view Column view Text View Field List view Wave Form view Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report Compare E Data Payloads 545 Verification YSE Figure 1 22 SAS Analysis Menu View Analysis Navigation Ip Decoding Assignments Packet View Spread h Column View Field List View t View Wave Form View Statistical Report View Histogram Bus Utilization SPE amp o mane Data Report an Compare Data Payloads L Compliance Test VSE Power Tracker wiew ew Fi Figure 1 23 SATA Analysis Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 1 21 5 Viewing Cap
235. ar and select an existing sac or stc file 5 Choose an export range and item Command or FIS then click Export Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation 2 9 4 Teledyne LeCroy 6 After the export action completes open the exported sac or stc file Host Emudatoe Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Motes Phy reret sequence n doet required ES a ME Evert rome ste X C ncereneachan Command ad put 01 F Command Secourt 0 LBA 00 DEV 00 LBA 04 PM Port 00 Protocol Option E Coretan ad input H E Command SecCourt D LBA H DEV H LBA H par Port H Protocol Option eet 00 FE Command SecCourt D LBA mM DEW 00 LBA 10 PM Port H Protocol Opbon Es reu H E Command SecCourt 0 LBA 4 DEV 4 LBA H PM Port 04 Protocol Opten Es rat 0 E Command SecCourt D LBA 0 DEV H LBA H Ph Port H Protocol Option Ej Command gt rout H F Command SecCourt D LBA M0 DEV 04 LBA M1 PM Port P0 Protocol ton Corera gt rot 00 E Commend SecCourd D LBA H DEV H LBA H ATA Conmenand Deba 2048 Byes PM Port Protecat r 1 i 100001 OBO F i Command rot 00 E Commend SecCourd D LBA H DEV 01 LBA 00 ATA Command Osta 2040 bres Command ad nat 4 F Command SecCoud D LBA H DEV MH LBA H ATA Command Date 2048 Bytes Figure 2 128 SATA Host Emulator Program With the Exported Commands You can run this set of
236. ask Captured Dword 0 Links Speed 66 Dword 0 Offset Captured Diword 1 2 COB Signal blica ii Captured Dword 2 aes E Condition 1 Captured Dword 3 E Primitives E Ea Primitive Grou Oword 1 Type Custom D word hee j D word 1 Value 000000000 pr 545 Primitive SATA Primitive Oword 1 Mask OxO0000000 Running Disparity Error Dword 1 Offset 0 545 Data Pattern E Condition 2 ia SATA Data Pattern Diword 2 Type Custom Cord H SCSI Dword 2 value ox00000000 H SMF Frame Dword 2 Mask 000000000 55P Frame Dword 2 Offset 0 Timer Trigger Input Dword 0 Type al OK Cancel Figure 4 20 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see below that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers del Type Properties Type Description Acton gt Capture Data Dword E Inject Random No E Link Every Mth occurence 1 ba Monitor Count Monitor Cont Mot monitored pa Remove Custom D word stop Scenario Pattern Field Mame Custom Dword El Substitute Pattern Field value Captured Diword HO Data Dword E Captured D word 1 eee Pattern Field Mask Captured Dword 2 with SAS primitive AER SATA primitive Trigger Output Recalculate CAC Capture
237. ate 2 Task Management Function DATA Commands Intrasever gt Seagate 1 ATA Commands SCSI Command Status OOOOH SCSI Command Status W Source SAS Address PM Source SAS Addres S Destination SAS Address Wi Pair SAS Address Figure 3 129 SAS SAS Address Alias If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 3 14 If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TX Vout for the transmitter on each port Selecting TX Vout increases the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy To select TX Vout select Setup gt TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog Rui Tx Settings Ss Input signal equalization l Output pre emphasis Restore Factory Settings Short time constant 2 GHz 2 dB gt Output Pre Long a e Save Medium time constant 800 MHz OFF Pre emphasis
238. ate you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to three line tests at the same time You can do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You can have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow TABLE 4 5 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multiple events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 353 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 4 9 1 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 Inthe Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 15 on page 343 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event qd Remove RRDY Normal l box Scenario is walid Status Mok sawed Sce
239. ation Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Command Tag LBA Sector Count Xfer Length Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation Count All Custom or a number O O COODODODODODDOOoDoOo DODO Read DMA Ext Normal O a 5000626000001074 5000C50000104785 os Write10 0x182 Oxaefaa 0x4 2048 Good 352 266 662 61 5000626000001074 5000C 50000104765 SsP Readi0 Ox17C 0x1e65352 0x4 2048 Good 14 481 987 00 5000625000001074 5000C50000104765 SSP Write10 0x178 0x2a206a5 0x4 2048 Good 968 693 359 3i Figure 3 44 SAS Read Write Command Report Performance Report SAS To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab see Figure 3 45 on page 231 The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Initiator Bus Utilization Target Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration OUOUDO0ODDOLDO O 230 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis DOOOUUOULE O a a Teledyne LeCroy Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total pa
240. ation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 297 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 298 3 15 2 Trace Viewer Tab e Preferences General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Open Trace File In Optimization 9 Default Workspace Sampling memory usage optimizati As Previously Savec Quick View 7 More Info Fl Switch to CATC Navigation _ Cancel button kills upload immediately Reverse Link Data Close previous trace file when new trace file opens Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page E Scroll Horizontally to Show matched ATA decoding mode Column In Search 3 J LBA mode Use new PHY capabilities decoding Configuration 0 CHS mode 9 According to LBA mode in ATA comma Figure 3 132 SAS Prefere
241. ation Vial Time Pi More Compatible Features MH 0000 waoni Features H indistoe Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H oo SOOO oT EOOENES l Figure 2 125 SAS Captured Trace Display With Cursors Set Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 137 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 138 3 Click File and then choose Export to Initiator Emulator or Export to Host Emulator Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Mery d m El Close Launch Jammer Launch Trainer Da Launch Crosssync Control Panel Save WorkSpace Save Cbrl 5 Save S Export to Text Excel Export Export to Initiator Emulator Trace Properties a Export to Trainer Edit Comment Export Read write Command Report Print Ctrl P Export Paired 545 Address Report _ Figure 2 126 SAS Export to Initiator Emulator This displays the Export to Initiator Emulator dialog Export to Initiator Emulator y 2 xj Range f All Trace o From s Cursor To Y Cursor Fram SCI Emo Nofi To scsi Cmd Noli Import Items e SCS Commands 404 Commands W SMF Commands SSP Frames SMP Frames FP STF Frames Task Mangement Part M 11 71 e 1272 e 13 13 e 14 74 Project Name Stop cos Figure 2 127 Export to Initiator Emulator Dialog 4 Click the ellipses next to the Project Name address b
242. ay as in Easy Mode as described starting on page 66 To use a timer define it first Note You can set a timer for any If or Else If condition 3 Enter a value for the number of occurrences before trigger in the Cont field up to a maximum of 65535 occurrences Choose a capture option Everything Nothing or Pattern 5 If you choose Pattern you can select patterns for inclusion or exclusion Clicking the Pattern option enables a pattern definition dialog see Figure 2 84 on page 114 Bus Condition STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Figure 2 84 SAS Choosing a Pattern 6 Choose pattern s and click the gt gt button to add them for capture or exclusion You define each pattern the same way as in Easy mode see Defining Patterns on page 66 7 For an output trigger click the down arrow in the Ext Out field and choose an output trigger level Note Do not use the LOW setting in Advanced Mode 8 To go to another state click the down arrow in the Go To field and select a state If no other state has been defined choose New State to add a state 114 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy 2 7 2 2 7 3 Multi Link Triggering You can set different triggering for each link To set different trigger conditions for a link check the Multi Sequencer check box and select the link for setup from the Port drop
243. b SATA The Host Emulator Setting dialog allows you to select the Port s for exercising choose to use the Host Emulator or Pattern generator and specify Host Emulator characteristics Click the Host Setting tab e SATAProtocolAnalyzer4 laca a Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Seting Setings Notes ProjectTies Host Emulator Port a oA TAProtocolAnalyzer4 By Capture H1 D1 All Y Everything Include wee C Run Pattern Generator oe Exclude Idle Ey Trigger Non Sequential io Snapshot E Settings 9 Run Host Emulator b 2 Trigger Position in Memory 124 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB E sae Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Speed AutoSpeed H1 D1 Y Run Pattern Generator Off Pun Host Emulator On Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stopped Auto stop Analyzer when Exerciser stopped CONT Usage Auto update Sector Count before running S Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA 27 DWords Descrambling Enabled Data Frame Payload Size 8192 Byte s 2 Align Transmission Period 258 Ce sana Gin Logical Block Size For ATAPI 512 Byte s Advanced Queue Settings a Easy switch to Advanced mode Fort H1 D1 F Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 152 SATA Host Setting Tab Choose Host Emulator Port For each port select a speed Pattern Generator You can select a Pattern Generation file To perform a capture with
244. bol Violation during the Speed negotiation No longer detects Code Violation or Disparity Error lt Amit is this removed gt Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them STP Frame Double click STP Frame to open the STP Frame Type dialog Figure 2 23 on page 70 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 Teledyne LeCroy Projects STP Frame Type E xj Format FIS Type Register Host to Device OUx2 Binary Register Host to Device 0x2 ie Hexadecimal Esad Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits OA OMA Activate Ox 39 On 0 58 0x5F On46 tho Device Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp 3e 36 32 S 3 32 S Mi Mi Fl Pil le Ti FT Fo Ta F Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 23 FIS Patterns Dialog Click the down arrow next to the FIS Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to capture or exclude and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types 2 6 11 70 O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Vendor DOOOOUOCUODL Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Figure 2 24 on page 71 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy
245. both sides of a link agree to turn on their SSC SSC will turn on with the SSC Type and SSC Amplitude parameters Specifies SSC type as midspread Specifies SSC Amplitude Possible values are SSC_AMP_500 SSC_AMP_1000 SSC_AMP_1500 SSC_AMP_2000 SSC_AMP_2500 SSC_AMP_ 3000 When set the change of speed within Generation block is allowed with following syntax set Speed LINK_SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G This very poorly named register bit forces the Trainer to output data It is a little like the output_on script command except that its effect cannot be undone for the duration of the script If this is turned on none of the out of band commands will work as the output enable is forced on When set in Connect command SNW1 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block When set in Connect command SNW2 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block 439 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Setting PauseTrnScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect OutputOffAfterDC AutoMode Settings AutoOOBMode AutoHoldMode AutoDMAT AutoHandshake AutoSpeedNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS 440 Default Value 0 On Off On On On Description When set the generator pauses the Idle scrambler of Train TrainDone pattern When AdvanceConnect and ReconnectOnRun are set
246. box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB a You can limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Save As Display Formats The following figure describes the four different Save As type formats XFER Length Sector Count XFER Length 2048 4 2048 2048 4 2048 Excel File csv format Excel Files Version 1 0 csv format Text Files txt format Text Files Version 1 0 txt format 56 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Host Emulator SATA From the File menu you can Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Export to Host Emulator SATA using the Extract Sample File dialog see following figures Export to Initiator Emulator E x Range i AllTrace a From Cursor Ta Y Cursor C Fram SCSI Cmd Nofi Tal Sci Cmd Nof Import Items W SCSI Commands ATA Commands If SMP Commande SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames Task Mangement Port I 11 71 M 272 M 13 713 IY 14 74 Project Hame eN Stop cos Figure 2 10 Export to Initiator Emulator SAS Dialog Export to Host Emulato mS Range 9 All Trace From T O From ATACmd No 1 Tol ATA Cmd e No 1 Impor tems Command Device Sleep Fort 4 H1 D1 Project Mame ma stop Figure 2 11 Ex
247. button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 245 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report 246 3 4 2 Compare Two Data Payloads To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu then select Set As Reference Data Payload Bookmark Show Field F Hide Field Format Byte Order Expand All Open as data view A Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BE Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the View Type toolbar LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite LSI_Expander_PowerOn_SAS scs al File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help ee So itl 2 0 Record a S bh da P Bly wR 2 OG 3a B E ENEE unk tr eer Cora FUA H DPO H ogical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H gt gt Payload Data 4096 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H 52 43 52 44 28 00 09 00 ED 21 80 00 gt Metrics Hex O ASCII Layer Transport Layer Transport poor 18000000 00000000 00000000 0060 01F8000 00000000 98000000 0060 01000000 18000000 00000000 006c 00000000 01000000 18000000 006c 00000000 OpoooCcoo 2
248. by ATAPI ATAPI SCSI commands count E Gsparatos E Seve ups pene Figure 3 76 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand the Log window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 253 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report 254 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog displays Choose Editor application and editing settings f Notepad by default Other Path to the editor Browse Edit all selected scripts in one process T Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program files lecroyeas protocol suite S 45 Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start I Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after script s stop running MW Remember dialog layout T Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings T Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log files Je program files lecroyeas protocol suite 545 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running
249. c cards you need to manually specify the order of the chained units To match your unit sequence to the address for each unit in the Select Device dialog click the pull down tab under the Order heading on the right side and select unit numbers 1 for Unit 1 2 for Unit 2 and so on This determines the order in which the cascaded ports appear in the trace When using the CATC Sync cards the order is automatically detected IMPORTANT Power up all units before starting the software 1 9 3 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card You can cascade up to eight Sierra Analyzers if they all have a CATC SYNC expansion card Note If Sierra M6 2 has a CATC SYNC Expansion Card you can cascade with Sierra M6 1 If Sierra M6 2 has an STX SYNC Expansion Card you cannot cascade with Sierra M6 1 1 9 4 Using the Power Expansion Card Two types of Power Expansion Cards are available and the type must be specified when ordering the unit O Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X O Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives to test for Emulation SATA Compliance and SAS Verification The Power Expansion Card can supply 5 V or 12 V A ash a Hoyt er ne a Powe O pevic 2 Holes in the Expansion Card You can turn the card on or off through the software during SATA Compliance or SAS Verification
250. ce to Host 309 693 328 86 us S O D gt H___ 9002666473 us 250 Data Jo HeD 31992001343 us 500 7 Ss pp foma wea ATA Command Command PM Port Direction NumberofFIS_ PavoadSize Status Time Write DMA Queued fo J w ob 2________Jo Normal Output NVA Figure 3 52 Sample Print Preview of Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Report Display Settings 2 The Setting button opens the Setting dialog You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Wirite Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Check All Reset All Core Figure 3 53 SAS Statistical Report Column Setting Show Hide Columns Bus Condition Read Write Command Performance Others Check All Reset All Cancel Figure 3 54 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting 236 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to examine each instance of that type in the Sample Viewer 4p tb gt gt 3 of 137 Register Host to Devic
251. cenario 4 New Scenario 5 New Scenario 6 Substitute Status cor New Scenario E New Scenario 3 After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario 4 3 Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infusion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Set Port Configuration dialog To record traffic select Jammer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port 1 Set Port Configuration Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features OK Es Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer E 0 Available TES Available E 2 Available Y 2 Available D 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Num Ports Assignment Hamilton SN 61666 0xFOEZ oi EY o Y z Figure 4 5 Ports Configuration Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match You can select only one Jammer port at a time with this configuration Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Statu
252. cenario to allow you to assign port s to None The Multiport feature allows you to run a scenario by more than one port in a Device Library and to assign different ports to different scenarios and run them together Each scenario in a library can run by more than one port Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window or on the InFusion application toolbar As the first step in creating a scenario the application prompts you for scenario name a short description optional and the direction of traffic to which any traffic changes apply Changes are for example injection or removal of data or a primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 341 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Properties You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions QO From Initiator Change is made to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target O From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from target to initiator The figure shows the first prompt in the scenario creation process 4 New Scenario 1552404 box Scenario is valid Status Mok saved New Scenario 1552404 Scenario Name Direction for traffic ree From Initiator
253. ces Preferences allow you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI and SCSI Spec Assignments To perform settings in an open trace view select Setup gt Preferences 3 15 1 General Tab Preferences Px General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Paths SS ROO User path co wusers public documents Wecroy sas protocol suite User miil Template Files E Protocol Analyzer E New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode usas Default Workspace Cc userstpublic documentsWecroy sas protocol sute System Pre Defined Workspace Defaut WS zr NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment MMCE SPC4 Madmum Number of Uploader Threads E SCS Spec Assignment SBC3 SPC4 Fl Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 4 Ask user to close the previous captured trace before running the new project Found device list mode Browse default path Reset clear the list of found devices Software default 3 Refresh append to the list of found devices 5 Windows default cancel aa Figure 3 131 SAS Preferences Dialog General Tab The SATA Preferences dialog has the same options except that it does not have SCSI spec assignment Paths User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog Template Files Protocol Analy
254. ces supporting up to SATA 3 0 specification 324 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Compliance Test SATA 10 11 12 13 14 Teledyne LeCroy Select the Compliance Type as Host or Device Select the Device Type as ATA or ATAPI When testing SSD devices select the SSD Drive checkbox to ensure correct test results To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for the Compliance Report file or use the default file name and path C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User Compliance_Device1 rtf Enter a path and file name for the Saved Traces or use the default folder C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User After you select tests click Start The test runs and after a brief period displays the result ee Compliance Report file fe program files lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Devicel rtf Browse View Saved Traces iz No Test Name Description Result Detail 1 GTR 01 Once the initial Register device to host FIS has been received and successfully 175 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample acknowledged with no errors a device shall successfully respond to the setting of for further information the SAST bit in the Device Control register at any
255. ch row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can specify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Anchor the Selection bar Other You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences 3 15 4 Teledyne LeCroy Column View Tab Preferences Ex General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Other 3 15 5 W Display preittered cells as blanks in column view 4 Show Waming In Search Primitiv
256. cket button 276 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 276 481 Teledyne LeCroy Index Show Hide TLP packet in results display 277 Show Hide Transport Packet button 276 Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer 17 Sierra Trainer menus 387 Sierra Trainer toolbar 392 Simulation Mode 35 Sleep statement 385 smart features 204 SMP Command 125 SMP Command report 228 SMP frame 71 SMP Frame Pattern dialog 71 93 SMP Initiator field 465 SMP Target field 465 SMP Transport report 227 SMPFrames inc 402 Snapshot mode 79 SOAF EOAF and CRC 180 SOF EOF amp CRC Errors 178 SOF EOF and CRC Errors 191 SOF EOF and CRC errors 143 148 150 189 SOF EOF and CRC errors 185 Soft Reset dialog 98 Software default 297 software installation 20 software overview 35 sorting column content 239 Spec View 217 278 Specify Action option 452 Specify when to send Signature 190 Speed Negotiation Setting button 151 Speed Negotiation tab 155 196 197 Spread Sheet Color Setting 302 Spread Spectrum Clocking 204 Spreadsheet View 41 spreadsheet view 214 SSP Frame 72 SSP Frame Pattern dialog 72 SSP Frame Type dialog 94 SSP Initiator field 465 SSP Target field 465 SSP Transport Report 226 SSPFrames inc 402 Start Analyzer button 392 Start Generation 389 Start Generation button 392 State 338 statements 380 statistical report column setting 236 content SATA 222 482 options 223 save as text 235 Statistical Re
257. click Apply see Show Hide Ports on page 275 3 5 1 Go To Menu Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate AE e Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 80 Locate Cursor Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 257 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Go to Time Stamp To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and choose Timestamp see the following screen capture hlape e Trigger Position A Position Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 81 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Go To Time Stamp x Goto OOU loo rm 00 s 000 mz 000 ps 000 rs Lancel Figure 3 82 Go to Time Stamp Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 83 Bookmark 258 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledy
258. clude 00B Signals 4 Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Include RRDY Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP v Collapse All Expand ll Figure 2 19 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 Defining Patterns To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking or unchecking the Port ID see Figure 2 20 on page 67 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Primitive Teledyne LeCroy Double click Primitive available only if you check Exclude Patterns to open the Primitive selection dialog Primitive Port ID Primitive Type AIF NORMAL NOT Not Specific To Type Of Connections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections O Used Inside STP Connections Cancel Dee Traffic Speed 1 5 gbp 3 0 gbp 6 0 gbp 12 0 gbp 5 17 4 T1
259. cncnnnanorrnnnnncrrenannnernnaannos 133 Sample Host Emulator Program SATA only occconnncconcncccconccccnccnnancononannnonnnnancncnnannnnrnnnannrrnnnannnnnnans 133 Sample Initiator Emulator Program SAS On y ccccsssseeesesesseeeeeenseeeeeeseeeseenseeeseeeseesseoesneesonees 134 Dala BOCK S ainia aS Eaa eaa EE 134 Exercising SPECITIC AGGIOSSCS rrira aa aa aea aa aN 134 2 3 3 RECO aNd PAY iaaa lili 136 2 9 4 Error and COMMANG SEUNG S ssmsrsli 139 ATA Error and Command Sening S visceral a 139 Outgoing ATA Frame Settings sisri aeaa a a a a a N e Aa aa 142 INCOMING A PA Frame Sets ai 144 SCSI Error and Command Settings SAS ONny cccccceeseeeseeesseeeseenseeeceeseeeeeenseeeseeensessooesneeseeaes 145 OUuIgoIng SCSI Frame Setting Susto aaea aana E a a aea 147 INCOMING SCSI Frame Setting Sai a A A S 149 FIS Options SATA ON li ina 149 2 9 5 Initiator Setting Tab SAS ON ae 150 29 6 HOSI Seting Tab SATA uvas id 156 2 9 7 Project SETHI S cona as 161 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 2 9 6 Creating a Data BIOG Kisii aii deidades 161 Naming a Data BIOCK unica iaa 163 Editing a Data BIOCK micas A dada 163 Creating and Editing Data Blocks as TeXt ccc sssceeceeeccssseeeeesceenseeeseeeeenseeeseeeenneeeseeeeseeeesaooenes 166 2 10 Pertormance Anal SIS lt uiaicisd i 167 2 10 1 Performance Analysis with Analyzer Only ccccsssseecesseeeeceenseeseeeneee
260. conditional and unconditional jumps Click the command to label and insert the Label instruction You can also insert a label by right clicking a command and choosing Add Label STOP Stop Exerciser Figure 2 118 Label Labels are automatically labeled as Label sequentially as they are added However you can assign them meaningful names such as STOP and START Instruction insert You can set the instruction to insert before or after a command by setting the insertion mode To set the insertion mode right click in the initiator page and choose Insert before current position or Insert after current position Select Al Chri 4 Deselect All Ctr Delete Selected Item Del Cut Selected Ibem Ctra Copy Selected Item Cert Paste Chri Insert after current position e Insert befor current position Figure 2 119 Instruction Insert Phy Reset Sequence and Identification The system performs this when required by default but you can perform it manually or on each run Sample Host Emulator Program SATA only Figure 2 120 shows a simple completed SATA Host Emulator program Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes m Phy reset sequence is done if required Event Frame sta x is done in each run ally is done manu A Pore Insert 1 instance s ATA Protocol DEY H LBA Mode H PM Port H Option Input H Command SecCount H LBA H C8000000000
261. conditional statements IfisStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format TfIsStopped Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Example IfIsstopped ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 380 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes the IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body 4 New lew Script 0 bd x Sa ee ETENE Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Bo 40 Hz 10 ms Click here to add another script command gt Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST lt Click here to add another script command gt lt Click here to add else body gt END IF 4 New Script 0 b x Batch Scrip nt is valid a Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Chck here to add another action gt Label 1 Sleep 10 ms Click here to add another action gt Label 2 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 2 THEN Click here to add another action gt See 40 Hz 10 ms lt Click here to add another action gt Label 3
262. d Figure 4 39 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 367 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence The Action Properties dialog box displays 1 For the action select Branch to gt New State Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario oe In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received from the target Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario O qd box Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to the pro Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 eit Wait for Click here to add i action Figure 4 40 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box displays 1 In this example you
263. d Dword 3 Substitute For x E A Figure 4 21 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action 352 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 8 1 Summary of Scenario Creation The suggested process of creating and executing a scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Copy the scenario from main library to a device library by drag and drop with a mouse Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device 3 Download all scenarios in the device library to a InFusion device Select the scenario in the device library that you want to run on the device 5 To run the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the Device Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 4 9 Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously Keep in mind that a test st
264. d Report click the ATA Command tab see Figure 3 32 on page 225 The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue O PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom O Number of FIS All Custom or a number O 224 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis O E a O La ww Teledyne LeCroy Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete Normal Output Timeout such as All Custom N A Yes and No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 225 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count E Y 7 1 yo J General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Command PM Port Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count Yy All All Al fel Al Al Mi All fe Read DMA Ext 0 H gt D 3 2048 Normal Output 37 733 333 59 us 415 31 13 Write DMA Ext 0 H gt D 4 2048 Normal Output 17 133 333 21 us 179 13 43 Write FPOMA Queued 0 H gt D 6 2048 Normal Output 26 133 333 21 us 236 17 70 Read FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 5 2048 Normal Output 32 106 666 56 us 470 35 26 Identify Device 0 H gt D 3 512 Normal Output 30 746 667 86 us 3 0 23 C
265. d mode Port 11 77 Figure 2 91 SAS Initiator Emulator Program Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 119 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation SATA Click the Host Emulator tab Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes Phy reset sequence is done if required Insert 1 instances ATA Event Frame sta x is done in each run C js done manually Figure 2 92 SATA Host Emulator Program Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes the SCSI Task and SMP buttons and replaces the Initiator Setting tab with the Host Setting tab SAS You can create an Initiator program using ATA SCSI Task and SMP commands Frames and or Events These commands can execute in a program loop or be subject to user specified conditions Number of Program Lines to add Add ATA Command Add SCSI Command Add Task Command y Add SMP Command F Insert f1 instance s ATA scs1 TASK SMP Frame Event na Insert Frame Insert Event Insert Instruction Delete Program Line Figure 2 93 SAS Host Emulator Program Dialog SATA You can create a Host program using ATA Frames and or Events Add Program Lines To add program lines enter the number of lines to add in the Insert field then click a command button ATA SCSI TASK SMP Frame or Event Note SAS Initiator Emulator supports a queue depth of 32 commands 2 9 2 Adding Initiator or Host Emulator Commands Adding
266. dd State 2 Delete State For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 80 SAS State Programming Dialog Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 o Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo Nochange gt NoJump No change No Jump No change z No Jump No change E No Jump ES State 0 SO Start Else If Else If eo 35 Capture IT Set capture setting of all state as state 0 C Everything IV Exclude Idle Nothing J Exclude DOB Signal T Exclude xx Pattem J Exclude CONT J Exclude SYNC Exclude Payload except 0 Diword s C Include the following Patterns Exclude a Bus Condition Primitive FIS Protocol Errors Advanced switch to Easy mode T Multi Sequencer Port 11 71 Make Same as Current Add State Ja Delete State For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Num Figure 2 81 SATA State Programming Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes Exclude ALIGN Exclude RRDY and Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has patterns Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern and Protocol Errors and does not have STP Frame SMP Frame STP Frame or Address Frame 112 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol An
267. ddress click the down arrow under the Area Type and choose Normal Writable Circular Writable or Non Writable Note To set and get the settings of Media Settings Area Types use these two functions SetMediaAreaAttribute int nArealndex int nStartAddress int nEndAddress TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum eAreaType int pnErrorCode GetMediaAreaAttribute int nArealndex int pnStartAddress int pnEndAddress TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum peAreaType nArealndex Specifies the zero base index of the Area Note The Number of Areas should be set by the SetNumberOfMediaArea function prior to calling these functions Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation nStartAddress Specifies the start address of the Area nEndAddress Specifies the End address of the Area eAreaType Specifies the Area Type This parameter should be in TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum format Its possible values are typedef enum eNORMAL WRITABLE 0 eCIRCULAR_WRITABLE 1 eNONE_WRITABLE 2 TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum Choose Target Emulator Port Click a port option button then click the Speed Negotiation Setting button see Speed Negotiation Tab on page 155 Select the port speed settings all by default Ports Configuration Click the Port Configuration button to display the Ports Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 106 Device Activation Enter a numb
268. dow or by double clicking the device name 4 Copy the scenario from general library to device library by dragging it with the mouse 376 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Scenarios 4 14 4 15 Teledyne LeCroy 5 Download all scenarios in the device library to the InFusion device To do so click the Download all Scenarios button on the Device Library toolbar second button from left Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 Select the scenario to run by clicking it 2 Torun the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios 4 15 1 to the Scenarios box Pm Mew Batch To start a batch script click the New Batch Script Script button or select File gt New Batch Script Script Workspace In the Script Workspace see the
269. down list 4 Multi Sequencer Port 1 71 y Figure 2 85 Multi Link Triggering Setup Set Timers You can set and use up to three timers for triggering You can set each timer for each state or continue from a timer set in the previous state The timer defined for a particular state starts when entering that state To set timers click the ellipses in the Timer field in each state and define each of the timers in the Set Timers dialog Set Timers ij x Timer 1 7 A Tener url C Continue i Sa Times lo Mil Seconds mi o micro o Timer uni C Continue Sel Times 0 Mik Seconds F mdi O mico PHA Timer unit C Continue Set Times lo Mii Seconds mb micro It Set Tener is selected al a state the timer is reset each lime entenng that state By selecting Continue the limer wal continue the count from previous Labels until timer lapses Tires may be set al any state as part of ether 11 of Else lf statements Door l Cancel Figure 2 86 Set Timers Dialog Note Three timers are available You have to set and start each timer in order to continue the next timer For example you have to start Timer 1 continue it then set Timer 2 in order to continue it It will not allow you to continue Timer 2 until you first set it 2 7 4 Timeout The timeout trigger allows triggering based on the occurrence or non occurrence of two events within a pre defined period of time Patterns can be added to th
270. dware and software and have special needs Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator To use the software for protocol analysis to generate host traffic first select File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulation or Protocol Analyzer Host Emulation for a new project or File gt Open an existing Pattern Generator file spg for a single role file see Emulation on page 119 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Performance Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy In Easy Mode on the Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator tab insert instances of ATA SCSI TASK SMP Frame or Event Select the type of each from the drop down lists You can also loop go to wait delay if then and stop In Easy Mode on the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger In Easy Mode on the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern In Easy Mode on the Initiator Setting or Host Setting tab select the port and speed Select to run the Pattern Generator or Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator In Easy Mode on the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Also change the Analyzer settings if necessary Specify addresses stops times and sizes if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have s
271. dyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars This section lists all the SAS and SATA Protocol Suite application menu options and the toolbars Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars 1 21 1 File The File menu options allows you to perform common tasks such as open close save export print send files and exit the application see Figure 1 20 El File Setup Session Analysis Wavigation vi Pes b m pen Close la pe e F Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch Crosssy nc Control Panel Save WorkSpace mj gave Ceres Save As Export d Trace Properties Edit Comment Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Send To Recent Trace Files d Recent Project Files d Exit Figure 1 20 File Menu Option 1 21 2 Setup For special work you can use the Setup menu see the following figure to perform the following actions a Configure TxRxVout Pre emphasis see TxRx Vout Preemphasis on page 294 User Defined Decoding see User Defined Decoding on page 309 External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 306 Update Device see Update Device on page 307 All Connected Devices see Select Device on page 25 Find DUT see Find DUT on page 320 Power Source Control see Power Source Control on page 322 M
272. e Normal Output Byte Order Right Alin Error Output s Features Field Header Setting C Name Abbreviation Logical sectors per logi SectorCount Input ia SectorOfiset r oe Error Foreground LBA Low LBA Mid Viewer Setting Data Pavload a yi ii e Wrap Packet Columns in Ao E Column a Native Max Address W Enable Tooltip eo Sector Number Bytes in Column Byte eo Cylinder Low a Cylinder High Time Stamp Origin sen Head Number Absolute f Trigger as Sl C User Define Based On System Time e Reserved Porn I Same color for start time and port Headers i kawas ar Im 2 ae Humber of sectors to bn Enable Packet View Condense Mode iow nazobs ba all Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 124 ATA Command Fields Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet field tree and click the Foreground button Basic colors seeeerereeee rrr Custom colors BES B BEE Eanes Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel Figure 3 125 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the d
273. e Broadcast Method hes M Dont show this dialog till generation mode change Cancel Figure 5 33 Connection Parameters Dialog You can set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected O Device Type End Device Edge Expander or Fanout Expander SSP Initiator Present or Not Present STP Initiator Present or Not Present SMP Initiator Present or Not Present SSP Target Present or Not Present STP Target Present or Not Present SMP Target Present or Not Present SAS Address hex eight digits eight digits PHY Identifier hex two digits Zone Device Yes or No Zone Broadcast Method hex two digits O UOODODODDODO DO O O You can select to not show the dialog until there is a generation mode change 5 20 Resetting the Toolbar The Analyzer Toolbar has the following a Show InFusion Frame Switches to InFusion frame a Show Analyzer Frame Switches to Analyzer frame Q Start Analyzer Start Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame Q Stop Analyzer Stop Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame AU Abort Analyzer Abort Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame The Generator Toolbar has the following a Start Generation Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Resetting the Toolbar 465 Teledyne LeCroy Resetting the Toolbar Stop Generation Resume Generation Connect Link Disconnect Link O Generation Options OOO O From time to time such a
274. e FIS The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type 47 in the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the Jb Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on gt the Statistical Report toolbar Move The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column Q Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for that column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a specific item you exclude everything but that item for display see Figure 3 55 on page 238 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 238 Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identify Address Frame Figure 3 55 SAS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 56 on page 238 Custom Filter xi Show selected items Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame _ Check All SMP Frame Reset All SSP Frame STP Frame C Show conditional items Equal to fo E Cancel Figure 3 56 SAS Custom Filter
275. e List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the analyzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays The colors in the Location column mean the following QO Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version QO Light Blue The device is ready to be connected QO Yellow The device is locked QO Green The software is connected and ready to run Select Device E Z x Device Dev Name Status Order Set Alias Name Sierra Mb 2 SH 61656 PSG_GA_MEB 2 Local Machine Locked NoChaned i Sierra MB 1 SN 62342 Masis_M6 1 17216133134 Locked Mo Chained e Add Device SF Remove Devi whe IF Settings Selected Device Id Ox00104C00F0D4 ay Networks E Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 13 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set device alias name E E x Alias name Sierra FC_test cei Figure 1 14 Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect
276. e Set Port Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 106 Select a port configuration For example Trainer may be on Port1 and Port 2 or Port3 and Port4 After you select port configuration the Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 buttons have colors For example for Trainer on Ports 1 and 2 the buttons are 0 B D After you open or create a script in the Trainer window click the L1 or L2 button to assign the script to Port 1 or Port 2 A display appears to the left of the script in the Trainer window L1 g Tu T 5 That link now has link specific Start Stop Resume Connect and Disconnect buttons See the previous page for the button descriptions Use the link specific buttons to control each link separately You can click the L1 or L2 button again to remove the script from the link After you select port configuration the Trainer toolbar changes to display the Generation buttons Start All Generation Stop All Generation Resume All Generation Connect All Link and Disconnect All Link poe 1 OG H0000 Use these buttons to control all links You can click iB to open the Link Script Selection script assignment dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generating Traffic Teledyne LeCroy Link Script Selection Link4 Set all links same as First link For any available Link you can select any open script from the Sc
277. e Start Events and End Events list An occurrence of a pattern of the Start Events list starts the timer or resets the timer if the timer is already running Depending on the configurable Trigger mode the trigger is activated when the End Event s occur before the timer expires or the timer expires before the End Event s occurs O You can set a Timeout QO Select a Pattern for the Start Event Start Event resets the timer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 115 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined QO Select a Pattern for the End Event Q Enter the Timeout Value in milliseconds or microseconds au Select a Trigger Mode m f End Event occurs before timer expires m lf timer expires before End Event occurs Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External Trigger Frimitive Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command End Events ATAPI Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 2 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset 2 the timer unconditionally Figure 2 87 Timeout Dialog WARNING In Advanced Mode Short State Jump Intervals Can Cause Hardware Queue Overflow and Corrupt Frames When using Advanced Mode if too many state jump
278. e Status Duration Count Yo All All All All All All ei Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 20 Good 386 213 333 13 us 2 40 00 muy HDDs Tse Good E 0 00017139 5 100 00 Figure 3 33 SATA ATAPI Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab The Protocol Error Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a oftotal count Protocol Error Direction Count All Code Violation I gt T CRC Error I gt T 1 50 00 Figure 3 34 SAS Protocol Error Report Others Report To display the Others Report click the Others tab The Others Report displays information in the following columns see the following screen capture Items Idle No Number of idle packets Payload Size Total number of payloads in trace files SCSI ATA commands Sample Time Sample time Idle Initiator Host idle time Idle Target Device idle time total SSP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SSP frames SMP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SMP frames STP Bus Utilization SSP bus util
279. e current direction is indicated in the menu 458 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy 5 18 Display Options You can select what information to display using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window QO Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR a Click JE on the Toolbar You can select Color Format Hiding Level Hiding and Headers display options The following sections describe these display options Restore Factory Presets sets all Display Options values to the installed values 5 18 1 Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options x General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Group and Color Data Display Units CRC Time Other Protocols Address Frame Primitives TTT SSF Frames Format Bit Order MSB to LSB SB to MS e Hexadecimal 7 Decimal C Binary ae Hiding a Hidden i SMP Frame Dut OF Band Signals STP ASAT A STP FIS Channels H ATA Command H Tracker Fields No color available for selected item Gl TCG Packet Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load cod tom Figure 5 27 Display Options Dialog Color Format Hiding Tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
280. e or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive and then click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog and select the primitive type x Type Not Specific of type to conditions C Used only inside SSP and SMP conditions C Used inside STP connections coca Figure 2 135 Primitive Type Dialog Click the down arrow on the Primitive combo box choose a primitive then click OK Fill reserved fields with Enter a value for which reserved fields to change if other than 0 Field of Frame Select Destroy scroll through the available choices in the Field of Frame list box and choose a field to destroy Alternatively select Specify Value to fill the chosen field with a pre defined value Insert Frame Check Insert Frame click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Then choose to insert it before or after an outgoing frame command Make sure that you have clicked More Note In addition to the pre defined frame types you can scroll down the list to User Defined and enter your own frame data between SOF and EOF Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 143 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Incoming ATA Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings b
281. eCroy Help 4 2 3 4 2 4 Help Topics and About InFusion Main Library You can Show Main Library Main Library Ad E Tx 0 58 scenarios Ey New Scenario 0 Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can QO Create a new scenario and save a scenario Save a library and save a copy of a library OO O Copy and paste File Library You can display the File Library ES Scenarios y Hone SAS EGAF L3 9 Bad SCSI fer length in Crd fr 545 6G_LL3 14 545 frame after DONE no cr SAS emors test 1 DEVICE Write Faled Device 16 DEVICE Butter Undenrun Device 20 DEVICE _Verty Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Error Inject Disparity Error lt empty gt a Eli o o Ei ll Elo Ei Ela Figure 4 3 File Library A File Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual View edit a scenario insert copy of a scenario and delete scenario 331 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 332 4 2 5 New scenario Save selected scenario Save library Save a copy of the library as View edit a selected item Insert a copy Delete a selected scenario Copy Paste OUODDODDDOLDO O Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports Sh 12850008 E 2 rr ES Set Scenario by D
282. eCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 9 12 8 Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 O Mixed bytes and 10b codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 CHAIN ONE Packets Frames Using the Frame or Packet keyword you can define a frame of traffic to use in the generation stream Declarations of prolog and epilog may be mixed with field declarations Frame name parent name Field Definition 0 Field Name Field Length Default Value Field Definition n Field Name Field Length Default Value Primitive Definition 0s Primitive name Offset Count Primitive Definition m Primitive names Offset count Prolog primitive name Epilog primitive name Field Definition a Field length is in bits means that the length is variable and is set based on the assigned value a Field starting offset is calculated from frame start based on the length of the pre vious fields Examples Field32 gt 32 OxAABBFFEER FrameType gt 8 12 HashedDest gt 24 HEX DATA Reservedl 8 OxDA Fieldl6 lt lio DXAADA Reserved 8 DUXAD CRC S 57 Data field Definition 412 OU Data pattern Pattern is assigned to Data QO Data count value A pattern of count times value is assigned to Data QO Data count start value step A pattern of values starting with
283. earch Domain Ports Data Pattern Bus Conditior W Check Condition Sense Key Don t Care Primitive W Incomplete on m1 incomplete Frames ASC Hex fx V T1 12 Address Frames OSSP Frames ASCA Hex N JSMP Frames OD STP Frames Check All UnCheck All a SCSI Commands Protocol Error Liom Commana Packet with Error JTask Management Function ATA Commands Y Packet without Error SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address l Destination SAS Address Protocol Error Tag ISCSI Task Attribute ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous m Search Direction Forward Backward Search From Start C TriaPointer C XPointer C Y Pointer C Last Found Search Logic C AND Selected Items OR Selected Items z Jl o ji Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 100 Search Sub Items When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCQ 274 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Search by Tag Number Teledyne LeCroy To search by Tag Number check the Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items window x Search For Search
284. easurement has the following categories a Link Usage Bus Utilization Ratio of frame time to update interval m Transmission Efficiency Ratio of payload time to frame time m Throughput Quantity of payload or useful data transferred during update interval m Average Payload Size Ratio of overall payload size to number of data frame Completed Command Rate Ratio of completed commands to total com mands Data Efficiency Ratio of data payload time to data frame time O Event Counts Number of Frame Events SCSI Command Number Number of Data Frame Events Number of Protocol Errors Number of Completed Commands Number of Command Events O Event Times m Total Frame Event Time Total Data Frame Time Total Data Payload Time Total Idle Time Click the Setting tab to display the settings dialog p Analyzer Setting 101 x Performance Items Setting Notes Update Interval Millisecond a Second Tj ms to 245 minutes C Minute m Counter Mode pr Analyzer Speed 11 T1 AutoSpeed y 13 T3 AutoSpeed 12 T2 AutoSpeed y 14 T4 AutoSpeed y C Cumulative Instantaneous TT Disable descrambling Primitive Response Timeout 16384 DWORD ai ALIGN Transmission Period C 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Protocol Error Mask 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Save To File Setting Figure 2 169 SAS Settings Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Man
285. eatures rame Type error i Frame Length error 9 Diworde Initiator Connection Tag Dr e ebie ebin A dd OK Cancel Drop Link for rs Figure 2 182 SAS Open Frame Setting Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Close Connection Definition 1 In the Close Connection dialog enter a value for the Erroneous Close Connection Number and the Number of Errors in the corresponding text box 2 Click the down arrow next to the Close Sequence Type drop down list box then choose a closing sequence 3 Fora delay in sending click the Delay in Sending check box click the down arrow on the associated drop down list box choose what to delay and enter a value for the Delay Time IV Delay in Sending CLOSE Delay Time f Close Connection Settings DUNE Primitive DONE NORMAL CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count 3 Figure 2 183 SAS Delay in Sending 4 Click the down arrow on the CIOSE Primitive or DONE Primitive dropdown list box in the Close Connection Settings dialog then choose a Close or Done Primitive 5 Enter a value in the CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count text box 2 12 4 SAS Commands Errors SAS only Click the SAS Commands icon in the Errors window to display the Commands Error Setting dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Enos Event
286. eck the Support Asynchronous notification feature and then specify the millisecond Asynchronous notification interval and the Maximum number of transmitted Asynchronous notifications 2 Tosend a BIST frame check Send BIST frame and enter a value for the millisecond Delay before sending BIST FIS Choose BIST flag options and enter or select DATA or test pattern 3 To support smart features check Support smart feature set For self test check Enable smart self test For error logging check Enable error logging To return user data for READ DATA check READ DATA returns user data To set threshold enter an integer in Threshold exceeded To never exceed threshold enter 0 4 To enable Transmit Spread Spectrum Clocking check Enable Transmit SSC 2 12 15 Project Note Click the Notes tab and enter a Project Name and a brief description of the Device Emulation project see Add a Project Note on page 110 2 12 16 Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card for Emulation See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 30 2 12 17 Run Device Emulation Click the Activate Device button to start emulation Note You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic 204 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation 3 1 Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and sts for
287. ecognized by the software Select Setup gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog User Defined Decoy xi F SCSI Command o I ATA Command o T sspramis STP Framels FO El SMP Frame s MEA El Set s Default Cancel Figure 3 142 SAS User Defined Decoding SAS vs SATA SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Check ATA Commands and or STP frames Click the ellipses next to a command type text box to display the Open dialog Choose an appropriate script file and click Open ER Open E n amp SAS Protocol Suite Examples User Define Decoding Script A Search User Define Dec P Organize New folder zz e h Intel 2 Name Date modified Type Size L Lotus D L MSOCach una ATA Command asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1 KB ache ia ua SCSI Command asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1 KB p Y Peril una SMP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASLfFile 1 KB erfLogs Lp di una SSP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 3 KB rogram Files Lp Files ee STP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1 KB rogram Files x ProgramData _ l Projects_PF Y h Pub_inc I swshare W hh SWTOOLS L Users h Windows a TT F File name v Decoding Script Files for AT v Cancel Figure 3 143 Choosing a Script File Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 309
288. ect Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action er Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 s lt Click here to add combined event Click here to add an action Click here to add anoth event gt 4 For Help press F1 COP MOM SCRL Figure 4 35 Example 6 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Inthe Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 363 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 364 4 10 q it ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 3 Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 then Stop Infusion S Ie For Help press F1 Figure 4 36 Example 6 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A s
289. eesensecenseseanseceaseseaneeeonees 327 A votes a ud seccusecnsis ccc vstasupeuss ai a i 328 M2 INE ACO ninia ide ia 329 ADA BUWONS A a 329 422 MENUS nit 330 A eee SO Ca ne eer eae eee rere en ee eRe Eon severe 330 A A 330 VIOI a ee ee Se SE ee Rn EE Ee ee eS ee ene er mT ee 330 Configuration ca eee a a ies ubetedd ee eomnch ed eiei data 330 e AA A O 330 MO a 331 42 3 Main LIA as 331 ALO A A A a A 331 420 DEVICE ONS a aa a a E a a 332 Using the Device Ports DIalOG cia is 332 4 3 Port Configuration for INFUSION oocccconncccccnnonnococnnnnnonnnnnnanonnnnannnnrrnnannnrrnnnnanrrnnnnanrrrrnnaaannns 333 AA INFUSION CONAM Sucia is 336 AAA Scenarios OVINA a 336 INFUSION Scenario Parameters sitiada ias 337 442 Global RUS ins aa 338 A i S 339 45 Scenario LIDrarie S iaa a 340 LAO Noi 340 A9 2 PNG IDAS iii lid ciuda 340 4 5 3 DEVICE LIDTANIES ia ad 341 4 0 Scenatlo Propere S issiria a tisadd 341 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 Teledyne LeCroy Contents SATA SMart Hold OP ION A 343 AT SCENA EVO iii id lid 344 DWORD Match riiiaiti aaa asi aaa a a ea a a a 347 DAS Dala PANET eiea E a aE A a S E E EEE S 347 SATA Data Pater Msa a a E E 347 ASG SCOMANO A CUON S uti 348 Using Counters in Events and ActiONS ccoonnnnnnccccnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnanccncnnnnnnnncrrrnnnnnnnnnrrnnnanannnrrrnnnaaanrnnnnas 350 Capturing a Data DWORD orisii a eel Sele a a A 351 Using Captured Data DWORDS coiiisaniosiiji iii nnmnnn nnmnnn 3
290. efer the handshake Primitive Check Insert Primitive then click the down arrow on the Primitive drop down combo box and choose a primitive Terminate receiving frame Check Terminate receiving frame and choose the termination condition 2 12 8 SATA Signature SATA only Click the SATA Signature icon in the Errors window to display the SATA Signature dialog sr A Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errors SATA Signature Content FIS 0834 Standard C SATA C User defined General Sector Count Dev Head CylHigh CylLow SectorNumber Eror Status 01 00 00 00 01 01 50 Commands SATA Diagnotistics Execustion Delay fi 0000 us Error Setting Signature C Don t Send Signature Send Signature once and declare device is ready with BSY 0 and DADY 1 C Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DADY 0 and second with BSY 0 and DADY 1 Hardware Initialization delay fo TE Figure 2 191 SATA SATA Signature Dialog Choose SATA Signature Content Choose either the pre defined Standard or SATA Alternatively you can define your own signature by checking the User Defined option button and then entering values in the enabled fields Specify when to send Signature You can choose from Don t Send Signature Send Signature once and declare device is ready with BSY 0 and DRDY 1 or Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DRDY 0 and second w
291. efined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated You can use any K D pattern SAS Data Pattern When you create a SAS data pattern keep the following in mind OOO O The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard For example for an SMP Request Pattern Ox40000000 Mask OXFFODOOOO Offset O SOF Type SOF SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind DOCDOO O The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 347 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 4 8 348 For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern 0x00000027 Mask OxOOOOOOFF Offset O SOF Type SATA_SOF Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If y
292. egister Host to Device 0 H gt D 695 826 660 16 us 1333 22 97 Register Device to Host 0 D gt H 761 133 361 82 us 1332 22 96 Set Device Bits 0 D gt H 487 066 680 91 us 706 12 17 DMA Activate 0 D gt H 214 080 001 83 us 415 7 15 DMA Setup 0 D gt H 574 346 679 69 us 706 12 17 PIO Setup 0 D gt H 9 426 667 21 us 5 0 09 Data 0 H gt D 2 350 293 40 ms 415 7 15 Data 0 D gt H 50 023 921 97 ms 890 15 34 0 05511509 5802 100 00 Figure 3 47 SATA FIS Report Queue Command Report SATA To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab see Figure 3 48 on page 233 The Queue Command Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Read DMA Queued PM Port Status All Custom Normal Output Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count OOOUOUOUUDL 232 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy xl y gaah Trt gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command N Move X Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count Yo All All All v All All All ei Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 20 Good 86 213 333 13 us 2 40 00 Inquiry Goo 1 az 0
293. egister Host to Device 301 Figure 3 42 SAS SAS Address Report Lanes Report SAS To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 43 on page 230 Port Open Accept All Custom or a number Open Reject All Custom or a number AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command All Custom or a number ATA Command All Custom or a number SMP Command All Custom or a number Out Standing Command All Custom or a number Transfer Bytes All Custom or a number Link Utilization time Link Utilization O DOODODODO CODO Co Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Dasrarmrcnrmonarns Port Open Accept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Out Standing Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilizal Alfv al sj al 7 al gt al gt al e A e al gt 11 9 0 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 4 293 334 us 0 03 Ti 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 5 360 000 us 0 03 12 776 102 0 0 700 300 25 2 661504 4 552 893 ms 29 1 Figure 3 43 SAS Lanes Report Read Write Command Report SAS To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Preferences see Preferences on page 296 The Read Write Command report displays the report data in columns with the following inform
294. egment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X_RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R_RDY HOLDA or R_OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Transition error between X_RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R_OK or R_ERR You can set a trigger on these protocol errors Disable Descrambling 104 If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test has scrambling enabled Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Power Management Setting SATA only Click the Power Management Setting button to open the Power Management Setting dialog Power Management Setting Saving Voltage Current Time Inte
295. endor FIS 96 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog STP Frame Type xl Format FIS Type Register Host to Device Ox27 Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Owe Register Host to Device Phi Port E Command Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp EE EEE EE gt WH Iw He T H3 Wo M oe Pos Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 61 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box STP Frame Type 52 Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 v Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Value A FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port A C _ Command A 1 Features AX Figure 2 62 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Choices SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 Teledyne LeCroy Projects ATA Command Pattern Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection dialog ATA Command Pattern 7 E x Format
296. enter values for fields Insert Frame Check Insert Frame and then click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Make sure that you have clicked More Note In addition to the pre defined frame types you can scroll down the list to User Defined and then enter your own frame data between SOF and EOF 2 12 7 Incoming Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting L ES Frame Name Register Host to Device Frame Number 1 Handshake errors F_ERR Ho Handshake Frimitive CONT Drop link for 1 me Terminate receiving frame Terminate after receiving 54 Dwords by sending DMAT Terminate afterrecerving 54 Dwords by sending SYNC Send HOLD after 56 Diwords for 1 times Defer Handshake after 1000 ps Or Lancel Figure 2 190 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 189 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Handshake Errors Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of error on handshake Check NAK CRC or any other Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Defer Handshake Errors Check Defer Handshake and enter a value for the time to d
297. enu on page 388 Indicate Trainer Generation File Name and click Export to export the trainer generation file yn on page 399 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy Note The resulting Trainer Generation file cannot exceed 2 MB or 1 000 000 packets Export Read Write Command Report From the File menu you can Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file using the Save As dialog 2 5 Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog ES Export Paired 545 Address Report Save in di Samples x E y pe fal Name p Date modified Type Mo items match your search Recent Places Desktop Libraries A a Computer a Network I F File name New csv Save Save as type Excel File csv Cancel Export whole payload more than 32KB Save s Range All Packetz From T Cursor a To T Curzor x Figure 2 13 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog O Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB QO You can limit the data range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors You can view expanded traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column
298. equence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 6 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Branch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Sequences If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 7 Sequence Examples Example Description 7 Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives
299. er Format Device Mode Page Rigid Disk Geometry Mode Page 15 AMB Control Mode Page 16 Version Notch and Partition Mode Page Protocol Specific Port Mode Page short format 24 Response Data Format Protocol Specific Port Mode Page Phy ControlAn 99 HISUP Protocol Specific Log Page 29 NORMACA J2 Additional Length 43 3PC 44 ALUA 46 ACC 47 SCCS 48 ADDR16 Density Code 51 MCHNGR 52 MULTIP 53 VS Device Specific Parameter f0 54 ENCSERY Direct access device 000b 0 Peripheral Device Type n 7 Medium Type 5 3 1 8 4 1 1 8 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 OG O oy oo 0j co O 50 ca wM ER onic y E Ports 11 T1 y SBC Target Device Capacity 4 GB Import Default Settings For Help press F1 Txvout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Supported Protocol Figure 2 173 SAS Target Emulation Project Pages Tab The Target Emulator pages open with default settings for each page To change settings for your application 1 Select a page in the Supported Pages box and set values for each of the enabled white Value fields 2 Enter values for Density Code Medium Type and Device Specific Parameter for the target emulator 3 Check SSP or SMP to specify the protocol to support To reset the pages to the default settings click the Default Settings button 5 To use a previously defined Target click
300. er Hostto Device 027 y C Binary Hexadecimal Canes Hexadecimal Cancel J Show Reserved and Obsolete J Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Value Parameter Value FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port x PM Port x C C Command xX Command AX Features x Features AX LBA Low xx LBA Low AX LBA Mid x LBA Mid AX LBA High x LBA High AX Device x Device AX LBA Low exp AX LBA Low exp AX LBA Mid exp x LBA Mid exp AX LBA High exp AX LBA High exp AX Features exp AR Features exp AX Sertar Count xx Sertar Count XxX jv i Jv 2 Jv 13 Jv 14 lv i Jv 12 Jv 13 v 14 v Ti Jv T2 Jv T3 Jv T4 Jv Ti Jv T2 Y T3 v T4 Check All Uncheck All Check All Uncheck All Count Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Count field disabled Count field enabled Figure 2 40 Count Field Dialog The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories O Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS FIS Pattern STP Frame ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O DODODDODODDO DO oooO CU Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Choosing
301. er Idle Ports Filter Logic amp 2 Port Filter Logi i Multi Level Filtering a iter Logic Y Y 4 hy Wi 12 f AND Related ltems F Use Pair SAS Addresses Vili M I2 AND Related Items M T1 12 f e OR Vv Ti i T2 OR Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 96 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses F Multi Level Filtering M Use Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Training Sequence When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Training Sequences in the Sample Viewer 3 5 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Idle see Figure 3 95 on page 268 O DOOUOUOUOUULE Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows
302. er User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 9 5 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop down menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action 4 ACK Test box Scenario is valid Scenario Name ACK Test 3 Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules 111 Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 32 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears Choose Inject RD Error as the second action 5 Click the add another action prompt to add a third action The Action Properties dialog box appears 6 Choose Monitor Count as the third actio
303. er of times in the Activate Device field If Activate Device 1 the software activates Target Emulator until you deactivate it This is the default behavior Period of Activation has no effect If Activate Device n where n gt 1 the software activates and deactivates Target Emulator n times with activation period specified in the period of activation field For example if Activate Device 10 and period of activation 2000 ms the software activates Target Emulator for 2000 ms and then deactivates it and then repeats activation and deactivation 9 times for a total of 10 times You must enter Period of Activation Advanced Settings 194 Click the Advanced button to display Advance Target Setting dialog for additional setting options The dialog opens displaying the OOB Signal Setting tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy OOB Signal Setting Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields Advance Target Setting l x 006 Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Idle Time OOBI Negation Time OOBI Burst Time OOBI 450 COMSAS Accept ha 1440 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OOBI Cancel Help Figure 2 195 OOB Signal Setting Dialog Set Timeouts Click the Timeouts tab to display the Timeouts setting dialog Advance Target Setting x OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiati
304. er settings to keep the link connected See Connection Parameters on page 464 Generation Options Setup the Generation Rules See Generation Options on page 447 aia Search View Tools Start Generation j E Stop Generation F Resume Generation amp Connect Link Disconnect Link Connect Parameters Te Generation Options Figure 5 4 Trainer Generate Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 389 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus 390 9 1 4 5 1 5 Search Menu Go to Event Opens a dialog that allows you to go to a frame and time A x ho Frame r E Time O O000000000 secs Cancel Figure 5 5 Go to Event Dialog Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Go to Packet Types SSP Frames SMP Frames Primitives Errors Data Lengths Speed SATA FIS Type SATA FIS Port or Hash Address Source or Destination Find Displays the Find dialog See Find on page 455 Find Next Applies the previous Find parameters to the next search Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu Search View Tools Window Help Ctrl G Go to Event H Go to Marker a SSP Frames d Data MA r at SMF Frames Transfer Ready i Find Next Primitives d Command Search Direction Errors Response Data Lengths Task Med AUtoAl GnsA T
305. eral OOB Signal Setting Power Managment Setting E Status Idle Time OOBI Negation Time OOBI Burst Time OO61 COMINIT RESET Accept 480 COMWAKE Accept 160 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 0 OOBI M Asynchronous Signal Recovery OOB Retry Interval Time 10000 us COMMWARKE Response Timeout E SATA port Selection T1 Eononod OOBI SATA port Selection Ta f 2O00000 OOBI Set as factor Cancel Figure 2 156 SATA OOB Signal Setting Tab The Device Sleep function in the Host Emulator script has an option to select COMRESET or COMWAKE commands see Figure 2 157 on page 160 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 160 Command DEW fH LBA Mode H 0x25 Read DMA Ext 20000 20000 co WAKE Exit Dev Sip D1 Link Event 00B Type H Y Bust O Burst Idle Burst Idle Burst 6 524 193 113 s 17 0081 47oroBl 170008 4700081 1700081 4700081 Burst Negation Time i 170 0081 780 0081 Start Time 6 524 528 173 5 COMRESET from host to exit Device Sleep Duration Ox04 SATA COMRESET 0x01 C ymplete 2 766 us Link 00B Type OE st Idle Burst Idle Burst Idle 6 524 538 926 s 93 COMRESE i 008 A 470 DOBI 170 OOBI 470 OOBI 170 0081 470 OOBI 4700081 1700081 780 0081 2 66 us i Status Duration 0x05 SATA COMINIT oxo 01 Complete 2 766 us
306. eral Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information See the following screen capture QO Type All Custom Bus Condition FIS Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame STP Frame Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count OCDOO O di Masaje 31 PT Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Type Direction Duration Count Yo All All v All v All y FIS H gt D 9 191 893 58 ms 1748 29 70 FIS D gt H 122 454 352 11 ms 4054 65 08 Bus Condition H gt D 62 213 333 13 us 32 0 54 Bus Condition D gt H 93 506 668 09 us 52 0 86 0 13183196 5886 100 00 Figure 3 29 General Statistical Report Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 30 on page 224 a Primitive All Custom Unknown For SATA CONT EOF HOLD HOLDA R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY ALIGN FOR SAS SATA_CONT SATA_EOF SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_SOF SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY ACK EOF SOF EOAF SOAF AIP_WAITING_ON_DEVICE AIP_NORMAL DONE_NORMAL READY_NORMAL CLOSE _ NORMAL OPEN_ACCEPT ALIGNO ALIGN1 NOTIFY_ENABLE_
307. ered For example if you want to trigger on OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors in the Pattern window to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Errors O Code Violation O Disparity Error O ALIGN Eror Cancel O STP Signaling Latency Error O STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive O STF Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error O Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error J CRC Error O ACKANAK Timeout O Delimiter Error Check All Uncheck All Mi Mi F 3 iM 71M T2 F T3 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 54 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s to trigger on and click OK 90 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy STP Frame Double click STP Frame in the Pattern window to open the FIS Pattern dialog STP Frame Type E z X Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary One f Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host Ox34 Set Device Bits OAT OMA Activate 039 DMA Setup O41 FIS Type BIST 058 PIO Setup 0s5F PAPO la 0x46 C Vendor E Co
308. erformance Analysis Project To perform a Performance Analysis on bus traffic and start a New project click File gt New gt Performance Analyzer Analyzer Only Last Saved Performance Analysis Project To open the last saved Performance Analysis project click the hi button Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer 2 10 2 Performance Analysis Project The Performance Analyzer dialog opens Performance Items Setting Notes Items m Protocol C Bus Utilization M SSP Iv STP prendi MV SMP Y Address Frame C Average Payload Size arco Poe C Completed Command Rate C Data Efficiency Viv i2 vis CN E Event Counts C Number of Frame Events 44 dd C SCS Command Number Link C Number of Data Frame Events MTI STO C Number of Protocol Errors Bee wor C Number of Completed Commanc C Number of Command Events STP Pott Ix 0 Event Times C Total Frame Event Time AMES Bomar aaa POOO of SAS Destination Address Check All Uncheck All POON _ Item Definition Figure 2 167 SAS Performance Analysis Definition Dialog Note When you use the Exerciser channel 2 is not usable and is greyed out 167 Teledyne LeCroy Performance Analysis SATAPerformanceAnalyzeri loj xj Performance Items Setting Notes Items 7 Report Direction e e eps Analyzer Port 7 us Utilization C Transmission Efficiency M Hi iv H2 lv H3 lv
309. ern Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Sending OpenAddressFrame Using Sending the Same Standard Frame Templates OpenAddressFrame Using Raw Data Mechanism SendOpenAddressFramesTP Set ScramblingMode SourceAddress 500805EF FFFF0041 SCRAMBLING _MODE_SAS DestinationAddress 500062B0 00000030 RawData K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 ArbitrationWaitTime Ox1 21 08 00 01 AccesszoneManagement Ox0 50 OO 62 BO SourceZoneGroup 0x0 00 OO OO 30 ConnectionRate 0x8 50 08 05 EF Features 0x0 FF FF 00 41 InitiatorConnectionTag 0x1 OO 00 OO 01 InitiatorPort 0x0 00 OO 00 00 MoreCompatibleFeatures 0x0 05 OF 19 EO PathwayBlockedCount 0x0 K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 CRC OxO50F19EO goodcrc CRC is inserted manually RawData with variables embedded RawData K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 OvariableNamel 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF SC 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 SendCRC K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 j When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last dword Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are m Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames m SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame U Raw 10 bits codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 411 Teledyne L
310. erties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties be E Data Pattern Actions Data Pattern Valid for Triggering Sequencing dwords 0 15 valid for Filtering Offset Data g Sequential offsets Labet a lw Dwl Data Patterr Data Dwe EEK ENR EEEEKRREEK EE NENE FE ERRE NENE RNE Data aa lt M U EEE RU RERE REE ERE EERE EE EREREEERE Data Dwf EXEEXEXEXEXE RE RRE ERE ERM EREREREEREE Data MOE xX REE ERE RERER ERE ERE EREKEREEREKEEERE Data Dwh REEEH EME ERE EER ERNE EMEERENERMEEREER D esc the specitied Data Pattern on channel Generation Figure 5 24 Event Properties for Data Pattern Event In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the DWORD You can set the Offset by entering an integer Optionally click the Sequential Offsets checkbox Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 453 Teledyne LeCroy Setting Complex Wait For Conditions 5 16 Setting Complex Wait For Conditions The Generation Options dialog lets you define complex Wait For events and assign a letter value A through F to the definition so that you can refer to the definition by letter instead of by textual name After a letter value has been assigned to an event the letter is referred to in your generation script using the following command syntax Wait _For WF _REC_ RESOURCES OUTPUT_A where A in this case is the defined condition 5 16 1 Setting Conditions with t
311. es In Column View Column View Packet Size 600000 Rows Column View Memory Size 39375 KB Cancel OK Setas factory Figure 3 135 SAS Preferences Dialog Column View Tab The SATA Preferences dialog has the same options Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view The software shows pre filtered data already filtered in the capture project as blank cells Otherwise it will show them as pre filtered cells Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause Column View Packet Size Specifies the allocated buffer for showing rows of a packet in Column View When you see Too Large in a Column View cell the current allocated buffer is not enough and you should increase it by changing this setting Column View Memory Size Displays the memory buffer Sampling Memory Usage Optimization The Preferences dialog has a Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 303 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not necessarily assigned to a specif
312. es of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive This example includes a combined event a logical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 357 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 358 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box 3 As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primitive that you want to monitor 4 Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event d Replace REDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMALS From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the pp Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal or BREDY Reserved 0 3 Description Wait for ERDY Normal or EROY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules ill E Wait for RADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add an action im Click here to add a sequence x For Help press F1 Figure 4 27 Example 3 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box displays 5 Ch
313. eserve In Persistent Reserve Out Prevent Allow Media Removal Read Attribute Read Buffer Read Media Serial Number Receive Diagnostic Results Recieve Copy Result Release Unith 10 Release Unit 6 Report Aliases Report Device Identifier Report LUNS Report Priority Report Supported Operation Code Figure 2 96 SAS SCSI Dropdown List The following menu options are available a DOOUOCDOD a MMC6 SBC3 SMC3 SPC4 SSC2 OSD2 ADC3 User Defined Adding a User Defined SCSI Command SAS only Click the Insert SCSI Command button and choose User Defined This enters an SCSI command line with editable fields to define your own custom command Command Type CDB Type Operation Code H Logical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H 0x0 6 Byte Command v Option Figure 2 97 Insert SCSI Command Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target SAS Address ooooo00000000000 123 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 124 User defined SCSI commands are Non Data Read from Block Device Read from Non Block Device Write to Block Device Write to Non Block Device Bi Directional from Block Skip Write and Skip_ Read Adding a TASK Command SAS only Click the Insert Task Command button and choose the command to insert E SMB Frame Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set Logical Unit Reset Clear ATA Query Task Query Task Set IT Nexus Reset Query Async
314. evel Hiding ODO isc idad 462 5 186 Headers OpUONS iii e 463 516 7 saving DISDlay ODO riccio a a 464 5 19 Connection Parameters sisas id 464 5 20 Resetting INE TOOID AR sispa a a aa 465 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generator File oocccoccocnconcconcococoncconncnnnos 467 OL Key WO Sacos 467 6 2 Comment iO Maturin ici 467 6 3 PFMRIVE GETIMITION TO Matinal 467 6 LOOP ASHINION TO Madina ici 467 6 5 Scramble definition TOK Matus 467 6 6 R le defion format sen a a a aa a 467 6 7 END OF FILE definiti n sends ccsacent cecdsccasnecsgadscudaneecewcsadesadestiscseessnnesseusanwauteessendacesacccsietevseuans 467 6 8 Example Pattern Generator File ccscccssseeccseseeesenseeeeenseeseenseeseasseesoensessenseessoseesses 468 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 469 TA WAN Operas 470 Appendix C How to Contact Teledyne LeCrOY ccoooncconncccconccccnncccconnconnanonnnanons 471 INAO oean waneedunoansge davessnsuondaaeneeseuns vecmeaioeucn 473 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 15 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 16 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of typical applications LASS TEED TRE AP Lecrov o 90 Ep READY USB Siorra WG 2 OO OO Link SAR ZATA OO OO Speed 11 T1 12 T2 Trigger TAE we AO n
315. evice O DMA Setup a Data a User Defined Adding an Event Click the Insert Event button and choose the event to insert PS Request PS Response Wake Up COB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power CFF PHY Setting Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting Figure 2 102 SAS Event Dropdown List The following menu options are available O PS Request PS Response Wake Up OOB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On see Power On on page 128 Power Off PHY Setting amp Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting O UODO0ODODDOLDO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 127 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation rome eta gt Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset OOE Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power Off PHY Setting amp Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting DevSlp Exit Dev5lp Figure 2 103 SATA Event Dropdown List The following menu options are available for SATA events Power On O DOCODODODDODDO oo oo o O Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset OOB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On see Power On on page 128 Power Off PHY Setting amp Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting DevSlp Toggles pin 3 of the power segment of the of the SATA connector to high setting Exit DevSlp Toggles pin 3 of the power segment of t
316. f device Initiator or Device COMINIT COMWAKE a Scrambling Mode OCOOO O As changes are made and saved to the traffic generation file the bars immediately update The traffic pattern to generate appears below the bars as a series of frames You can edit the traffic generation file to add edit or remove frames Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Example ssg files and Include files are in two directories called Samples and include that are typically installed in C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Generation Traffic Generation ssg Files The ssg traffic generation files are text files consisting of include statements a generation block and optionally global statements The generation block is the code responsible for the actual traffic generation It is marked by the tag Generation The composition and format of the generation block is described later oinclude Creneration nclude settings inc Generation i The include statements provide links to the Include files which provide the definitions for primitives frames and settings that hold for most or all of the generation session global settings The definitions for SAS and SATA traffic are contained in Teledyne LeCroy provided Include files Settings inc PrimitivesDecl inc AddressFramesDecl inc SSPFrames inc SMPFrames inc and SSPFrames inc Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 397 Teledyne LeCroy Overv
317. fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads EE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier gt File view Configuration Tools Help amp x f Main Library DAA xx 0 AE S IONES to orks Library Scenario Main Library Device Library 5M 12680008 Output lx EEE 09 40 38 628 000 000 SN 1z880008 Device Joined 09 40 45 972 000 000 SN 122850005 Device connected Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 327 Teledyne LeCroy Key Features 4 1 328 InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 6 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific sequence or reaches a designated time interval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring in either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be e
318. ffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are 1 Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported and 2 Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 O Random values varNamel Random 5 13 3 Expression on Variables Mathematical expressions such as sum subtract and shift QvarNamel varName2 varNamel varName2 Q varNamel amp varName2 Q varNamel varName2 Q varNamel lt lt 2 Logical expressions such as compare equal not and and or Q varNamel gt varName2 Q varNamel lt Q varName2 varNamel varName2 Q varNamel varName2 logical expressionl amp amp logical expression2 logical expressionl logical expression2 Complex expressions combination of different operators with prioritizing supported dvarNamel varName2 gt varName3 5 13 4 IfWhile in Logical Expressions Like programming languages scripts allow conditional statements The if while syntaxes are If expression then While VarName Example for if then else 418 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements Teledyne LeCroy QHT_RxFISType LRF 0 7 LRF SATA FIS TYPE START BIT LRF SATA FIS TYPE END BIT ist HT_RxFISType SATA_FIS_TYPE_DMA ACTIVATE then else if HT_RxFISType SATA_FIS_TYPE_DATA then else if HT_RxFISType SATA_FIS_TYPE_RD2H then Example for while while NCQ_Temp
319. fic Main Window Use Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities Use the default Analyzer Project or create a new project For SAS on the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 Teledyne LeCroy Main Window Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes T Exclude SATA_CONT I Exclude SATA_SYNC T Exclude OOB Signals I Exclude Payload except 0 pimssoveanssassassesonsany prieto SEES C Patten T Exclude xx word s Parameters J Exclude ALIGN J Exclude RADY MV Exclude NOTIFY V Exclude Idle What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Project Tree i SASProtocolAnalyzer1 8 Capture i Everything Exclude NOTIFY Y Include 900 Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot S F Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 12 13 T3 14 T4
320. fic with SATA Primitive Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Trigger Output Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device downstream Only shown in Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Using Counters in Events and Actions 350 Many of the events and actions supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties O Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered a Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected QO Every Nth occurre
321. fied label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the Initiator program goes to the next step Sino Sa Figure 2 113 Wait Add Wait for PS SAS only Insert this instruction and select PS_ACK or PS_NAK Set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the emulator to go to the specified label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the emulator goes to the next step Expiration Time PS ACK MI Figure 2 114 SAS Wait for PS Add Wait for Power Management SATA only Insert this instruction and select PM_ACK or PM_NAK Set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the emulator to go to the specified label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the emulator goes to the next step Eoo w a gt El Figure 2 115 SATA Wait for Power Management Insert Delay To delay program execution insert a Delay instruction Enter the delay value in microseconds in the number text box to define a delay 1 Mili Second Figure 2 116 Delay Add Stop To define the end of the Initiator Emulator program insert the Stop Initiator Exerciser instruction Stop Exerciser Figure 2 117 Stop 132 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Add a Label Add a label to any command to use for
322. figuration Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 Teledyne LeCroy Projects a To activate the Initiator Emulator on a port and run the Analyzer on the same port select y A InitiatorEmulator Analyzer a To activate the InFusion on a port select kd Jammer QO To activate the Trainer on a port select D gt Trainer Sierra M6 2 can have Analyzer and Trainer or Analyzer and Jammer on same port Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 284 Port Configuration and Projects 108 Port Configuration depends on Project selected Performance Analyzer and Performance Analyzer with Initiator Emulator do not use ports Protocol Analyzer Protocol Analyzer with Initiator Emulator and Target Emulator can have the following port configurations Project Number One analyzer Two analyzers and or and or one emulator two emulators Protocol Analyzer Port1 One analyzer eachon _ 1 and 2 Protocol Analyzer Port1 One analyzer eachon gt with Initiator Port 1 and Port 2 Emulator Pair on Port 1 One emulator each on Port 1 and Port 2 Target Emulator Port1 One emulator each on Port 1 and Port 2 Pair on Port 1 Analyzers work with Emulators Jammer and Trainer see below One Initiator Emulator can work by itself or work with one Analyzer One Target Emulator can work by itself or
323. g OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status A Port Speed Function 008 Link Frame Ewor Trigger Buffer indicator 17 0G Exerciser a Es 31 El o EE Port status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator qt SEICISEL a O 0 qm tee elele y Part status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator Bow ee u SS A e ee o a m 1 WE O Q 30G Exerciser IMA a vi Figure 3 120 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display The OOB Link Frame and Error LEDs in the Port Status dialog mimic follow the LEDs on the Front panel of the unit Reset button LEDs illuminated Unit 1 SN 61658 E x Port Speed Function 006 nk Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator Al E T 15G Q Pan el Y 1 z DERE 12 T 156 1 Sab When the LEDs are dim it indicates they were lit in the past Pressing the Reset button erases this history and the illuminated LEDs are removed from the dialog Sierra M6 2 SA
324. hat allows you to verify real world fault handling The Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer has a USB port and an Ethernet port to connect to a computer You can cascade analyzer units for higher port counts The analyzer allows you to select frames to include and exclude for capture Capturing can be triggered based on a specific event or manually The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Features 6 Gb s SAS SATA protocol analysis or error injection Native PHY for fast lock time Easy mode triggering Cascade up to 8 analyzers Sync with Teledyne LeCroy Sierra and STX family products CrossSync Control Panel Hardware filtering Automatic error detection Comprehensive decoding of SAS and SATA data traffic Logical and chronological traffic displays Statistical reporting Trace memory of 4 GB or 8 GB GbE amp USB 2 0 host interfaces Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets TX Vout on transmitters for test and characterization Automation API Error Injection Functionality Jammer Emulation support Trainer traffic generation O O OCODODODODD ODO OC OOOO O Receiving Your Analyzer The analyzer package includes the following components O 1 Sierra M6 2 Analyzer identified in the packing list 2 SATA cables 0 5 meter 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter
325. he Mm screen h The Zoom By Selection button on the toolbar magnifies the user selected ce area in the view Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report P oer 1 E lt E KA o 2 ol 3 4 Power Voltage Current The Zoom By H Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by horizontally dragging and selecting in the view The Zoom By V Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by vertically dragging and selecting in the view The Full Screen button on the toolbar Toggles between normal and full screen view The Pointer Mode button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a pointer The Hand Panning button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a hand for panning The Insert Time Marker button on the toolbar enables inserting a time marker at selected spot in the view see Figure 3 73 on page 247 The Sync by Time button on the toolbar toggles between synchronizing and un synchronizing all the views by time The Show Hide Power Tracker types W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select the parameters to view from the drop down list The Change Power Tracker graph type W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select one of the three graph types to view from the drop down list Displays the voltage saved during trace capture This is selected in the Power Management Setting dialog see Power Management Setting SATA o
326. he Generation Options Dialog To set a complex condition open the Generation Options dialog 1 Select Generate gt Generation Options from the menu to open the Generation Options dialog Generation Options x Generation Rules Newevent M O R Q es Global State active at all times Save Save As Default Load Cancel 2 Click the New Events button and select an event from the menu The selected event should appear in the Available Events area along the left side of the dialog box 3 Drag the new event button to the Global State cell 454 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find 9 17 Teledyne LeCroy 4 Right click the new event button and select Specify Action s A menu appears showing the letters A through F and the option No action x Generation Rules Newevent jE O C AQ es E Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive NO ACTION Specify Actionis Move Event To gt Copy Event To I Delete This Event Properties No Action Click to Select Right Click for menu Double Click for Properties Save Save s Defaut Load 5 Select a letter from the menu The menu closes The event button should now point to a neighboring button that has the letter value you assigned Global State active at all times After the condition has been defined you can
327. he of the SATA connector to low setting The Power Sources command supports 1 2 1 5 3 3 5 0 and 12 Volts electricity voltage Click the button to display the Power Sources dialog see Figure 2 104 on page 129 128 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Power Sources x If ACC EXP 005 detected below power sources are applicable Figure 2 104 SAS SATA Power Sources Dialog PHY Setting Dialog Sierra M6 4 and Sierra M6 2 only The PHY Setting amp Change Speed command supports 1 5 3 and 6 Gbps speed changing You can run commands for different speeds which is especially useful for device checking The Analyzer should support the Auto Speed mode Click the button to display the PHY Setting dialog PHY Setting Speed Negotiation Window 1 1 5 Gbps Speed Negotiation Window 2 3 0 Gbps SNW 3 phy capabilities Calculate PARITY bit Bit Byte 7 6 2 1 Start TX SSC Type Reserved Requested Logical Link Rate 1 0 00 0000 Gl Without SSC G1 with 55C G2 Without S5C G2 With SSC G3 Without S5C G3 With SSC Reserved 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 Reserved 00000000 Reserved PARITY 0000000 Figure 2 105 SAS PHY Setting Dialog Select Speed Negotiation Window 1 1 5 Gbps or 2 3 Gbps For SNW 3 PHY Capabilities you can select Calculate PARITY bit or not For Line O enter Start TX SSC Type and or Requested Logical Link Rate For Line 1 enter G
328. headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of 11 T1 12 T2 and so on the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP or S2 EXP 0 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 59 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 60 2 5 8 Trace Properties Select File gt Trace Properties to see the properties of the trace For more information refer to Trace Properties on page 207 2 5 9 Edit Comment You can write comments and edit them for a trace for future use Select File gt Edit Comment to view the edit window Key in the comments and close the window 2 6 Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run New Default Project To start a New project select File gt New on the main menu bar and choose Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify see Main Window on page 47 Last Project Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it 2 6 1 Project File Types Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCapt
329. heck Power Mode 0 H gt 0 2 0 Normal Output 6 826 666 83 us 3 0 23 Execute Device Diagnostic 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 69 333 63 us 3 0 23 Flush Cache 0 H gt D 0 Normal Output 6 746 666 91 us 10 0 75 Figure 3 32 SATA ATA Command Report Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The statistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command ATAPI Report To display the ATAPI Report click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns see the following screen capture a OUODODO O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read10 Request Sense Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Number of FIS or Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count xj y HE S a tl gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command Move x Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Siz
330. heck button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 21 4 Serdes Check To perform an FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip check select the Serdes tab Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Marvel Failure Type rra 1 serdes Chip O FPGA 1 serdes Chip 1 reca 1_Serdes Chip 2 rea 1 serdes Chip 3 Mhrraa 2 serdes Chip O FPGA 2 Serdes Chip 1 FPGA 2 Serdes Chip 2 Mresa 2 Serdes Chip 3 Save error details Cave It C Program Pes LeLroy LeLCroy SATA Protocol Suite User Errorz detail elf i Append eror details Pee Number OF Run Each Test f O Run ll Tests Sequentially Start Serdes Check Cloze Figure 3 149 SATA Self Test Dialog Serdes Tab Choose the n FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip to test and click the Start Serdes Check button After a short time the Test Result and Marvel Failure Type appear to the right of the selected line Marvel Failure Type indicates the error type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 315 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 21 5 Crosspoint Check To perform a Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test or Crosspoint external loop back select the Crosspoint tab Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Be Giicross point Intercon RJ Cross point Intercon Pcross point Inte
331. hould hear it sound You must click the Stop Test button to stop the check Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 319 Teledyne LeCroy Find DUT 3 22 Find DUT Saving device information allows you to import the specific device information into the Target Device emulator The Find DUT utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Find DUT E File Setup Session Analysis Navic TxVouk amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting Update Device All Connected Devices Power Gn GUT Power OFF DUT Manage Setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Set port alias Figure 3 154 Find DUT 320 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find DUT Teledyne LeCroy The Find DUT dialog opens See following screen capture Find Device Under Test DU Find Find Device in om Allinfo SAS Address ZT M T2 T3 Device List Parameters Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported Figure 3 155 Find DUT Dialog Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information Device Identifier Find Find Device in Allinfo SAS Address
332. hronous Event Event T Figure 2 98 SAS TASK Dropdown List The following menu options are available O DOOOUOUOUOUDL Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set Logical Unit Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Adding an SMP Command SAS only Click the Insert SMP Command button and choose the command to insert EE Report General Report Manufacturer Information Read SPIO register Report self configuration status Report zone Permission table Report zone manager password Report broadcast Discover Report Phy Error Log Report Phy 5474 Report Route Information Report phy event Discover list Report phy event list Report expander route table list Configure general Enable disable zoning write GPIO register one broadcast one lock one activate one unlock Configure zone manager password Configure Zone phy information Configure zone permission table Configure route information Phy control Phy test Function Configure phy event Configure Zone Permission Figure 2 99 SAS SMP Dropdown List The following menu options are available O Report General Report Manufacturer Information Read GPIO Register Report self configuration status Report zone permission table Report zone manager password Report broadcast Discover Report Phy Error Log Report Phy
333. ic memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position a FPGA The Memory Assignment feature works for a pair of ports connected to one FPGA for example ports 1 and 2 or ports 3 and 4 Memory Assignment does not work for two ports connected to different FPGAs for example ports 1 and 3 a Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During pre trigger each physical link is always assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 0 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 99 or when there is no triggering you stop recording manually MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment somewhat Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions a a One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot triggering the sample size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Ass
334. iew of Generation and Global Settings Files 5 7 2 Settings inc File The Settings inc file contains global statements about the link the type of device being emulated and other conditions that are to exist throughout part or all of the traffic generation This file must be included in the traffic generation file There are fifteen groups of settings in this file AutoMode COMINIT COMRESET OOB Signal COMWAKE OOB Signal COMSAS OOB Signal Generation Commands Link Speed SATA Link Initialization SAS Speed Negotiation SATA Speed Negotiation Autowait m SAS After m SAS Before m SATA After m SATA Before O Wait Command Timeout a Scrambling Mode O COCODODODODODO DO O Details about each group of settings are described in the Traffic Generation Language section Editing Settings inc Text in the Settings inc file can be edited directly or copied into the beginning of the traffic generation file and edited there oinclude Generation IncludePrimitivesDeclinc mneclude Generationtincludel gt ettings inc set GeneratontMode GEN MODE 34TA_ HOST Generation i 398 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy 5 7 3 5 7 4 When editing global settings keep in mind the following rule The last line encountered before the generation block takes precedence Thus if the following two lines about the device emulation were added jus
335. ignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data cap tured before trigger Two port configuration A A Ports 1 and 3 are not on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has no effect If one port has heavy traffic it may fill its memory bank and stop recording resulting in smaller sample size than speci fied Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample sizes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same 304 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Floating License Teledyne LeCroy Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar
336. igurations Analyzer and Trainer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic generated Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer and Trainer on same port and Analyzer and Trainer on another port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic gen erated on two ports Trainer on one port and Analyzer on another port Trainer is run on a port generating initiator target traffic and Analyzer is run on the other port cap turing the traffic Trainer and Jammer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also inject errors on the traffic between initiator and target on the port Note See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 406 Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 459 Setup Generate view Tools Update Sierra Device Port Configuration JE Display Options Figure 5 3 Trainer Setup Menu 5 1 3 Generate Menu Start Generation Causes the Generator to begin generation Stop Generation Causes the Generator to stop generation Resume Generation Causes the Generator to resume generation after a stop Connect Link Automatically bring the linkup to the Host Device Initiator or Target connected to the Generator Disconnect Link Disconnect link Connect Parameters Set the Identify frame paramet
337. igure 1 2 Front Panel LEDs Each link is supported by LEDs with the following functionality GreenThis LED is illuminated during the OOB Out of Bound sequence before the link is established and after link is established it indicates traffic on the bus Orange This LED is illuminated as follows Speed Initiator Target 1 5G Off Off 3 0G On Off 6 0G On On Yellow This LED is illuminated when a link is established Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 19 Teledyne LeCroy Installing Your Analyzer 1 6 1 1 7 1 7 1 Red This LED illuminates when an error occurs Blue This LED is illuminated when a trigger occurs OO OO Trigger OO OO Error OO OO Link OO OO Speed OO OO Frm 00B 1114 1272 Figure 1 3 LEDs Status and Configuration Display The Analyzer front LCD display indicates the configuration and status of operations For example during initialization the LCD panel displays boot status messages Installing Your Analyzer Software Installation The SAS and SATA software works on systems using the Windows XP Windows 7 x86 x64 Windows 8 x86 x64 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 R2 operating systems 64 bit Windows OS is recommended because it allows using more RAM memory Other Operating Systems limit the RAM to 3GB Insert the Installation CD ROM into the CD DVD drive on the host machine 1 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto
338. ilable only after the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace view after trace uploading finishes Note Users must press CTRL Home to go to the beginning of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to the end of an uploaded trace 206 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Properties Teledyne LeCroy 3 1 2 Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Packet view Spreadsheet view Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with transactions grouped for each active port Waveform view Frame Inspector view Histogram view Bus Utilization view Data Report Statistical Report view O OODODODODDODO O O To change the view type when opening a trace change the default workspace or save options in the Preferences dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Viewer Display enables you to also perform the following O Decode Assignments Refer to Decoding Assignments on page 210 for more details O Compare Two Data Payloads Refer to Compare Two Data Payloads on page 246 for more details a Run Verification Scripts Refer to Running Verification Script Engine
339. ile or at the beginning of the traffic generation file as a global statement Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Primitive and Frame Definitions Teledyne LeCroy 5 8 5 8 1 Primitive and Frame Definitions Five other Include files are provided that define the most of the known templates for Primitives and Frames The five are a PrimitivesDecl inc O AddressFramesDecl inc a SSPFramesDecl inc a SMPFramesDecl inc a STPFramesDecl inc Each of the Frame templates defines header and field structure The default value for all Frame fields is zero Special Conditions for Frames There are three conditions about Frames that need to be kept in mind when configuring Frame generation 1 Frame delimiters need to agree At the present time when defining a Frame make sure that the Frame Prologue and Frame Epilogue agree Do not mix types For example do not mix a SAS Start of Frame SOF with a SAS End of Address Frame EOAF A SAS SOF should be matched to a SAS EOF A SAS SOAF should be matched to a SAS EOAF If generating SATA traffic a SATA_SOF should be matched to a SATA_ EOF At the present time if you mix different types of prologues and epilogues for any given Frame the Frame is ignored Data Length Fields can be fixed length or variable By default data frames are of a fixed length If you want to generate variable length frames place an asterisk in the Data definition field in the SSPFramesDecl i
340. imers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detectors are available If you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 337 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12th dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dword between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never
341. imitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK or NAK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_ACCEPT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_REJECT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Identify Frame command immediately after each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR SMP Response Frame command immediately after each SMP Request Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR CLOSE command right before each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR CREDIT command right before each SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR Identify Frame command right before each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN ACCEPT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN_ REJECT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR Open Frame command right before each primitive of AIP group When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR SMP Request Frame command right before each SMP Response Frame 445 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 446
342. in and out capturing state jumps and timers see Pro tocol Analysis on page 47 a Jammer The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling see InFusion Overview on page 327 a Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator Generates bus traffic for capture It also has Easy Mode and Advanced Mode see Emulation on page 119 U Device Emulator Acts as device see Target and Device Emulation on page 172 Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer for a new project or File gt Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file see Protocol Analysis on page 47 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample file Example files are in the Examples folder You can also use Project Setup gt Last Protocol Analyzer On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the har
343. ing dialog 191 SATA Signature Errors 191 Save Display Options 464 partial trace capture 55 56 57 58 59 trace capture 54 Save As Display Formats 56 Save as Text button 235 Save As Text dialog 215 216 Save button 392 Save Filtered Sample 55 Save Output button 253 scenario 336 action 348 creation 353 downloading 376 event 344 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index overview 336 properties 341 running 377 Scenario Batch file 377 Scenario Properties dialog 342 scramble unscramble payload data 277 scrambling disable 104 Script Assignment dialog 406 Script Editor 402 buttons 392 404 pop up menu 405 toolbar 403 Script Workspace 377 SCSI Command 122 SCSI Command Pattern dialog 95 SCSI Command report 228 SCSI commands address display 52 SCSI spec assignment 297 SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check 314 search 271 by tag 275 complex 455 Direction 457 direction 390 458 domain 273 Exclusion 457 for data pattern 272 273 Intersection 457 logic 273 Origin 457 SAS address 274 save setup 272 status 287 STP port 274 sub items 274 Union 457 Search Direction 390 search direction 272 search from 272 search items 273 Search Menu 390 select item for capture 66 Select Device 25 Select Port Configuration dialog 107 selecting components for installation 20 self test 312 Self Test dialog 312 Send BIST frame 204 Send FIS 179 Send stand alone primitive 178 Sending Identify F
344. ink i pe EE SAS Address H j Destination SAS Address H SSP Frame Type hr ae oY 50DOCCADOF2 92E45 0x07 Response 0x02 Check Condition Link d y Sense Key Aborted Command BOZO rr OOOO EA A a _ AIP WAITING ON CONNECTIOI IP WAITING ON CONNECTION IP WAITING ON CONNECTION 3 A e OOOO Additional Sense Code Qualifier 03 ul Field Replaceable E Unit Code B1 Sense Key AP WAITING a ee Specific 000000 Y ON Ci Additional Sense Figure 2 185 Sense Key Codes 4 Set up Outgoing and Incoming frame errors Note Once you check the Generate Error On check box for a command a red status indication appears next to the command indicating an error condition Outgoing Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog See Figure 2 186 on page 185 184 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy x Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 Frame Type error Remove Frame from sequence Delay in sending frame fo ms Frame Length Error 7 Code violation error Don t check credit Disparity error C fy e len
345. ion O eeeeseeeeoeeeee ea a a 644 Ha CATE Pa chet View Frame Fields Idle Fields Trans Fields ATA Com Fields SCS Op Fields Data Fields Queue Emd Fields Phy Reset Fields Data Display Units LAC Time Others Protocal Address Frame Prirritiwes SSP Frame SMF Frame Out OF Band Signals STP FIS Channels ATA Command SCSI Corn Task Mng Teledyne LeCroy Field Setting Format ka visible Field Header Setting o Name e Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns im A ow fig Column Bytes imn Colum fi Bute Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute C User Define Trigger C Based On System Time Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format W Same color for start time and port Save Load Factory Setting Font Oow Cancel Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Figure 3 123 Trace Viewer Configuration 289 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 290 Field Settings To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data format from the Format drop down list Trace Viewer Configuration E X ATA Com Fields Flee Slut Value Format Hexadecimal Protocol E y IM Visibl
346. ion information Setup Menu Self Test You can use the built in RAM self test utility Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Self Test to open the Self Test dialog El File Session Analysis Nav ce E TxVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting All Connected Devices SE Find DUT Power Source Control Preferences Data Block Set Port Alias Set 545 Address Alias Figure 3 146 SAS Self Test Command on Tools Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 21 2 Clock Check To perform a Clock check choose the clock to test and click the Start Clock Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line x Clock memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Clock Type Test Result al Girecs 1 System Clock 150MHz hrrGA 1 Memory clock 166MHz fhrercA 1 PCI Clock 66MHz frpGA 1 serdes_0 TX clock FPGA 1_Serdes_O RX clock BrPGA 1_Serdes_1 Tx clock frpGA 1_Serdes_1 RX clock BrPca 1 serdes_2 TX clock fhrrGA 1 Serdes_2 RX clock fhrrGA 1 serdes_3 TX clock fhrrGA 1 serdes_3 RX clock Mireca 2 System Clock 150MH2 fhrrGA 2 Memory clock 166MHz d Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol Suite Llzer Errores detail elf El i Append error details Idle Number OF Run Each Test f O Run l Tests Sequentially Start Clock Check
347. irect replace ment for the existing Power Expansion Card cable Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability U SATA 15 pin power segment connector This plugs in to the power segment of the standard SATA connector allowing to control and monitor its power and DevSlp QO DevSlp cable This cable is used to monitor DevSlp levels when the Device is con nected directly to the Host It is up to the user to supply a copy of the DevSlp sig nal coming from the Host to connect to the DevSlp wire of this cable as well as to connect the adequate ground wire of this cable 1 9 5 Removing Expansion Cards You can remove both expansion cards using two tools a Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver a Teledyne LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 lt TELEDYNE EXTRACTION TOOL AN LECROY lcd To remove an expansion card follow these steps 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card Holes in the Expansion Card 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs 32 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCro
348. is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box appears that allows you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state In the State O area click the prompt to add an event New Scenario O X Scenario is valid Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event State oO Click here to i a event gt lt Click here to add another state lt Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 38 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State 366 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy The Event Properties dialog box displays 1 In the Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event 2 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 3 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an action New Scenario O X Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the pro Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O P Wait for Click here to ad
349. ision tioin aa aaa a a a aa a a aa aE 55 EXPOrtito TEXVEXCE huissen aa 56 Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Host Emulator SATA sccccseeseeeeeseeseeneeeeenseeeeeeeseeneenoeas 57 EXPOLIO MA iia 58 Export Read Write Command Repotlt c ssccccsesseeeccesseeeseesseeeeeeeseeeseenneeeeoeaseeesoonseeesoenseessonanenees 59 2 0 1 Export Palred SAS Address Repo Musa cds 59 2 5 9 AAC AS ds 60 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy ST Edit COMIC IN ioiai oraa E OA aE A E a a E A A oida 60 2 0 Projet 60 New Default Proein ad 60 ASU OIC at ii 60 2 6l Project FING VDOS a aia 60 2 62 Example Projecte ariran ia aaaea na aa Eaa a Ria 61 2 6 3 RUN a Example Analysis Projet ii 61 2 6 4 Patterns and Data Capture Solucion 63 2 6 5 CHOOSE a Parameter unan in ad 64 2 6 6 EXCUIDO Patterns soziga aa a a aa aaa a a 64 2 6 7 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture viii a da 65 2 60 90 DNNN PANEN A as 66 PMI eiia a a a a a 67 Data Pa Ner ooir a N aa aS 67 209 PILOTO COMEMOS A A E a E 68 Pr t col Error Descrip NS susi a a a icanewemenconseeeieee 68 A STP Fr A a E Ea 69 Available FIS TYPES ici 70 2 06 01 Address Frame SAS Only jancsi aaee a a a a a a aaa a aA 70 2 6 12 SMP Frame SAS ONIY ionsar an ea a iii 71 26 13 Sor Frame SAS ON Mis 72 2 6 14 FIS Type Frame Information Structure SATA ONIy cccsssecceeeeeeenseesenseecensesenseesenseecenseesonseesoes 72 Avallable
350. isplay Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display For Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User DEfined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 291 Teledyne LeCroy Set Port Alias Time Stamp Format Select LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds Font To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Font hm XI Font Font style Size Arial Regular E Cancel Arial Black J Italic O Aral Narrow Bold O Arial Unicode MS Bold Italic Tr Artistik Tr AvantGarde MdBT 7 AaBbyY yZz Script Westen Y Figure 3 126 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To load a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file 3 12 Set Port Alias Port Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view see Figure 3 127 on page 293
351. ith BSY 0 and DRDY 1 by checking the corresponding option button Note If you choose Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DRDY 0 and second with BSY 0 and DRDY 1 the system enables the Hardware initialization delay text box allowing you to set the hardware initialization delay 190 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy 2 12 9 SATA Signature Errors You can define errors to introduce when sending a SATA Signature To define the errors click the Error Setting button to open the SATA Signature Error Setting dialog ATA Signature Error Setting m Frame Length Error Code violation error 7 Over frame length E Disparity error i Drop link for me Under frame length ree 1 Ignore al Dy ARDY sequence Set frame length to 2051 cecil J E Delay in HOLD Response How TAM SOF Error Double Orit Insert Primitive CONT 1 EOF Error Double Omit a PICRCEre Invalid Omit E For HOLE Prirnitive Fill reserved fields with O 1H Cancel Figure 2 192 SATA SATA Signature Error Setting Frame Length Error Choose the Frame Length Error type to introduce SOF EOF and CRC Errors Check any or all and check the criteria for introduction Code Violation and Disparity errors Check and specify DWORD offset and Number of DWORD errors for Disparity error Additional Settings Set and check a Value for Reserved fields Ignore XRDY RRDY Sequence
352. ither from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handles protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer Infusion supports all commands in the SATA 3 0 specification Key Features The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors a Break Link Recovery Programmatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery QO Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval a Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design a Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecti
353. ization time STP frames Count or Time O OCOCDODDODO OO General Primitive SSP Transport SCS Command Task Command 545 Address Performance Lanes Pending lO Others Report Idle Mo o Payload Size 3168 Sample Time 13 3335 666 12 Idle 0 000 000 00 Idle 0 000 000 00 55P Bus 2 746 666 67 SMP Bus 0 000 000 00 STP Bus 0 000 000 00 Figure 3 35 Others Report SSP Transport Report SAS To display the SSP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 36 on page 227 QO Type All Custom Command Data Response XFER_RDY 226 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOO O Direction Duration Lo M All fv All v gt 458 I gt T 765 000 000 00 us 15 15 Data T gt I 1 515 053 39 ms 921 30 47 XFER_RDY T gt I 17 280 000 69 us 229 7 58 Figure 3 36 SAS SSP Transport Report SMP Transport Report SAS To display the SMP Transport Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Type All Custom Request Response Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of tota
354. k an auto update option button Random Error Injection Random Error Injection specifies the probability of Error Injection on the command The probability percentage that you select applies to all Error Injection items Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Close Connection Setting Teledyne LeCroy Checking Close Connection Setting enables the Error Settings button Click this button to display the Close Connection Setting dialog Close Connection Setting x Close Sequence Type Close Normally v I Delay in Sending CLOSE Delay Time 11000 Close Connection Settings DONE Primitive CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count E coa Figure 2 131 Close Connection Dialog Select the Close Sequence Type from the drop down list Selecting Delay in sending allows you to specify the delay in sending Done Close or Break Select the Close Connection Settings from the drop down lists Outgoing Open Error Check Outgoing Open Error and then the enabled Error Settings button to display the Open Frame Setting dialog Open Frame Setting SOAF Error Double EQAF Error Double CRC Error Invalid Frame Type error Drop Link for 1 Code violation error Disparity error Frame Length error 9 Diwords Figure 2 132 Open Frame Setting Dialog Check errors to introduce Destroy Field of Frame Protocol Initiator Port Connection Rate
355. ke IO METER that can work with un partitioned and un formatted drives can be used Variable Definition Variable definition is like definitions in programming languages You can define up to 512 DWORD 32 bit variables There is no constraint on variable names except you cannot use keywords Variable scopes are general and you should define them in the script header before the generation block The syntax of variable definition is VAR32 VariableNamel VariableName2 VAR64 VariableName VAR64 holds field values greater than 32 bits such as SASAddress Note Variable names should start with 5 13 2 Assigning Variable Values You can set variable values in different ways QO Constant value varNamel 1234 OU Other variable value varNamel varName2 QO Result of expression on other variables Q varNamel varNamel varName2 QO Fields of last received frame varNamel SSPFrame LRF Frame Type where LRF is Last Received Frame Note Specifying packet type SSPFrame before LRF causes last received frame to be this packet type and field start bit position is calculated according to the packet type definition a Part of last received frame QvarNamel LRF stratBitOffset endBitOffset Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 417 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer Script Enhancements where offsets are bit based Example SendSSPFrameCommand_ Initiator Data LRF startBitOffset endBitO
356. l Uncheck All Figure 2 37 Vendor 2 6 16 Trigger Setup The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available QO Don t care Snapshot is the default A Manual Trig a Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the first data pattern on the bus Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger the analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger a Trigger on a sequence of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode 78 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button Capture Trigger Settings Notes Vont care anapsnoty Capture Exclude C Manual Trig Include XxX C Pattern 19 Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type fA Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 12 13 13 14 T4
357. l Block Address LBA occcoonnnncconiciciccccconccconcnncononcancnnnnannconnnannnerenaaannnnas 215 3 36 COMIN VOW nt sin E a aa aa ee et eu sl mbacatoul 215 AA haere A E E S E aces teu odut wet E NT 216 3 3 8 Frame AS O a a aa aaa Eaa aaa a a E a AEE a 217 3 3 9 Wav form DISpla AMA 218 3 310 Statistical Reno dai a dh a a aaa aaae aa A A a aE 219 Generating Statistical Read Write Report ccccccssssecssssseeeeeeeseeesesseeeseeesseeseonneeeeoneseessenaneeseos 220 Report between GUISO Sui das 221 Report between EVE caridad ia 222 Statistical Report Content ainia ias 222 REPON 0 01 Lo 1 PARA NOo 57 Z0P PPP O a 223 General REDOT acora iaias 223 PLENO ODO dae 223 BUS CONQIHION RED OME csar zane censacecavonscccoctivecesesancecsscnawveseesececetsesecescuencecatstedeuccteneseseses 224 ATA COMM ANG REDO dica data 224 hime oult or ATA Command REDON isis 225 ATAPLRODO srta Rae vanes scones casesesssuecuesecensensaweasteeescens 225 PROTOCOINEIOFR REDO iaa ot vencumcestawc vaste dou vouaeusdechewseesescocutaeeeaseriespactoueetedt 226 Others FED OM iaa ias 226 SSF Transport REDOM SAS aa peaa aS a as San aaa ES 226 SMP Transpoint Repon SA lis 227 SCSIiCommand REDON SAS asistido 228 SMP Command Repon SAS eiser acopio 228 Task Command Report SAS usina 228 SAS Address REDON SAS enn asec isa ets erect eee 229 Lanes Repor SAS scsi dois 229 Read Write Command Report SAS cccssseeeeeesseeeeeenseeeseeaseeeseeas
358. l count OoOcoOUD Direction Duration Count Yo iv al 7 Al e gt T 25 Request I 1 973 333 36 us 50 00 Response T gt I 4 293 333 53 us 25 50 00 0 00000627 50 100 00 Figure 3 37 SAS SMP Transport Report STP Transport Report SAS To display the STP Transport Report click the STP Transport tab The STP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOOO O Register Device to Host 352 640 014 65 us DMA Activate 0 T gt I 102 239 997 86 us 95 9 52 Figure 3 38 SAS STP Transport Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 228 SCSI Command Report SAS To display the SCSI Command Report click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays see Figure 3 39 on page 228 the report data in columns with the following information a DOOUODOUOCD Command Direction Number OF Payload Size Task Attribute Duration ial a Hi All Write10 Inquiry Read10 Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense6 Pause Resume Play Audio 10 Read Capacity Read10 Receive Diagnostic Results Send Diagnostic Write10 Start Stop Unit Test Unit Ready Report Luns Synchronize
359. lError S5 sample_ata_commands his script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands sample_ssp_protocol hese SCSI commands are counted SampleMetricsExport2HtmlExcel Inquiry Read 10 Write 1 0 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 8 SMP_DiscoverAndReporTracking ATAPI SCSI commands count These SCSI commands are counted ys Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 OnStartScript called 111 ATAPI SCSI command Result Mode Select 10 Mode Sense 10 El Expandlog E Seve ouput bone Figure 3 78 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Q Run verification script s Edit script Rename script Remove script L New script Show Grid Show Description window Show Output Settings Figure 3 79 Run Verification Scripts Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings Rename script Allows you to rename the selected script Remove script Displays prompt for confirming removal of script New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verificatio
360. lOSTP Frames SCSI Commands IOSMP Commands OT ask Management Functions 1474 Commands 1E9S5CS Command Status OS ource SAS Address I Destination 545 Address Pair SAS Address lDProtocal Error STP Port ETag ATAPI SCS Command I_ Miscellaneous Fiter Type Hide C Show gt Filter dale Ports 3 Filter Logic wi e 12 C AND Related Items M T1 Y T2 P OF Reset All Check All le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Figure 3 92 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering nf isi TLS LS e HETAN Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar If you check the Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered checkbox the application will only filter onward from the highlighted trace selection bar If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered 3 5 4 Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are Command Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands O OOCOCODOO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar SMP Commands Task Management Functions ATA C
361. le time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle 441 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 442 Default Setting Value SATA Link Init Settings OOB_ SATA D102 Time 100000 OOB SATA Align Time 100000 SAS Speed Negotiation Settings OOB_ SAS Aligni Time 81920 OOB_SAS AlignO_ Time 81920 OOB_SAS Interspeed Time 750000 OOB SpeedNeg MITT 29998080 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg_ SNTT 2200 OOBI OOB_SpeedNeg BCT 2200 OOBI Description D10 2 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will transmit D10 2 symbols ALIGN 0 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIs During the specified period
362. levant fields in each level Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis To open a Frame Inspector View of the current capture select View gt Frame Inspector View or click the button on the View Type toolbar Spec Mew Field View A sE B0 B1 B2 B53 000000 00 Address Frame Type Device Type Res Reason Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved 0x00 Identify 0x01 End Dev 0x00 0x00 pomada rea 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Device Name 000001 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 000002 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 SAS Address 000003 50 00 E8 50 0x5000 850 000004 00 00 00 01 0x00000001 Phy Identifier Bre Rea Insi PA SL Reserved AA ee 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x000000 000006 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 CRC 000007 41 55 13 3 0x41551331 Figure 3 20 Frame Inspector View 3 39 Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display see Figure 3 21 on page 218 Select View gt Wave Form View or click the Show Hide Waveform button on the View Type toolbar to enable the waveform display The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation E Y Compact ajo TY COMSAS T Ys COMINIT T1 al Figure 3 21 SAS Waveform View
363. levant portions of text on the left not the bytes shown right from this file into the generator block section of the ssg file Address FramesDecl inc File The AddressFramesDecl inc file defines Address frames SSPFrames inc File The SSPFrames inc file defines SSP frames SMPFrames inc File The SMPFrames inc file defines SMP frames STPFrames inc File The STPFrames inc file defines STP frames Starting the Script Editor To edit an ssg file use the Script Editor The Script Edit editing tool displays the ssg file and its supporting Include files The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The Script Editor example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions The Script Editor has three areas toolbar top script window and file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window Note If more than one port of Trainer is licensed you can assign scripts to one or more ports See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 406 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy 9 9 1 To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click in the trace window and choose Edit as Text Generation Script Editor he Ta oss SBlo ao eR EE Ma A wR xi 1 HHH
364. library is a separate infdb file Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the host machine s hard drive default infdb File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library window You can navigate to other file libraries using the File Manager of the InFusion application In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the following Look ir 5 InFusion TestCasesForSATA infdb B 3 tal TargetTransportLayer infdb My Recent TargetLinkLayer infdb Documents RealWorld infdb El ManualExamples infdb El InitiatorTransportLawer infdb E TnitiatorLinkLayer infdb ES DEFAULT infdb ma Dors My Documents 48 My Computer a File name m My Network Files of type InFusion Library Files infdb Figure 4 12 Open Library File List Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties 4 5 3 4 6 Teledyne LeCroy B
365. lick Start 11 The test runs and after a brief period displays the result 12 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and Save it as a cst compliance file 13 To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run For the NACA test both ports of the SAS device must be connected to two Host Emulation ports 11 and 12 using two SATA cables Note When you are running SAS Verification you cannot work with Trainer and Emulator while device is connected to D connector and HBA is connected to H connector Note You must use a Power Expansion Card ACC EXP 004 x or ACC EXP 005 X for the SATA Compliance Test See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 30 3 4 5 Compliance Test SATA SATA Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SATA specification Note The Digital Tests and the Phy Tests are documented in the SATA_Digital Device_MOI LeCroy_1 00_UTD1 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory To run a SATA Compliance Test 1 Select Analysis on the main toolbar and choose Compliance Test to open the SATA Compliance Test dialog see Figure 3 75 on page 251 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy Compliance Test E aan x pgm Digital test group Compliance ty
366. location Length CH ie SO000E0C42FB5D004 0 oO on 0060 Trp Mo esp Pid Bytes Duration Task Attribute Tag H LUN H Metrics Figure 3 10 Packet View Metrics Expanded Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script This check mark in the illustration below shows packet s selected to copy You can copy packet s from a trace and paste it into a host emulator script That is why you can only mark packets that we support in emulator and host side packets You can also mark multiple packets by left clicking and moving the mouse over multiple packets and then right click to select them and paste them in an emulator script Figure 3 11 Packets Selected to Copy 212 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Device Sleep DevSIp The Device Sleep status is displayed throughout the trace by right clicking and selecting Device Sleep in Packet View Add Bookmark Show Field External Signals Hide Field State Add to Trigger Da Device Sleep Format Byte Order d Copy Data Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Stamp Format Goto d Figure 3 12 Right click Device Sleep Menu The trace now displays the Device Sleep fields of all the packets see Figure 3 13 on page 213 Link Initiator RD Relative Time Device Sleep Duration a 13 us eS WEHEN 6 880 us RD Relative Time K x253 5 573 us Initiator RD Relative Time ALIGN 1 258 T 1
367. lt level is the middle one E Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 448 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Generation Options Generation Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Generation Rules page as a workspace for creating rules rules that determine how the analyzer generates traces Rules are combinations of events and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps 1 2 3 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area Assigning an action or actions to each Event button Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events a
368. lyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Add an If To insert a conditional jump to a previously labeled command insert an If instruction Choose a specialized condition for the If from the If flyout Tt On Last Received Frame Wait For On Last Handshake Delay On Device Type Stop On Payload Label On Last Command Status On Aborted NCQ Command On Host Queue Count On PM Request Figure 2 110 If Then click the down arrow on the If Drop down combo box choose the condition for the jump and then the down arrow on the Goto Drop down combo box and choose the label to designate the destination of the jump RR e EE veo MC Figure 2 111 If on Payload For commands with incoming payloads you can specify patterns for a condition by clicking the options button on a payload instruction and defining pattern s Data pattern to compare with specified command payload xj From m Dword Length 1 Dword Match y O00000 Dd P0000000 Daz 000000 Dl POCO DwO Cancel PX DWT POON Dw OOOO DWS POCO Di a s PEER DAT OTE Dw HOEK Ds OTTER Dw A nla ROTTER Dw a eH OTR DHS 3 Du52 PETER POSTS DB ROOT NET ROOT DHE POR APOSTAR DB OTEK DHE Figure 2 112 Specify Patterns Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 131 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation Add Wait for Any Frame Insert this instruction and set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the Initiator program to go to the speci
369. m EDAF Error Double Orit c ti CRC Error Invalid Orit 1 Manageme Frame Type error nt Frame Length error 9 Chords SAS Commands Figure 2 180 SAS Identify Error Setting Dialog Sending Identify Frame Check the Send option button then specify the number of Identify frames to send and a delay if needed Not to send Identify frames check the Do not send identify frames option button Frame Type Error Check this to send a Frame Type error Frame Length Error Check Frame Length error and enter the number of DWORDs in the corresponding text box SOAF EOAF and CRC Check any or all and check the criteria for introduction Code violation and Disparity Check either or both and specify DWORD offset and Number of DWORDs in the corresponding text boxes 2 12 3 Connection Management SAS only Click the Connection Management icon in the Errors window to display the Connection Management Setting dialog Figure 2 181 on page 181 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errorz Incoming Open Connection Close Connection p Frame Number 1 Number of Errors 0 Erroneous Close Connection Number 1 Number of Errors 0 d Random 1 gt Close Sequence Type Close without DONE Primitive Response AAA OPEN ACCEPT t CO CSF Delay in Sending CLOSE General Identify a Dr
370. mber Request Slumber 4CKed Slumber N amp Ked Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time f Total Time Slumber Time Total Time H1 1 1 0 0 0 0 n a 0 03 NjA 1 1 0 0 0 0 Figure 3 50 SATA PM Performance Report Read Write Command Report SATA To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Preferences see Preferences on page 296 The Read Write Command Report displays information in the following columns a Time Stamp QO OpCode Command O LBA O Sector Count QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Status All Custom Good a Completion Time a Count All Custom or a number Salaat gt 1 Move X Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count Payload size Status Completion Time Cour All All All vw Al vw Al y All All 7 086 733 ms Read DMA Ext 0x3e91089 0x4 2048 Normal Output 23 616 920 47 ms 1 36 192 829 ms Read DMA Ext 0x2061be0 0x4 2048 Normal Output 24 622 480 39 ms 1 79 374 199 ms Read DMA Ext 0x20c03dd 0x4 2048 Normal Output 5 868 81351 ms 1 87 538 506 ms Read DMA Ext 0x32218f2 0x4 2048 Normal Output 16 218 040 47 ms 1 103 570 239 ms Read DMA Ext Ox3a43e32 0x4 2048 Normal Output 18 062 200 55 ms 1 122 003 601 ms Read DMA Ext 0x30f9949 0x4 2048 Normal Output 16 309 919 36 ms 1 138 406 189
371. mbining specified Event Groupes Packet Types Primitiva OOE Signal All OOE Signal Undetermined OOE Signal COM ARE OOE Signal COMRESET OOE Signal COMSAS Open Address Frame Identify Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Raw Data D Find all e ion Tol o ee Intersection Frames that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Frames that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Cancel Figure 5 25 Find Dialog 2 Select Frames Transactions SCSI Operations Management Transactions ATA Commands or OOBs from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box 3 Select one or more events from the Events Group box Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction Primitives Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length DOOOUOUUD Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find Teledyne LeCroy SMP Frames SSP Frames Errors FIS Types FIS Port Number Channel Data Pattern Completion Time DOOOUOUUOUDLE 4 Select one of the following options a Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events 8 a Intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events a Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified event
372. mmand Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp EEE E JEJEJE Min Ri Pils El M11 MT PF FP Ta Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 55 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Choose a FIS type from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 91 Teledyne LeCroy Projects Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Pattern window to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type E E E x Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type 2 C Binary se f Hexadecimal Any Address Frame Type Show Reserved and Parameter Address Frame Type An Address Frame Type Mi MMi Pi Pf i T1 PT m Pla Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 56 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose an Address Frame Type from the drop down list and click OK 92 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog Format o any SMP Frame Typ a Binary Sh ame tl it Hexadecimal n Cancel 5MP Frame Type Function Show Reserved anrora Parameter SMP Frame T
373. ms Write DMA Ext 0x1d8901f 0x4 2048 Normal Output 6 931 439 88 ms 1 145 384 949 ms Write DMA Ext 0x98739b 0x4 2048 Normal Output 7 563 373 57 ms 1 Figure 3 51 SATA Read Write Command Report 3 3 11 Statistical Report Toolbar The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by buttons on the toolbar a Export to Excel Save as Text Print Report Print Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None DOOCOD ae eawrt 1 IS Move 234 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Export as Microsoft Excel file The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in E which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Save as Text file The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Print Statistical Report The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer and click OK Print Preview E The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print Catalyst Enterprises Inc Senal ATA Apr 14 2006 General 3 FIS D H 299 720 00122 us d 0001032931 Primitive EOF D gt H__ o9 j Rok HeD 1000 SYNC H gt D 1000 i SYNC D gt H 999 X ROY D gt H o99 i C i FIS 313 266 662 60 us 500 Register Devi
374. n 7 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 361 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 4d ACK Test Scenario is valid Scenario Mame ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject BD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms and Inject Bunning Disparity Error and Monitor Count 4 For Help press Fl Figure 4 33 Example 5 Complete Scenario 8 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every 1 ACK 4 9 6 Example 6 Using Timers In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose A
375. n arrow in the Symbol dropdown list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note that the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow To choose a D symbol click the D symbol option button and enter a Hex value 84 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Primitive Teledyne LeCroy Double click Primitive in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Primitive dialog The radio buttons select a different subset of primitives from an approximate total of 88 that are available This makes it easier to find the right primitive The Count field is enabled when the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box is selected see Figure 2 40 on page 81 Primitive Primitive Type AIP NORMAL Bl Not Specific To Type Of Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 411 5 gbps 3 0 gbps 416 0 gbps 4111 54 12 WT v T2 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 47 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 Teledyne LeCroy Projects y A Frimitive Type AIF NORMAL C NOT Cancel AIF NORMAL F
376. n either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event SATA Smart Hold Option El Scenario Properties Slee Properties Name Mew Scenario 0 Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yez Set OOB OOB Definition Normal Spec Value Smart Hold Figure 4 16 SATA Scenario Properties Dialog Box SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by default Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 343 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must be deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends while the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and attempts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO
377. n is met if the number of events on a link equals the defined occurrence 2 7 1 Working in Advanced Mode To start working in the Advanced Mode click the Easy Switch to Advanced Mode button in an open Analyzer window Easy switch to Advanced mode You can O Display the state definition Set Output Trigger level Select up to three timers Define the If condition and up to three Else If conditions Set number of occurrences before trigger Set captured data Set excluded data Go to next state Add state Choose link for Sequencer setup O OODODODDODO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined Advance Mode Settings Notes State O SO Start alee Pattern ig Timer Nochange NoJump No change No Jump id State 1 51 a No change No Jump El Capture Everything No change No Jump Exclude tems Idle Notify Capture 7 Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Everything IV Exclude Idle T Exclude Xxx Nothing Exclude OOB Signal Y Pattern T Exclude ALIGN M Exclude NOTIFY T Exclude SATA_CONT T Exclude SATA_SYNC Il Exclude Payload except fo Diwordls C Include the following Patterns Exclude a Bus Condition Primitive STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors E Advanced switch to Easy mode r Multi Sequencer Port 77 y Make Same as Current A
378. n page 256 Zoom Out refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 256 Actual Size refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 256 Tile Views refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 256 Enable Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 261 Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 261 Filter Idles refer to Filter Setup on page 261 Link Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Transport Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Application Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Physical Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 FIS Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 O DOODODDDODO DO oO O O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy a a a a Command Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Wrap Packets refer to refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 276 Tool bar allows you to customize the toolbar with the options given below m Main Record Capture Analysis Navigation View Column View Cursor position Target Emulator Status Bar refer to Cursor Position Status Bar on page 286 1 21 8 Window The Window menu has the following options
379. n script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE 3 5 Navigation View Toolbar The Navigation View toolbar allows you to navigate search filter hide RRDY all primitives and unassociated traffic zoom tile views and select ports Toolbar E E P DY OME Ob o Dona Te Trigger Position A Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Single Port Multiple Ports The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End 4 The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 271 The Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 261 and allows you to specify the criteria for filtering the result la X The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 261 o The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 261 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 261 z r la E The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles
380. n time of all write commands in sample file in seconds Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte Per FIS FIS Minimum Difference Time FIS Average Difference Time is the difference between two back to back FIS in the same link and is the average FIS Maximum Difference Time Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Ej En Sd la we T db gt gt 1 of 1 ode Violation Protoco la pe ne Move x Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command Protocol Eror Performance Others Min Compl Time w Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Byte 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 3 16 us 13 40 us 29 34 1 512 ss X toY Ons X to T Ons YtoT Ons Figure 3 46 SATA Performance Report FIS Report SATA To display the FIS Report click the FIS tab The FIS Report displays information in the following columns QO FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host o PM Port a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom QO Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count sah S La lti 1 Move gt General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Commard Read Write Command Performance Others FIS Type PM Port Direction Duration Count all b all gt All iv al e R
381. nal Trigger Frimitive Add gt gt ao Remove lt lt Sumbal Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame End Events Bus Condition SMP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds Trigger mode microseconds 2 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally L oo Figure 2 90 Timeout Settings Cancel Timeout begins when the port detects the Start Event Timer begins when the port detects the Hard RESET primitive In the Trigger Mode window set the Trigger to trigger when the port detects the End Event before the Timeout occurs In our example this is the Bus Condition Capture begins when the ports detects the Bus Condition before the Timeout occurs If the port does not detect the Bus Condition until the Timeout occurs the State Machine in Figure 2 89 on page 117 jumps to State 0 Useful Key Sequences The following key sequences are active to assist you in navigating a defined state machine Ctrl a Insert Del Ctrl c Ctrl Ins Ctrl v Shift Ins Up Down arrow keys Page Up Page Down Home End Add State Insert State Delete State Copy Paste Moves selection between states Page Up and Page Down states Go to first page Go to end page Sierra M6 2 SAS
382. nario Name Pemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for PERO Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Fules Click here to E event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 Figure 4 22 Example 1 Adding an Event The Event Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 17 on page 345 In the Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive 5 In the Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event 6 Click Direction to choose the direction of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example 7 Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal 354 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Fle Type p Address Frame Any Diord pu ATA Command Z 474 Command Frame H ATAPI Both Links Up z CRC Error z Dward Makcher fu FIS Frame FIS Type a Frame Type z Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal E Primitives Primitive Group SA5 Primitive SATA Primitive 2 Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI 2 SMF Frame Count
383. nc file Data HHHHHHHHHHHH DATA HHHHHHHHHHHHH Data Variable length field can be assigned to an array of DIORDs If you replace the asterisk with a value then the field becomes fixed length 3 CRC Calculations are calculated unless told otherwise If the CRC is not explicitly set in the traffic generation file the application assumes that you want it and calculates and displays it in front of the generated frames If you provide a CRC value the application uses that value even if it is incorrect This gives you the option of configuring the generator to create errors Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 401 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor 402 9 8 2 5 8 3 5 8 4 5 8 5 5 8 6 5 9 If the generation file was created through the Export command File gt Export gt To Generator File Format the CRC is calculated but commented out If the source trace has a bad CRC the CRC is exported into the generation file and is not commented out Primitives Decl inc File The PrimitivesDecl inc file defines Primitives The file consists of declarations left and the corresponding byte streams right KEES 18 1E 61 KEES 18 67 OF 6 Primitive 0AF 7 Primitive EOAF a EFES 44 44 7B KEES 07 OF OF EFES 61 61 61 EEC FE E VB 9 Primitive ALIGN 0 10 Primitive ALIGN 13 11 Primitive ALIGN 2 ig Primitive ALIGN 3 To generate Primitives copy re
384. nce Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 Capturing a Data DWORD InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD 0 1 2 and 3 To capture a data dword select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen as shown below Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property ell Action Properties Ioj xj Type Properties Type Action Capture Data Dword Descripti
385. nces Dialog Trace Viewer Tab The SATA Preferences dialog has the same options Open Trace file In Default Workspace The software opens a trace file in view s based on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a trace file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the trace file Optimization Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port see Sampling Memory Usage Optimization on page 303 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you do not check Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Other Teledyne LeCroy Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDs of link data as reversed Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column in Search When unchecked makes columns stationary even during search Use new PHY capabilities decoding Checking this box sends the first bit as bit 7
386. ne LeCroy Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Comment Dialog Bookie ys 3 X Bookmark Name Bookmark Description a M Sort bookmarks by start time Start Time Pot Layer PacketNo Bookmark Description Add Delete GoTo Time Difference O Save As Print i Text Excel Save As Close Figure 3 84 Bookmark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in the view This makes Column View bookmarks unavailable in other views and vice versa Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark see Figure 3 85 on page 260 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 260 x Bookmark Name ATA Command i Bookmark Description d M Sort bookmarks by start time 736 265 226 ms H2 ATS Cmd 5 ATA Command Add Delete Golo Time Difference O
387. neration Options 5 15 2 Cell Pop up Menu 9 15 3 5 15 4 452 If you right click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options U New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears with the options A through F and No Action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options QO Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously O Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Record ing Rules window QO Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window QO Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events a Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event Event Properties k E e Primitive Actions H Frimitive AIP NORMAL AIP RESERYED 0 AIP RESERYED 1 AIP RESERYED
388. ng statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions a Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios U API based on C Allows development of custom test applications a Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne LeCroy 4 2 4 2 1 InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the application to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA host and the PHY of the test target DUT While jamming the signals between ports I1 and T1 for example are routed through the FPGA as opposed to being routed through the front end in the case of Analyzer mode Both Out of Band OOB and data signals propagate through the FPGA Interface Butt
389. ng synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal when a trigger occurs Under Setup select External Trig Setting to choose External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width The pulse width is programmable in the software The Voltage level is O to 3 3 Volt The trigger out is derived by NL17SZ126 buffer The delay for OOB traffic external trigger out is 330 ns The delays for non OOB external trigger out are a 6G 3 0ns a 3G 540ns a 1 56 850 ns External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Under Setup select External Trig Setting to choose External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps
390. nks Speed 6G OOB Signal Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI SMP Frame SNW SSP Frame Timer Description Occurrence of a specified address frame Trigger on Analyzer when its event matches You can see the trigger on the Status Bar but the Port Status dialog does not display any mark in the Trigger column Note This is different than the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable Note The Trigger on Analyzer feature functions when the trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and running a scenario which will trigger analyzer after a 5s timer A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar Note When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b
391. nly on page 105 4 SAS Verification SAS SAS Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SAS specification Note Speed Negotiation and all other SAS tests are documented in the SAS Verification Test Descriptions pdf file in the installed Documents directory 248 To run a SAS Verification Test 1 Select Analysis on the main toolbar and choose SAS Verification to open the SAS Verification dialog see Figure 3 74 on page 249 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy SAS Verification V Speed Negotiation DUTT Test 6 7 1 1 Test 6 7 2 2 aie ype Speed Negotiation Window Three e angel Test 6 7 1 2 Test 6 7 23 Load Train Speed Negotiation Window r So Test 6 7 1 3 Test 6 7 2 4 0 Link Layer Test 6 7 1 4 Save LINK RESET pe Beal ea a Test 6 7 1 5 SSP FRAMES E Test 6 7 1 7 C CLOSING SSP CONNECTIONS A Test 6 7 1 8 Settings C CONNECTIONS THROUGH EXPANDERS Add gt gt t t6719 C BREAK pS DUT Name Device gt O Transport Layer i Remove M Test 6 7 1 10 O SSP FRAMES STRUCTURES Hd cae E 0 SSP COMMAND IU Add All gt gt est 6 7 1 1 O SSP DATA IU _AddA gt gt Y Test 6 7 1 13 SSP XFER_RDY IU lt lt Remove All Test 6 7 1 14 SSP RESPONSE IU Y Test 6 7 1 15 C SSF ERROR HANDLING M Test 6 7 1 16 C Application Layer Test 6 7 1 17 z are Test 6 7 21 onnection hate lAutoSpeed 5 gt
392. nnect any additional units 4 Connect the OUT 10 pin connector of Unit 1 to the IN 10 pin connector of Unit 2 using the supplied stacking cables Similarly connect any additional units Note Unit 1 must be the unit that has the first out connection Note The Self Test SAS Verification Test SATA Compliance Test and Update License functions only work on unit 1 when the analyzers are set up in cascading mode Correct way to connect The black color pin of the ribbon wire is connected the same way between 2 connectors Q g9 O Cascading works correctly in this case 0 0 0 0 19308030 So 0 O 5 08050596 009040 elo la la o gt Black color pin of ribbon wire Figure 1 8 Cascading Correctly 24 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability IMPORTANT Teledyne LeCroy Incorrect way to connect The black color pin of the ribbon wire is connected in a different way between the 2 connectors o 99 o 99 e Cascading works incorrectly in this case the boxes are connected but no traces are captured 3090899 Calo e O Figure 1 9 Cascading Wrongly 5 Make a note of the last four digits of the MAC address of the unit designated as Unit 1 and the last four digits of the other units in order of connection Figure 1 10 Address Digits Power up all units before starting the software 1 9 2 Select Device After starting the software
393. nnnonanenanenanrnanrenanenans 37 1 21 Teledyne LeCroy SAS and SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars 37 ye A ee ee E E eee eo ee ee eee E Pence reer eee ere eee eee ee 38 1 212 SCD csi 38 2 Neo DES O A OS 39 iz AAN SIS ii idas 39 1 21 35 VIEWING Captured Data ion aida 41 1 210 Navigate aa 41 o A daniec satteavuc teiicsauiies seen One ai ea aaeaa noe naan de seaueneaenat Gaweadetaeeenseee 42 A ssceseeoovs essudeasseatassesarnuousancuseseemeremvecauans 43 DO HP lis 43 12110 TOODA Si ici 43 122 POF SIS cc a va see esas 44 V29 HUIS OM ainia aA aa aRar Adae eian 44 124 Tano aia 44 Chapter 2 Protocol Analys Sesa a a 47 2 1 Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups isa 47 2 2 Main VV MING OW wiceces rhea rcrrtese cet aews dendareedia sausauseannesccse ious dieta 47 2 3 Project Irena iii 49 2 3 1 Capture Tab Hells usada ds 49 EXCIUQE XAXA A E Se 49 2 4 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ccoccoccccconconcnncnncnncnncancancnnrancnncnnrancnnrnnnnananenanano 50 ZAS Maln TOODA aaa oi ESE E Aae ys Mier on a ee narnia 50 242 SATA Main TODA e iS 51 2 9 Star Record iii a 51 2 01 LaihcOJaniMer sscsescosese toa 53 20 2 LauncH Traner ca 53 2 5 3 Grossoyne CONTOLP aNG aroraa Ria a ias 53 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 2 c ssssseecccesensseeeeecennsseeeeecensseeseeeceasseeeeeoansseeeeesonas 53 2 5 4 SAVE WORKSPACE pasior teria a a a N ere u ay aaa aa eds S ES aa a 54 255 SaVING a Trace Caplio ito 54 2 5 0 EXPOTUNG r
394. nsert Frame Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Incoming SCSI Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Setting dialog Incoming Frame Setting Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 IF Handshake errors 2 NAK CAC Error Mo Handshake Primitive Type 4IP NORMAL Drop link for 1 ms _ Defer Handshake after 1000 Ls ia Figure 2 143 SAS Incoming Frame Setting Dialog SCSI Handshake Error Check Handshake Error and select NAK CRC Error No Handshake or Primitive and a Primitive Type Defer Handshake Check the Defer Handshake after check box and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake FIS Options SATA only If you select Frame gt Host to Device Frame gt DMA Setup or Frame gt Data the system adds an FIS line At the end of the line is an Options button that opens an Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Outgoing Frame Setting Frame Error Injection C Frame Length Error C Code violation error C Frame Type error No VnM oe C Disparity error C Drop link for ms O ERES il E cli DWord Offset C Disparity error on SATA primitive ord Offset C Ignore XADY RADY sequence C Delay in HOLD responsefin sending HOLDA
395. nty error on SATA primitive Under frame length Dword Offset Remove Frame from sequence F ignore XADY ARDY sequence ame lar 205 ma set frame length to YDWords umber of error DWords 4 Delay in sending frame 0 ms Delay in HOLD tesponselin sending HULDA E SOF Ener 6 Double Omit M Insert Primitive CONT a ni wile FJ EOF Error 3 Double Omit E S oles CRC E orient ME me EY ror 3 Invalid Linn ay For HOLD Primitive Fill reserved fields with 0 H 1 Reset ok Cancel Field of Frame 3 Destroy Specity Value Insert Frame Field Destroy After current frame Ee Fon L Before current frame CRE LI Type Register Host to Device User Defined Frame Data Figure 2 134 Outgoing Frame Settings Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Frame Length Error 142 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and number of error DWORDs Additionally check No WTRM Code Violation on SATA primitive Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Doubl
396. nual 329 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 330 Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Record Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Abort Aborts recording 4 2 2 Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus see command descriptions in the Buttons section above File O Q O m O Q O Q O Q O Setup Q O Q O View O O Configuration a a Tools New Scenario Open Scenario File Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file Launch Analyzer Launch Trainer New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library File Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Close External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 306 Update Device see Update Device on page 307 All Connected Devices Status Bar Views Library Output Port Assignment Customize commands Toolbars Key board Menu and Options Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 333 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 377 Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne L
397. oad Data file The software refreshes the Payload Data file automatically so when you select a Payload Data file you get the latest version For the SPC4 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command if you have selected the non default path to the development directory on the Software Settings page that path is shown when you select a Payload Data file Adding a User Defined ATA Command Click the Insert ATA Command button and choose User Defined This enters an ATA command line with editable fields to define your own custom command Ov Command Type Input H Command H Features H SecNum H CylinderLow H Cylinder High H DEW Head H 0x01 Non Data E reat Sls ESE Cylinder Low exp H Cylinder Hightexp H Features exp H SecCount H Sector Countiexp H PM Port H Target SAS Address Option a PA a oooooooooooooooo E Figure 2 95 Insert ATA Command Adding a SCSI Command SAS only Click the Insert SCSI Command button click one of the command categories and choose a command see Figure 2 96 on page 123 122 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation MMC SECS SMCs Teledyne LeCroy Cid MES Access Control In Saz F Access Control Out OsDe Change Aliases ADC Extended Copy User Defined Inquiry OO Leg Select Log Sense Management Protocol In Management Protocol Cut Mode Select 10 Mode Select 6 Mode Sense 10 Mode Sense 6 Persistent R
398. oad Manager Stop Target Emulator Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar 50 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy 2 4 2 SATA Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SATA main toolbar Open Project File Start Device Emulator Open Find Device Dialog Stop Recording Launch Jammer Y Trigger Launch Trainer Start Recording Jammer fel Record m un E Trainer Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Save Upload Manager Stop Device Emulator Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar 2 5 Start Recording To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Clickthe Record Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic captured from the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Packet View display opens Packet View is the default display However more views are available by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 Teledyne LeCroy Start Recording Data direction arrows Relative time display Show Hide Layers buttons Show Hide Port Data a fare Ol n Tr Dis ra 14 14 Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H Restricted 4 SMP intistor Port 4 STP intiator Port H SSP intiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target
399. odog EOF Frame Some_Frame_1 Some_Frame Field32 Some Hex Data Data 11111111 22222222 33333333 44444444 55555555 Opcode E Wee Oy LUX ZA LBA 64 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 413 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Primitive Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 24 48 Prolog CHAIN ONE Epilog CHAIN ONE 5 12 9 Generation Block Sierra Trainer generates the stream that is defined in this block Generation Chain Definition Repeat N Idle M Chain Definition N M Chain Definition Frame Definition Frame Definition RunningDisp ON OFF Frame Definition Field Definition Data Definition Repeat N Idle M RunningDisp ON OFF 5 12 10 Definitions Chain Definition a Without any parameters the chain is sent once a With Repeat and Idle parameters the chain is sent N times and then noth ing is sent idle M times Repeat and Idle are optional Frame Definition a Without any parameters send the frame based in default values a With RunningDisp ON send the frames based on default values and insert a running disparity error a With parameters overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injection of an overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injec tion of running disparity error Field Variable Declarations You can declare a variable var_name as a frame of ty
400. ogic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options Multilevel Filtering in SAS You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views see following screen captures Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 263 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 264 E Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames LISSP Frames JSMP Frames OJSTP Frames SCS Command SMP Commands T ask Management Functions 474 Commands SCS Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Protocaol Error ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide U Show 7 Filter Idle Iw li lw 2 W T1 M T2 Reset al Check All_ Save Load Prats ooo m Filter Logic i Ox5006056000000305 gt 0x5000626 000001 074 _JOSU0G0S6000000304 gt OxS00062B 000001 04 m O5000C50000 7B5 gt 0x5 000626 00000 _JOx5000E 5000000001 JOx5000E SS000000001 gt 050000500001 03031 J0 5000C500001 03D 91 gt 0s5000E 850000000017 050006500007 030 31 gt 05000626 000001 074 JOx5S000626 000001 074 gt Os5006056000000305 Ox5000626 000001 044 gt
401. oject Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 C Everything Exclude SATA_CONT 5 9 Capture Exclude iC Pattern E Exclude SATA_SYNC Iv Exclude Idle G Include 5090 T Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xx Y Include SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except fc Dword Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include DOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle Primitive a P Primitive AIP NORMAL STP Frame a P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Address Frame S Trigger Non Sequential SMP Frame cool riencia oe gt 2 SSP Frame S Trigger Position in Memory 50 Data Pattern Removi Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Kirsa Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Protocol Errors Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 T2 13 73 14 T4 Desctambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode V Exclude patterns l Define different patterns for pre triager and post trigger data captures E Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse Al Expand All Figure 2 18 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project
402. olbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt Out command creating a new data packet To display a Data Report click the Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or select Report gt Data Report ES 2 Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes 36G El 36 054 973 ms 000000000000000000000000 Data 4095 Bytes 12 Port H Command Direction gt gt gt 36 82 951 693 ms 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt gt 5 aE ae Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes 50000500001047B5 Destination Address H Command Direction Command Direction Destination Address H 50000500001 047685 X to Y 136 880 293 ms X to T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 Tx Vout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop og it Figure 3 68 SAS Data Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 Teledyne LeCroy Data Report Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report details see the following screen capture E 36 054 973 ms a o 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 220 US 82 951 6
403. ome of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 3276 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Sequence oO State O Wait for CRC Error from Initiator then Branch to State 1 Figure 4 11 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario InFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate state machine having the behavior of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a degenerative state machine Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 339 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Libraries 4 5 4 5 1 4 5 2 340 Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your host machine s hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each
404. ommands Wait Command Name WF_ REC RESOURCES OUTPUT E Description Advanced Wait Condition E This command causes generation to wait for Event E to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition F This command causes generation to wait for Event F to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter COMRESET OOB Signals COMSAS OOB Signals COMWAKE OOB Signals WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT F WE_COMRESET_COMINIT WE_COMSAS WF_COMWAKE 432 WF_BLOCK1_MISC_RESERVED_O reserved WF_BLOCK1_MISC_ RESERVED _1 reserved WF_BLOCK1_MISC_RESERVED_2 reserved WF_BLOCK1_MISC_RESERVED_3 reserved WF_BLOCK1_MISC_RESERVED 4 reserved WF_SATA_CONT primitive WF_SATA_DMAT primitive WF_SATA_EOF primitive WF_SATA_ERROR primitive WF_SATA_HOLD primitive WF_SATA_HOLDA primitive WF_SATA_PMACK primitive WF_SATA_PMNAK primitive WF_SATA_PMREQ_P primitive WF_SATA_PMREQ_S primitive WF_SATA_R_ERR primitive WF_SATA_R_IP primitive WF_SATA_R_OK primitive WF_SATA_R_RDY primitive WF_SATA_SOF primitive WF_SATA_SYNC primitive WF_SATA_WTRM primitive WF_SATA_X_RDY primitive WF OPEN ACCEPT primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name WF OPEN REJECT CONN RATE NOT SUP PORTED WF OPEN _REJECT_NO DESTINATION WF OPEN _REJECT_ PATHW
405. ommands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition on page 266 Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number on page 267 ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous see Filter Miscellaneous on page 268 Training Sequence O ODODDODODO DO oC O Command Data Pattern When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Command Data Patterns in the Sample Viewer Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Filter Check Condition 266 Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering see Figure 3 93 on page 267 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View T
406. on e DOB Signal Open Connection response timeout TE Hot Plug timeout 500 mz fi 4 Close Connection response timeout 1000 1E COMSAS detect timeout p Break Connection response timeout 1000 pz Speed Negotiation DONE timeout 1000 ps BCDT timer 50000 ODEI Credit timeout 1000 Ls SNLT timer fi 53600 OOBI ACK NAK timeout 1000 hs CNTT timer fi 638540 OOBI Recelwe Identity timeout fi O00 pz Cancel Help Figure 2 196 Timeout Setting Dialog Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Set Speed Negotiating Error Click the Speed Negotiation tab to display the Speed Negotiation dialog Speed Negotiation Error Speed Negotiation failure options F SAS Speed negotiation failed after POWER ON F SAS Speed negotiation failed after HARD RESET Fl SAS Speed negotiation failed after LINK RESET Speed Negotiation Failure Type SAS Do not respond in any speed SAS Do not respond on last window Synchronization failure options SNW 3 Error T SAS Synchronization failed after POWER ON SAS Synchronization failed after HARD RESET F 5AS Syncronization failed after LINK RESET BCT 220 10 OOBI E Maximum TRAIN_DONE pattem during MTT 4 for 1 5 Gbps IP Pause TRAIN scrambler on primitives 4 for 3 0 Gbps for 6 0 Gbps Figure 2 197 Speed Negotiating Er
407. on E Inject Random Mo H Link Ever Nth occurence 1 Monitor Coun bonto Count Not monitored Remove Direction From Initiator Stop Scenario Capture Register Cword 0 H substitute Duword 0 Trigger Oukput x ere Ee Figure 4 19 Capture Data DWORD Action Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDs can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0 Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 351 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions MS El Type Properties ATA Command Frame Type Event IM H ATAPI Description Both Links Up Count Randomly Mo CRC Error Counter Yalue 1 pe Diword Matcher Direction From Initiator FIS Frame Start of Frame SOF oe PIS Type E Condition O I Frame Type Dword O Type Custom Dword 5 Invalid 10bit code Error nerd Dele FONDUE Links Speed 3G Dword 0 M
408. onncconncconcconncccnancnnnnonnanonnnans 397 3 71 Trafic Generation SSG Piles siecet ose etese eu use usrat ia aaa E SAANEEN aaa 397 9 72 SENASA ts 398 5 7 3 The Global Setting AUTOA MON cui 399 5 7 4 Placing Global Settings in the Generation BlOCK oooonncccccnnnncncccccnoncnnnconcnonannncncnnnnannnnrrnnnannnnnrrrnnnnaaannnns 399 5 8 Primitive and Frame Definitions ccccccssecssscesseceseeesecesseeseeeneeonseonseeesssessecnssenseoesenenss 401 5 9 1 Special CONGIIONS for FAMOSA da 401 5 6 2 Primitives Deckino FING nit ta 402 516 5 Address FramesDeCl inc Pile mstari aAA 402 5 6 4 SOP Frames ING File sccceracsssegccccgececcs a a E 402 5 85 SMP Frames Inc File caia a 402 596 STPFrames Inc levas A A es A ae ais 402 5 9 Starting the Script EQIP ccssar aa a a aaraa aiaa 402 5 9 1 SCrPLUEdItOr TOODA ii rata a a Eaa 403 5 9 2 VIEW ODUONS Men Usina 404 9 9 9 POPUD MENU A ta 405 5 94 File Tabs zaa oo 405 S9 O EOF A E a a a 405 9 9 6 VOOWIDS onini ET 405 5 10 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links oooocccconnncconanccnnnnnnocnnanononnanorenanrrrnnaannnnas 406 9 11 GeOneratina Mami Cassina deiae E ind 407 5 111 Stop Trafe Generado ci 408 5 112 Resume Traffic GenerallOn marica 408 5 12 Sierra Trainer Generation LanguaQe cccocnccccnnnciconcncocncnnononnnnonenannnonananerenannrrnnancnrnnnanannns 408 5 121 Fie Sucia 408 9 122 Lan AA aa aa 409 COMME aane E RE E EOR 409 DCI JES co 409 012 3 E a E a EE aE Era
409. ons The InFusion interface has the following command buttons Des Bo Ee tes j o New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Displays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and size start logging stop logging and clear the Output window Show Port Assignment Displays hides the port assignment Port Configuration Displays the port configuration dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 333 Launch Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer or Target Host Emulator window Launch Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Ma
410. ookmark Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below Ed Cut E Go to previous bookmark Ea Copy Clear all bookmarks Paste A Find pi Undo Li Find and Replace Redo Pe Go to Trace View z Go to Definition of Print Selected Keyword E Open File under Cursor Opens the Li file pointed to with the mouse in the script This command works with Include statements View Options Menu The View Options button displays a menu with the following options La Enable Outlining Show Line Numbers Toggle Outlining Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines a Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win dow QO Toggle Outlining Switches between collapsed and expanded states Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy 9 9 3 9 9 4 9 9 5 9 9 6 Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options GQ Zoom In A Zoom Cut Toolbars d Status Bar Wrap Compact Ctri Q Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Toolbars Allows you select the toolbars to display on the top screen Status Bar Toggles between hiding and displaying the stat
411. oolbar STP Frames SCSI Commands JSMP Commands JT ask Management Functions FATA Commands Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address C ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type G Hide C Show Fiter idie Ports Mai mi M T M T2 Figure 3 93 SAS Filter Check Condition Filter by Tag Number Teledyne LeCroy Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter JT ask Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error OSTP Port DJATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Ports Vu mi WM Ti T2 Figure 3 94 SAS Filter by Tag Number Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In Protocol Error Port DJATAPI SCSI Command Figure 3 95 Filter State and or External Signals 268 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Addresses check box in the Filter
412. oose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box 8 In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved O or RRDY Normal occurs 9 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 Pb x Scenario Name Replace BRDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 Description Wait for PER Normal or BEDY Beserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for PPD NORMAL from Initiator OR REDY RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event gt 1 Te T ae i 1 1 eee eee ee For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL E Figure 4 28 Example 3 Complete Scenario 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libra
413. op Link for 1 me U z i d Delay in Sending Response O ps Connection Manageme Close Connection Settings i Outgoing Open Connection DONE NORMAL mi Frame Number 1 Number of Errors 0 CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL e a Aardam 1 CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count 3 Commands Error Settings Figure 2 181 SAS Connection Management Setting Dialog Open Connection Definition Incoming Frame Settings 1 Inthe Open Connection dialog enter a value for the Incoming Open Frame Number and the Number of Errors in the corresponding text box Click the Random radio button if desired and enter a value Click the down arrow next to the Primitive Response drop down list box choose a primitive response and enter a value for the Delay in Sending Response text box Click the Drop Link for radio button if desired and enter a value 5 Enter a value for Outgoing Open Frame Number and Number of Errors in the corresponding text box Outgoing Frame Settings 1 Inthe Outgoing Open Connection pane enter a value for the Frame Number and the Number of Errors in the corresponding text box Click the Random radio button if desired and enter a value Click Error Settings to display the Open Frame Setting dialog Check the errors to introduce and click OK Open Frame Setting E SOAP Error El Ei Code violation error Destroy Field of Frame Disparity error EDAF Error Double Omit r Protocol Initiator Port CAC Error lnvalid Orit J Cobmecion Rate F 7 F
414. or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMACK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMREQ_S or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMNAK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_OK command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_IP command right before each SATA_SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_X_RDY command right before each SATA_R_RDY primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options Teledyne LeCroy 5 15 Generation Options Use the Generation Rules to set triggers and filters To display the Generation Options dialog select Generate gt Generation Options or click 7 the Setup Generation Options js button Generation options x Generation Rules Toolbar a New event X DO e Config is valid Config Status Indicator Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save As Default Load Figure 5 16 Generation Options Window The page has the following areas Q Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Generation Rules page OU Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area a Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules Y
415. order in fields marked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field Format Copy Data Copy Frame foto Response Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto d Figure 3 114 Byte Order Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data field and choose Format and the format see Figure 3 115 on page 283 282 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Byte Cider t Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto d Figure 3 115 Format Show All Data To display all captured data click the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail Data expand toggle PM Port H ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt a 0 Figure 3 116 Show All Data Teledyne LeCroy You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order i Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy
416. ost segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment 3 10 Using the Cursors and Bookmarks 3 10 1 Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location 0 in the display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Note You can also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Time Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position toolbar select Toolbar from the view menu and choose Cursor Position x to Y Ons x to T Ons Y to
417. otocolAnalyzer2 Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY 11 0 T10 3 0Gbps x Include xx Include SATA_SYNC ee ag ee plea Se A A Include SATA_CONT Port Speed 6 0Gbps Enable Miina on 17 TE Include DOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame c l Include RADY Exclude Idle y Ay Trigger Non Sequential Run Initiator Emulator SAS Address 5000E85000000000 H Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Bytels Frame Receive Timeout 100 ms Logical Block Size 512 Byte s ATA Command Execution Time out 15000 ms Y Send NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive Advanced Queue Settings Easy switch to Advanced mode Port 1 0 110 7 For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Sto Snapshot 1 Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 13 T3 14 T4 Run Pattern Generator Off Run Initiator Emulator On Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 88 Connection Details Simulation Mode Collapse All Expand All Target Emulator Inactive 4 Simulation Mode Sto Figure 2 77 Initiator Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 Teledyne LeCroy Projects QO The target emulator check box is not displayed at all until two or more emulator channels are selected Pages Ero
418. ou config ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons QO Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Con fig is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Generation Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 447 Teledyne LeCroy Generation Options Generation Rules Toolbar The Generation Rules toolbar buttons control the Generation Rules page ia New event wl aolelal alea Figure 5 17 Generation Rules Toolbar TABLE 5 13 Recording Rules Buttons aa New event E E E a New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the display see note There are five zoom levels The defau
419. ou define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously Hf Action Properties Type Properties pos Analyzer Trigger Type Beep Description ba Capture Data Dword Fandom Inject Ever Nth occurence e CROC Error Monitor Count jan Invalid 10bit code Error 2 Running Disparity Error Insert z Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive a SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect bo Monitor Count l Remove ba Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame El SMW s Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation violation Stop Scenario El Substitute 2 Data Diword with SAS primitive with SATA primitive a Trigger Output Figure 4 18 Action Properties Dialog jojk Action No 1 Not monitored x era i Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy The following table lists supported actions Note that some of these actions only apply to creating sequences TABLE 4 4 Test State Actions Action Analyzer Trigger Beep Branch to Existing State New State Capture Data DWORD CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Inject Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame Restart 1 All Sequences Current Sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Pro
420. ough the generation session Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 399 Teledyne LeCroy Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files 400 include Creneration nclude settings inc oinclude GenerationtincludelS gt PEramesDieclinc Generation mend gt sPFrameData f Data 21223344 55667758 VA ABETO Sendo gt PFrameXterEdy Data 51223344 55667756 SSAABBCC Generation SetAutoAlignSAS OFF a id Block to generation blo ck Sendo gt PFrametommarnd Sendo gt PFramekesponse Sendo gt PEFrameTask Data 51223344 55667756 SSAABBCC send oPPrame Vendor When placed within the generation block and then viewed in the trace window global settings appear as colored bars interspersed amidst the traffic Frame ROR a md Tag Data CRC Idle Time Stamp 5 COMMAND EOF g A 0x0000 O bytes 0x74258E55 0 000 ns 00 000 000 320 CONFIGURATION AutoOOB Frame oon j eee oe Tag Data Sa Idle Time Stamp 11 es aaa ars ox0000 0x5340ABD4 i 0 000 ns 00 000 000 560 Frame age Data he Idle Time Stamp 12 E 0x0000 12 bytes 0xC486DB10 0 000 ns 00 000 000 800 Frame OS Tag Data m Time Stamp 13 Em OxBCF96BOF 00 000 001 120 While most global settings can be set in the generation block three will be ignored if placed within the generation block set Link Speed set GenerationMode set SSC These commands should be configured either in the Setting inc f
421. overwrite data in a previously defined cell or insert new data after that cell toggle the Insert Overwrite button Save When you have completed a data block definition click the Save button to save the newly created data block Counter To use a counter as data click the Counter button enter a Starting Number for the counter and the data address to count to and click OK see Figure 2 164 on page 165 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation n C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock Datablock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB Binary Hex C Asci Data Block Data O O Address Address S Counter Data Append Inset C Overwrite Delete Walking Bit Data Custom 1 Address le Repeat fi times Delete All C Incremental Decremental Nom Dee _Datetet_ Pandom Initial Number 16 Paan Counter Waking toos Figure 2 164 Set Counter as Data Random Data Pattern Teledyne LeCroy To use a random data pattern click the Random button enter the number of times to repeat the pattern and click OK C Program Files CATALYST SAS SystemiDataBlock Datablock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB Binary Hex C Ascii back z Tranas o i Je fo Js s P Je lo iol ven ego g C4 EO EF E6 CD CD ounter Data Delete Waking Ba Data ma Custom 1 Address Delete All
422. ow InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic 4 4 1 Scenarios Overview You create scenarios on a host machine running the InFusion application You then assign the scenarios for execution to a desired port on an InFusion device You can also download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language El Lecroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 i 3 aj xj File View Configuration Tools Help De S eE ICE 2 gt mpg e mig Device Ports SM 12660008 1 X f Device Library 5h 12680008 vario is valid Status Mot saved po ip 2 a dr al xia 2 me i 3 A Scenario Mame Mew Scenario O Scenarios P Scenarios al Direction for traffic changes From Init Ports are Ready to Run 5 t Hold Y y Hid 2 Port func Library Scenario None cN 12880008 545 66_TL3 9 Ba 545 66_TL3 9 Bad SCSI sfer length in Cmd Fr 545 66_L13 14 545 frame after DONE no cr A Yy SN 12880008 SAS 6G_TL3 3 Ba Sem OOB Setting Normal Spec Value A Y d Jd T Global Pules d Click here to add an events J test T WJ 17
423. p Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Duration Parameters QO Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options a Infinite Wait until Stop command Random Stop after a random time a Finite time Stop after specified time in milliseconds L Example Run ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open 2 WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Forever Run ox005007 Detect DATA 4 WaitForStop ox005007 4 100 SCO Ox00IZO7 2 a Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Serial Number S N 12871 fisStop Port MA ee ae Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep Label 0 AS E 1 pd at h pt COMIN SIC Label 1 Wat For S N D871 Por Siop Label 2 Ran SN Y 1 Pads REPORT PHY LOG ERROR other scnpt command gt G Label 0 ot S N 1287 LF BaL area ac Labell Wat For SN 1287 1 Pon D to o Stop Just 10 ms Label 2 Run S N 1287 E Poma REPORT PHY LOGERROR lt Chick re to add another scnpt ag UPA COI 384 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters A Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Example Sleep 100 Batch Sc
424. pe frame type Svar_name frame _type Note Frame variables can be declared re declared and used many times Changing Frame Fields You can change some fields in a frame variable Change var_name field _ name value 414 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Preprocessor Integer Arithmetic You can declare DWORD variables make arithmetic operations and use them in field and parameters assignments Note Arithmetic expressions are allowed only in numeric variable assignments Examples Legal Operations x 2 y z 12 SOME_DEC_DATA 36 8 Ze 0L s D s Some Hex Data constant may be used in operations x y zZz X y ze A a ORPE S Saa a SOF Repeat x Idle y X Fieldl6 OxEEEE Example of the data payload assignment which uses bothintegervariables constants hexliteralsanddatapatterns Data yyy y lalalala Some Hex Data Some Hex Data 8b8b8b8b Z 2 2 Z PATTERN 3 4 Repeat 10 Idle y uses integer variable for parameter setting Illegal operations Se ye SOF Repeat xty 7 illegal use z xty 7 SOF Repeat z instead Loops Loops can be used in two modes 1 Using an integer number loop a specified number of loops This number has to be smaller than 64 000 2 Using the word infinite loops for ever Loops o0pucount infa nire gt
425. pe GTR 07 SSP O E red eet aa Oh Dede GTR 02 ccppg Load juni ative Lommand Lueuing w s w A Asynchronous Signal Recovery Host anes ali oo Mo orar ima beve tros Esen ao Phy test group E ATA a de Y 0068 03 C ATAPI NCO 02 IPM 02 Options NCO 03 IPM 03 be CI 006 04 NCD 04 Pad Capture TimeOut a Second T 55D Drive NCO 05 IPM 05 a O 0068 06 Ea 0008 07 ASR 01 IFM 0E ASR O2 IPM 07 Add gt gt SSP 01 IPM 08 a 55P 02 IPM 09 55P 03 IPMa 10 55P 04 IPk4 11 Add All gt gt Sc P 05 55P 06 lt lt Remove all Device name Devicet al Automatically load tailed test traces inte STs trace viewer Compliance Report file c program fles lecroysata protocol sutet ser Compliance_ Device rtf Browse Wie Saved Traces Jesprogram Hles lecroy sata protocol suites ser Browse F Save only failed test traces No Test Name Description Result Detail ll All tests progress Current test s Figure 3 75 Compliance Test Dialog The Phy Test and Digital Test groups are displayed in the left column The Digital Tests comprise of the following O General Device Requirements Native Command Queuing Asynchronous Signal Recovery Software Settings Preservation Interface Power Management OOO O 2 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog by clicking on the checkboxes and click the Add gt gt button You can add all or remove all by clicking Add All or Remove All 3 Select a Compliance Type Device or Host
426. pecial needs 1 19 Performance Analyzer To do a Performance Analysis select File gt New gt Performance Analyzer Choose settings in the Performance Analysis dialog Click Run Hardware see Performance Analysis on page 167 1 20 Target Emulator or Device Emulator To use the software as a target or device emulator first select File gt New gt Target Emulator or Device Emulator for a new project or File gt Open an existing Emulator file Std Target Emulator file or ssde Device Emulator file see Target and Device Emulation on page 172 You can also use Project Setup gt Last Target Emulator or Last Device Emulator In the Pages tab change settings for the supported pages if necessary In the Error Injection tab select General periodic errors Identify frames Connection Management open and close connection errors SAS Commands and events errors ATA Commands errors or SATA Signature content Use the User defined Commands tab only after you have become familiar with operations In the Settings tab select addresses sizes times and ports if necessary You can capture traffic when using an Analyzer project but not a Target Emulator project With a Protocol Analyzer open open a Target Emulator After checking the settings click the Activate Deactivate Active device button or select Project Setup gt Active Device If you change Target Emulator settings Deactivate and then Activate Device 1 21 Tele
427. pecifies the number of commands for which you want to inject error For example if you select the Inquiry command then enter 2 for the Command Number and enter 3 for Number of Error Commands the target emulator injects error on the 2 3 and 4 Inquiry commands because you want to inject on 2nd command and continue error injection as much as 3 times When using Command Number as the Error Injection filter you can repeat the erring command sets by checking Repeat error The default value is 1 which injects error only once with no repeats In the above example the system injects error on the 2 3 and 4 Inquiry commands and does not inject error for other commands If you enter 2 for Repeat Error the system injects error on the 2nd 3rd 4th 6th 7th and 8th commands If you enter 3 for Repeat Error target emulator injects error on the 2nd 3rd 4th 6th 7th 8th 10th 11th and 12th commands If you set Repeat Error to O it means infinity and the system injects error on the 2nd 3rd Ath 6th 7th 8th 10th 11th 12th 14th 15th 16th 18th 19th 20th 22th 23th 24th and so on commands Note Repeat error resets the target emulator received command counter In the API use the following functions a ErlnjSetSCSICommandGenerateError Enable error injection on a command Specify Command Number and Number of Error Commands in the 4th and 6th parameters See API reference manual section 5 5 139 page 748 QO ErlnjSet
428. port to Host Emulator SATA Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57 Teledyne LeCroy Start Recording Export to Trainer 58 You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Trace a a Range between selected cursors Range between SCSI Commands or Transport You can import SCSI Commands Task Management ATA Commands SSP Frames SMP Frames SMP Commands or STP Frames You can select the Port In the Project Name enter a valid file name The Export to Trainer dialog accessible from the File menu allows exporting data to a file in a format supported by the timer Export to Trainer E E x Range i All Trace o From Cursor Ta Cursor Y s From SCSI Ema No fi Taf 5csi Cmd Noli Import bers e SSP Frames W SMP Frames STP Frames Insert Waits Auto Aligment Part A Trainer Generation File En Stop Cares Figure 2 12 Exportto Trainer SAS Dialog In the Export to Trainer dialog you can a O OCOO O Limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Traces m Range between selected cursors m Range between SCSI Commands or Transport You can import SSP Frames SMP Frames or STP Frames see Events and Event Properties on page 453 You can Insert Waits see Wait Commands on page 428 You can use Auto Alignment see The Global Setting AutoAlign You can select the Port see Setup M
429. port toolbar 234 Statistical Report View 237 statistical reports 41 Statistics button 244 Status bar 287 Status Bar command 391 Stop Analyzer button 392 Stop Batch Script 330 Stop Generation 389 Stop Generation button 392 Stop Hardware button 79 Stop Initiator Exerciser instruction 132 Stop statement 383 Store Payload in Buffer 146 Store Payload in Buffer check box 140 STP Initiator field 465 STP Target field 465 STP Transport report 227 STPFrames inc 402 subnet 35 support 471 Switch to CATC Navigation 299 Symbol dialog 84 Synchronize with Trace View 243 T tabs file 405 Target define 193 Target Emulation 393 target emulation 172 Target Emulator 36 target emulator media settings 193 200 port selection 194 200 settings 193 Target Emulator Settings dialog 193 target OOB signal setting 200 target power management 202 Target SAS Address block 134 target speed negotiation 202 Task Attribute 147 task attribute 142 Task Command 124 task command report 228 Technical Support 471 telephone number 471 Template Files 296 Terminate receiving frame 190 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Termination receiving frame 144 Test Result 313 Text View 41 text view 216 Tile Views 257 time relative display 52 Time Stamp Origin 261 Timeout Pattern dialog 82 Timeouts tab 155 195 201 timer setup advanced mode 115 Timer dialog 82 99 timers 362 timing cursors 218 measurement
430. r AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SAS Sample file in the SAS Examples folder Sample subfolder sde Device Emulator file in the System folder Compliance subfolder sfl Filter configuration file spg Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host ssh SAS Search configuration File Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy 2 6 2 2 6 3 stc SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders std Target Emulator file in the Examples folder Target Emulator subfolder sts SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples folder Sample subfolder tsh SATA Search configuration file WSS SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder wst SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder Example Projects The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra
431. r Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes SAS Address 5000E85000000100 H Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Byte s Logical Block Size 512 Byte s Linked Command Expired Time 100 ms ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 Dword s Target Emulator Port 1 0 710 Port E Y Enabling Muxing on 11 T1 Advanced 3 0Gbps Ports Configuration Media Setting Average Access Time 1 ms Number Of Areas fi _ Start Address End Address Area Type 10 AH Circular Wrtable Activate Device fi times Period of activation 1000 ms Activate emulator with old settings Figure 2 78 Target Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Note Analyzer must detect MUX primitives from both host and device sides to capture traffic correctly in Muxing mode 2 6 20 Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter the data about the project Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Name SASProtocol4nalyzer2 Note Creation Date 08 04 13 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Last Modified Not saved yet Not run yet Last Run Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 79 Project Notes Tab 110 Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 a Pre T rigger Capture Exclude Include x Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Aj T
432. r STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode il Protocol Errors Exclude patterns l Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures E Easy switch to Advanced mode GS Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 17 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SAS The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern a Protocol Errors OOO O SATA The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors ODO O Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add gt gt button This opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all of the parameters for that category All patterns added appear in the Project Tree Exclude Patterns Check this box to allow for the capture of everything except the patterns that have been added to the Project Tree Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects 2 6 7 Teledyne LeCroy When you check this box the Primitive category appears in the Parameter window and the window enables the Exclude Idle checkbox Capture Trigger Settings Notes Pr
433. rag Drop or Click on Grid Columns Library Scenario 1 VO Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 333 Using the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 333 you use the Device Ports dialog to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration Device Ports 5M 61658 ib 2 gt Scenarios el Ports are Ready to Aun Library Scenario SF SN 61658 New Scenario 1 a Y SN 61658 New Scenario 3 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Configuration for InFusion Teledyne LeCroy Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Library Scenario Y SN 61658 wil hd SN 61650 New Scenario 1 Production estBeep New Scenario 1 New Scenario 10 New Scenario 3 New S
434. rame 180 separate systems 21 sequence 339 examples 364 Sequential Trigger mode 99 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy sequential triggering 99 Serial ATA SATA data transfers 17 Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers 17 session 349 Set Alias Name 27 Set As Reference Data Payload 246 Set as Second Data Payload 246 set device bits FIS 75 Set Port Configuration dialog 106 Set Speed Negotiating error 196 197 Set the Anchor row as sync point 302 Set Time Stamp Origin 261 Set Timers dialog 115 Set Value of Field 189 Setting button 236 Setting dialog 236 settings advanced mode 119 Settings button 142 Settings command 254 Settings dialog 254 Settings tab 101 119 193 Settings inc File 398 Setup command 20 Setup Display Options button 392 Setup Generation Options button 392 Setup Menu 388 show all data in data field 283 Show Description window 256 Show Device Library button 376 Show Device Library command 329 Show Grid 256 Show Library command 329 Show Line Numbers command 404 Show Output 256 Show Output command 329 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 302 Show Trainer Frame button 387 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 303 Show XXXX value 105 Show Hide CMD packet in results display 276 Show Hide Command queue in results display 277 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 246 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 277 Show Hide Field 280 Show Hide Link Pa
435. rcon J Cross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Fair LUi ULL Fair LU2 UL2 Pairf LU3 ULZ Pair LU4 UL4 PairflUlLi LUL PairflL2 LUZI Fair UL3 LUZ Fair UL4 LU RJ Eternal Link 1 LLAS LIES RJ Eternal Link 2 LZA ILZES RJ Eternal Link 3 LAR LE RJ Eternal Link 4 144 X L4E RJ Eternal Link 5 LA LSE vitess Test Type M Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test M Crosspoint external loop back Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCroys LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite UsersErrors detail elf El i Append error details Idle Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start Croasspoint Check Close Figure 3 150 SATA Self Test Dialog Crosspoint Tab Choose the Crosspoint Interconnection Pair or External loop back to test and click the Start Crosspoint Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 316 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 21 6 Main FPGA Check SATA only To perform an Inter FPGA Connection check select the Main FPGA tab Self Test k E M Append error details Figure 3 151 Self Test Dialog Main FPGA Tab Choose the Inter FPGA Connection test and click the Start Main FPGA Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 2 SAS
436. re Tw Data PAYiIOdA Sii aa aad T aaae aa aa dE 246 3 4 3 Power Tracker View SATA only ii dai 247 94A SAS VEMMCAION SAS yaee a a e a e cid 248 34 5 Compliance Test SATA coria ita 250 3 4 6 Running Verification Script Engine VSE ooooonccccnncncccnoccconccnnnnconennnnnonennnnnorennnnncrennnanrrrnnannrrnnnnnnnerennnanens 252 3 5 Navigation VIEW TODD iu ii 256 Bs O LOMO A EE ata aed eo suey ew EEA 257 Eocale CUES ON Sissies aa ae ies iaa 257 Goto Time Stamp isis ia A A 258 BOOK MA Sid dida 258 Editing DO siian raa aaa aaa aaa aa Genie ue el cuba anuk a 259 PINGING a Bookmark assess cesses etn reh ac ecttcicee a cuasasiecdausteciebentacWeaueybectusdaenie aE aE 259 BOOKmark Descrip alii ai 260 Set TIME SAMOA caidas 261 3 9 2 FIREN anana a cb eh a E aa a O 261 JIS RNET SCUD ui A A NAE 261 vi C gal A a a ee ene a ee ee eno a EE aaa RG 263 PINGHING Direc HOI iia aiii 263 8 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy A AAA In ued ecu wa cities sults utensil riba tures esa sacaatn en Danner eute a daaasaseseecbaees 263 Save Fiter SU caidas 263 Jn dled ula a a a Gua declan a eE 263 Multilevel RIReriNg SAS iaa cdas 263 Filter descending packets from trace highlight Dar oooonnccccnnoniccconncnccnnnncccnnnanonnnnnanorennnnnrrnnnaanos 265 3 9 4 Selectable Fiter Options Tor As dadas 265 Command Data Patti ad 266 BUS CONAM A o O 266 incomplete Frames ius e AE 266 ATA COMMANA ura iaa a
437. re and available ports 2 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 4 So Te New Script 0 b x Batch Serif Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Chick here to add another scnpt command gt Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Number can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number 3 To add another command click Click here to add another script command 1 New Script 0 b x Batch Script is valid Label0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms D BROADCAST Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZON heot here te 4d another script lt Click here to add else body gt END IF To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click here to add another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 4 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Batch Script is valid Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 4
438. rea You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu boana o oo e Primitives Frames 5051 Commands SCSI Status 5474 FIS SSP Frame Header SSP Information Unit SMP Request Response 474 Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern S45 Data Pattern Figure 5 18 New Event Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 449 Teledyne LeCroy Generation Options 2 Select an event such as Primitive The event appears in the Available Events area Available Events Figure 5 19 Available Events Area Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button To drag and drop the Event button 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell ad Newevent mm gt 9 AQ i Available Events Global State active at all
439. reen 456 using the cursors 287 V Value of Reserved Fields 178 Value Replacement 328 VENDOR FIS 78 Verification script command 252 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 252 View Field option 278 View Menu 390 View menu InFusion 330 View Options button 404 menu 404 View Type toolbar 216 Viewer 205 Viewer Setting toolbar 276 Viewer Settings 291 views 41 Visible box 290 483 Teledyne LeCroy Index W Wait for Any Frame 132 Wait for Power Management 132 Wait for PS 132 WaitForStop statement 384 walking bit pattern 165 Waveform Display 41 waveform display 218 web site 471 Website CATC 471 Window Menu 391 Windows default 297 Wrap 391 Wrap button 392 Wrap Packet box 291 wrap packets in results display 276 Z Zone Broadcast Method field 465 Zone Device field 465 Zoom In 390 results display 247 257 Zoom In button 392 Zoom Out 390 results display 247 248 257 Zoom Out button 392 484 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
440. reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing SAS Target As a Target Trainer can receive commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and respond to them in normal conditions or some popular error conditions Limitations are a Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements Teledyne LeCroy 9 13 1 SATA Host As a Host Trainer can send commands and complete them in normal or some popular error conditions SATA Host can issue NCQ commands necessary for SATA compliance tests on SSD devices Limitations are O Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns SATA Device As a Device Trainer can receive commands and respond to them in normal or some popular error conditions Limitations are O Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition To use the Trainer as a SATA Device in real configurations only tools li
441. rget and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy 2 12 11 Target Emulator Settings SAS Click the Settings tab to display the Target Emulator Settings dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Media Setting SAS Address SO00ES5000000700 H Average Access Time 1 ms Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Bytels ene Logical Block Size 512 Byte s Start Address End Address Area Type ds l 0 Teye Circular Wrtable Calculate capacity based on Mode pages Mumber of Blocks 83 3248 Linked Command Expired Time 100 ma ALIGN Transmission Period A468 Dword s Target Emulator Port Eee Device Activation 1 times 1 71 Custom Speed Negotiation Setting A Period of activation 1000 ms Ports Configuration Advanced Figure 2 194 SAS Target Emulator Settings Dialog The Settings page opens with a default set of values which you can modify To return to these values click the Default Settings button Define the Target Enter a SAS Address Data Frame Payload Size Logical Block Size Linked Command Expired Time and ALIGN Transmission Period in the corresponding text box Check Calculate capacity based on Mode pages or enter a value for Number of Blocks Media Settings Enter a value for Average Access Time to simulate Seek Access time delay of a real device Enter a Number of Writable Areas Define a Start and an End A
442. ries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS primitive ERROR as action 3 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 Scenario Name BODY Normal amp IDLY Reserved 0 Test 1 Description Replace BODY Normal wy ERROR If BDDY Reserved O Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Glohal Fules Wait for RELY NORMAL from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fi COP HUM SCRL_ Figure 4 29 Example 4 Entering Second Event Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 359 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules The Event Properties dialog box displays In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action
443. rigger Non Sequential 44 Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include HO Include SATA_SYNC Ej Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle MA Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 711 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 2 Connection Details Simulation Mode x Collapse All Expand All Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy 2 7 Advanced Mode User Defined Advanced Mode expands Analysis capability by allowing you to program complex triggering and data capture projects The Advanced Mode is a state machine with up to 23 different states You can program each state individually to a Trigger on a different event or trigger unconditionally QO Capture Everything Nothing or a user defined pattern a Include up to three ELSE IF statements allowing a jump to any other state based on a user definition QO Use up to three timers which you can set to a maximum value of 42949 ms You can set a timer in the state or continue the timer set in the previous state A Output an external trigger High or Low Note In Advanced Mode events on each link are counted independently A conditio
444. rio Fix Aligns Test File Library c 4 X SequeNCES GH Align Test eJ Fis Aligns Test Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis FIX IT and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aligqnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event gt Wait for Alignl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz2 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 1 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt E Wait for Aliqnz File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP WOM SCRL Figure 4 45 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 375 Teledyne LeCroy Downloading Scenarios 4 Fix Aligns Test Scenario is valid Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiatori then Branch to Wait for
445. ript drop down list Link Script Selection SSPFrames 559 Set all links same as First link Cancel After you select an open script you can assign or remove a link for that script by clicking Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link LL T 5 11 Generating Traffic After the ssg file has been opened onscreen recording and traffic generation can begin at any time optional Click Recora to begin the recording If the script does not have a connect block built into it connect the exerciser to the DUT by clicking the Connect Link button E Clicking this button causes the generator to invoke the various settings in your script for example the global settings and then establish a connection 3 Click the Start Generation button H on the Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 407 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 1 5 11 2 5 12 5 12 1 While generating traffic a bar appears on the right of the trace view indicating that traffic generation is taking place The green light on the Traffic signal button also blinks during traffic generation Stop Traffic Generation Normally traffic generation stops automatically when the application reaches the end of the Generator file Tm To manually stop traffic generation click the Stop Generation button Resume Traffic Generation If traffic generation is stopped prior to the end of the
446. ript is valid Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Sleep i0ms Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Frequency Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds QO Frequency Frequency in hertz Example IfisStopped 0x83456 Beep 2 20 Run O0x83456 Identify Disparity error gj 4 then Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 385 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 386 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation The Sierra Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application gt Trainer To open the Traffic Generation window click the Launch Trainer Icon in the SAS Protocol Suite or SATA Protocol Suite window Lecroy 545 Trainer h File Setup Generate View Tools Help CHE i QeQCl MH ERH SS hi e en un OG
447. rmat of the data HEX BIN ASCII Item4 is the group of bytes defined 1 2 4 8 or 16 Item5 is the direction LSB or MSB Then enter the data in space delimited Hex format and save as a txt text file Load Data To import Text Editor created data click the Load button in the data block definition dialog to open the Load dialog Choose a file and click Load Modify existing data Save As To create a new data block from an existing data block using a text editor select the data block to edit from the Data Block Name list then click Save As to open the Save As dialog Assign a name to the new data block text file and click Save You can now edit the newly created text file using Notepad or any other text editor then import it into the data block definition as described above Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Performance Analysis Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 2 10 Performance Analysis An Analyzer incorporates a real time Performance Analysis capability to allow you to quickly measure performance parameters You can select the format for the results display You can set the Area and Column You can use Bar Line or Pie charts with 3D and Grid enhancement options 2 10 1 Performance Analysis with Analyzer Only Note Only Performance Analysis with Analyzer is supported Performance Analysis with Emulation Trainer or InFusion is not supported New P
448. rol T3 Preferences Self Test T2 Data Block Set Port Alias EN Set SAS Address Alias Figure 3 157 Power Source Control The Power Source Control dialog displays see Figure 3 158 on page 323 322 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Compliance Test SATA Teledyne LeCroy Power Source Control No device is connected ACCEXP 004 X ACCEXP 005 X Figure 3 158 Power Source Control Dialog 3 24 Compliance Test SATA The Compliance Test consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SATA specification SATA compliance is at UTD Rev 1 4 Note The tests follow the Teledyne LeCroy MOI which is described in the SATA_Digital Device_MOI LeCroy_1 00_UTD1 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory Note You can start tests using the command line The SAS SATA Protocol Suite API Reference Manual Section 2 12 starting on page 153 explains how to write VB scripts to automate compliance tests and generate results as RTF files To run a Compliance Test 1 Click Analysis on the main toolbar and choose Compliance Test to open the Compliance Test dialog see Figure 3 109 on page 280 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 323 Teledyne LeCroy Compliance Test SATA Compliance Test 537 1 Digital test group Compliance type General Device Requirements Dos Load Start Native Command Queuing Host As
449. ror Setting Dialog Check a Speed Negotiation Error check box and choose a failure type by checking a corresponding option button Additionally you can choose the Synchronization failure option 196 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Power Management Setting Use the Power Management tab to manage power settings Enter the relevant information in the Host Initiated Power Management and Device Initiated Power Management panes Advanced Initiator setting ia General 008 Signal Setting Timeouts Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting Device initiated power management Host initiated power management For PSRIEQ P pisne Start when link layer remained in 7 npn us Partial Response type PSACK gt IDLE state more than st Response delay z an mee Y 100 us C Abandon request after ML 300 us Minimum number of response primitives For PSREQ_S Response type PSACK F Response delay 1 100 us Minimum number of response primitives 6 Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 198 Power Management Tab 2 12 12 Notes Tab Click the Notes tab and enter a Project Name and a brief description of the Target Emulation project see Add a Project Note on page 110 2 12 13 Run Target Emulation Click the Activate Device button or select Project Setup gt Active Device to start emulation
450. rotocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog Protocol Errors E x Protocol Errors C Code violation C Disparity Error O ALIGN Eror _ Cancel C STP Signaling Latency Error C STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive C STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout C Frame Type Error C Frame Length Error C Frame Direction Error C CAC Error C ACK MAK Timeout C Delimiter Error Check All Uncheck all wi Mi Pi IV Ti M2 FT Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 22 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones Check protocol error s to omit or not capture then click OK Protocol Error Descriptions 68 Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Disparity Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects 2 6 10 Teledyne LeCroy STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_E
451. rra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name WF_ TIMEOUT WE_SOF WE_EOF WF_SOAF WF_EOAF WE_ACK WF NAK CRC ERROR WF NAK RESERVED O WF NAK RESERVED 1 WF NAK RESERVED 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description Timeout Credit Available When WF_TIMEOUT is requested in WAIT_FOR command the wait session will be released after timeout has elapsed The Timeout value can be set two different ways 1 Through the global WaitTimeout setting that can appear anywhere in generation Default value is 1000 microseconds Syntax Set WaitTimeout lt value gt in microseconds 2 Through local WaitTimeout value for this specific wait session Syntax WAIT_FOR lt number_of_microseconds gt WF_TIMEOUT lt other_wait_commands gt In this case wait for other commands will be released no later then after number_of_microseconds but global WaitTimeout value remains unchanged for future use See Generation Include WaitCommands inc in the program folder for the samples of syntax primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive 429 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 430 Wait Command Name WF_CREDIT_ AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CREDIT BLOCKED WF RRDY_ NORMAL WF _RRDY RESERVED O WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WF BREAK WF CLOSE C
452. rt s traffic will only appear later This occurs as a function of the trigger position and is normal expected behavior of the analyzer Trace File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location for the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Memory to allow recording to use the whole memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment
453. rval 20 us Save Following Voltage liv Psov Dax Plis 1 20 EC Remote cancel Figure 2 72 Protocol Errors Dialog Set the Saving Voltage Current Time Interval duration Check the applicable Voltage value that you want the Analyzer to save See Power Tracker View SATA only on page 247 for more information Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Errors h Protocol Errors x O Code Violation L Disparity Error C ALIGN Error Cancel L STP Signaling Latency Error STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error L Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error L CAC Error C ACK NAK Timeout O Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Check Digable Protocol error detection Seal ata Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 73 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 Teledyne LeCroy Projects When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequence RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state These errors are mainly caused by the lo
454. rved WF_BLOCK2_MISC_RESERVED_1 reserved WF_TRAIN primitive WF_TRAIN DONE primitive WF_BREAK_REPLY primitive WF_MUX_LOGICAL_ O primitive WF_MUX_LOGICAL 1 primitive WF_PS REQ_PARTIAL primitive WF_PS REQ_SLUMBER primitive WF_PS_ ACK primitive WF_PS_NAK primitive 434 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 5 14 6 Wait Command Groups Wait Command Group WE_TIMEOUT WF_ALL_SOF WE_ALL_EOF WE_NAK WE_RRDY WF_CREDIT_OK WE_CLOSE Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Group Contents WE_TIMEOUT_BLOCK_ONE WF_TIMEOUT_BLOCK_TWO WF_SOF WF_SOAF WE_EOF WE_SOAF WF_NAK_CRC_ERROR WF_NAK_RESERVED_O WF_NAK_RESERVED_1 WF_NAK_RESERVED_ 2 WF_RRDY_NORMAL WF_RRDY_RESERVED_O WF_RRDY_RESERVED_1 WF_CREDIT_AVAIL WF_CREDIT_BLOCKED_RECEIVED WF_CLOSE_CLEAR_ AFFILIATION WF_CLOSE_NORMAL WF_CLOSE_RESERVED_0 WF_CLOSE_RESERVED_ 1 435 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 436 Wait Command Group WF_DONE WE_AIP WF_REC_RESOURCES WF_RCV_STATUS WF_PM_REQ WE_PM_STATUS Group Contents WF_DONE_ACK_NAK_TIMEOUT WF_DONE_CREDIT_TIMEOUT WF_DONE_NORMAL WF_DONE_RESERVED_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_1 WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_1 WF_AIP_NORMAL WF_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_ PARTIAL WF_REC_RES
455. rved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type O34 Register Device to Host Phi Port l Status Error LEA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp Re keke E WH MH Fo He T H4 Mol woe Po Pos Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 30 Register Device to Host 74 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Set Device Bits STP Frame Type Ea Format C Binan f Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 041 Set Device Bits Pk Port A N 7 Status Lo status Hi Error PA SActiwe 31 0 OOOO Mii MH Hs T Hs Mol woe Po Pos Check All Uncheck 411 Figure 2 31 Set Device Bits DMA Activate STP Frame Type FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0239 DMA Activate Phi Port A IY Hi MH PH YT Ha Mob wipe Fo F p4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 32 DMA Activate Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 Teledyne LeCroy Projects DMA Setup STP Frame Type x Format Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type F Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0 41 OMA Setup PH Port A E 7 DMA Buffer id Low POO DMA Butter id High OA DMA Butter Offset OOOO OMA Buffer Transter Count A WH Iw H2 F H3 Mio Mbi F p3 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 33 DMA Setup BIST
456. s store Payload In Butter 0 1 Auto Update LBA Increment LBA Decrement LBA Reset LBA after Randorn 0 1 Use previous random LBA value Enable First Burst Task Attribute Simple 0 Head Of Queue C Ordered ACA Send Hard Reset Figure 2 137 SAS Protocol Error and Command Settings for SCSI Dialog Connection Rate Select the Connection Rate to allow a higher speed port to communicate with a lower speed port Physical Rate 1 5 G 3 or 6 Trigger Source Click the down arrow on the Trigger Source combo box and choose trigger type Immediate Wait for external trig or Wait for Analyzer trig External Trigger Out Click the down arrow on the External Trigger out combo box to choose the external trigger level High Low or No change on command execution Retry Enter a value for the number of command retries for failed commands in the Retry text box Random Error Injection Random Error Injection specifies the probability of Error Injection on the command The probability percentage that you select applies to all Error Injection items Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 146 Close Connection Setting Checking Close Connection Settings enables the Error Settings button Click this button to display the Close Connection Setting dialog Close Connection Setting x Close Sequence Type Close with DONE Normally
457. s Exclusion works with the other two options Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields e 5 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin 6 Optionally check to Search in Hidden or Find All 7 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 457 Teledyne LeCroy Find 5 17 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Search by Hex Search by ASCII Bitrmask Mask co 07 MN E to Pe Co Spa ae a Se pe mM A to Fi E QU Figure 5 26 Data Pattern Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match 5 17 2 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search a Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR e a Click on the Toolbar 5 17 3 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards Th
458. s My Di D2 f OR Reset All Check All Save Loan Cancel Figure 3 89 SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a corresponding check box Items not in the current sample are in shade Note If you select a group that also selects all child items 262 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Save Filter Setup After you have set up a Filter configuration you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog Filter Logic After you have set up Filter options you can set filter l
459. s example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following table summarizes each state Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 373 Teledyne LeCroy Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 374 TABLE 4 12 Example 9 Logic of Sequence 0 State Wait for Align 0 Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 2 Wait for Align 3 Indicate Error Description When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Align 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 Teledyne LeCroy 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scena
460. s following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar to not match their intended function You can reset the toolbar by performing the following steps 1 Select View gt Toolbars from the menu bar 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Categories Commands Protocol Analyzer Protocol Analyzer Initiator E mulat o Performance Analyzer dida Performance Analyzer Initiator Em on Target Emulator i x gt Open Description Close Figure 5 34 Customize Commands 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box xj Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Toolbars Frequently Used Generator Reset All MenuB ar e Standard New Rename Delete Shows text labels Close Figure 5 35 Customize Toolbars 4 Click the Reset All button The toolbar resets to the factory defaults 466 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ_S R_ERR R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scr
461. s in the Script Editor See Starting the Script Editor on page 402 Editing an Example Generation File The easiest way to generate traffic is to start with one of the example generation files and edit the settings to see how the script file behaves As you make and save changes the trace view of the generation file is automatically updated The following screenshots show an example file as it appears in the script editor and trace window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Traffic Generation File Teledyne LeCroy 5 5 3 include Generations Include ssPFramesbecl 1inmc Generation sendssPFramebata Data 21223344 55667788 S9AABECC tH SendssPrramexTerkdy Data 51223344 55667788 9AABECT Send SSPRr ame conmand sendssPFramerResponse SendssPFrame Task Data 51223344 55667788 9AABECT sendssSPFramewendor GEN MODE SATA Host SSC is ON CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoALIGN AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg 1 i 3 OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length Negation Len 5 6 7 8 Pa f o n nR SATA Link Initialization Settings GEN GTI Frame RE Tag Data OO ee 8 ea E ERROR 0x0000 12 bytes Ox669F7A95 a Idle Time Stamp 0 000ns 00 000 000 000 Frame F COMMAND Tag Data MERA EOF Idle Time Stamp g PE ARE 0x0000 O bytes O bytes 0x74258E55 Se 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 32
462. s occur in a short time the hardware queue can overflow which may corrupt frames For example an infinite loop can cause many state jumps in a short time Hardware overflow can occur if interval between state jumps is less than 60 DWORDs In Advanced Mode infinite loops are usually used to check if an event occurs before a timeout In this case you can use the Timeout dialog to avoid hardware queue overflow 116 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy Advance Mode Settings Motes State 0 50 Start State 1 o 5 Ext Out E3 Nochange NoJump J Ho change No Jump 7 No change ha State O 7 No change No Jump gt Capture Everything Exclude tems Idle Motity Bus Condition then Ga To State 2 Pattern Primitive HAAD RESET Bus Condition Timer 1 Elapsed State 1 51 7 Capture AA 20 To State 5 Nothing C Exclude DOE Signal C Exclude RADY Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY Exclude 54T4_CONT Exclude SATA_SYNC State 2 52 m Exclude Payload except o Diword Capture Everything Exclude tems Idle Motity Primitive HARD RESET then Go To State E Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 1 74 Make Same as Current FI Add State Jal Delete State Figure 2 88 State Machine with Multiple Patterns and Timer Elapse In
463. s window see Port Status on page 284 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 333 Teledyne LeCroy Port Configuration for InFusion Important Information for Jammer and Analyzer Jammer intercepts and delays traffic on both directions simultaneously so Host sends to Jammer Jammer delays and sends to Host Device sends to Jammer Jammer delays and sends to Device However Jammer modifies traffic in one direction only from Host to Device or from Device to Host When using Jammer and Analyzer the Select Port Configuration dialog has options JA as shown in Figure 4 6 WED tafter Jammer 0 WE Host side VO Device Side VO After Jammer 00 WE Host side VO Device Side Figure 4 6 Select Port Configuration Options with Jammer and Analyzer The following figures illustrate the available setup options a JA After Jammer Analyzer captures Jammer to Host and Jammer to Device Analyzer is after Jammer on both paths See Figure 4 7 Analyzer Figure 4 7 Jammer and Analyzer with Analyzer after Jammer 334 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Configuration for InFusion Teledyne LeCroy QO JA Host Side Analyzer captures Host to Jammer and Jammer to Host Analyzer is before and after Jammer on Host side See Figure 4 8 Device Analyzer Figure 4 8 Jammer and Analyzer Host Side a JA Device Side Analyzer captures Jammer to Device and Device to Jammer Analy
464. sample file for syntax O SEND_SATA_FRAME SendSATAFrame SATAData SATA_Data SATACRC SATA_CRC SATAXXXX SATA_XXXX DOODO DDOD Generator will change speed to 1 5G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 3G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 6G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will send PHY Capability Bits this command is used in SNW3 Generator will send Train Train Done Patterns This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will wait until ns before executing next command Switch on power expansion card Switch off power expansion card Call this command in any branch of the Trainer program to stop execution After exit the Port Status dialog displays the exit code Note The Trainer GUI has LED indicators Green is for pass Red is for fail No color is for unknown or for user to review Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 5 14 3 Primitive Commands Teledyne LeCroy The following is a list of SAS and SATA primitives declared in Primitives Decl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these primitives in your script you must also include Primitives Decl inc in your script O O ODODDODODDODDoOoDo oo oo ooo Do ooo oooO ooo ooo
465. script it can be resumed To resume traffic generation click the Resume Generation button T Sierra Trainer Generation Language The Sierra Trainer File Generation Language is an API that allows you to separate traffic into text commands These commands are used construct primitives and frames that are sent to the host or the device File Structure Traffic Generation files ssg should have the following structure Declarations QO Global generation settings Constants Data patterns Chain of symbols primitives raw data Packet templates OOOO Note Some declared objects could be used in further declarations as long as they are previously declared No forward declarations are allowed at this time Generation Blocks a List of generation instructions Note It is possible to create many generation blocks but currently only a block with the name Generation executes Calls of some blocks from another blocks are not currently allowed 408 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 12 2 Language Comments is the Comment symbol The line remainder after this symbol is ignored is a Comment Block All the text between and is ignored This is an example of a block of comments g Includes The directive include FileName inc includes the file FileName inc This lets you add common definitions and templa
466. second TABLE 4 9 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 365 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change As in previous examples create the Global Rules area 3 Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The application numbers states consecutively from O up 1 2 3 and so on New Scenario O Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 37 Example 7 Adding a Sequence By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state
467. seoeseesseasseeseoenseeseonneeeessoeneees 167 New Performance Analysis Project ccccsssccssseessesseeseeseeseeseeeeenseeeeeseeoenseeeeneeeoenseesenseeeoensesoeasenons 167 Last Saved Performance Analysis Project cccssssssesssesseeeseesseesseenseeseoeseeeseenseeeseeeneeesoenseessoeas 167 210 2 Pertormance Analysis PO OC leccion i aip aaaea ainnean aa aa iaaa ra abani iini 167 DeETING PEM OFIMANG 6 iii a 169 SEMINO Saati a a aa 169 21 VRUN PIAL WAN osie i a a aA 172 2 12 Target and Device EMUIation ccccccesccsesseeeseeeeseeesseeeaseeenseoeseeoeseeoaseoeaseeeaseneaseneaeeneaeens 172 ZAZA PAGES Tai a N E 172 WOldS WIth Setlable BINS inisi E a a a a a aaa a dai 174 Writable Buffer Size Fiel tia a a coo a acai utente 175 Error njecuon Tai da 175 2 122 SCN General EOS nia ia 176 Generate Periodi Error osipa a a a aaa a aa aa aaa a 177 Outgoing FIS Command Error or Outgoing FRAME Command Error 2 cceeceessseeeeeeeenees 177 IGENITY Errors SA SORIA tia 180 2 12 3 Connection Management SAS only cooooncccconcncconncanccconncoconnnnanonononanconnnnnncrnnnnnrrrrnnnanerrnnnnrrrnnanerrnnaanns 180 Open Connection Definida 181 Close Connection Definition ada 182 2124 SAS Gommands Errors SAS Only iii cool iia 182 OUtGOIng Frame Setting Sissi ll Oc 184 2 12 5 ATA Commands Errors SATA ON Ny ccccceseeeceneeeeenseeeeaseeseasseeeensesoeasseeoassenoaseseoassesonseesonseessonsees 187 2 12 60 OU
468. sponse type E IDLE state more than oe sis Response delay fi 100 us Abandon request after fico 100 us Minimum number of response primitives E For PMREO_S Response type PMACK g Response delay i 100 us Minimum number of response primitives ja Set as factory Cancel Figure 2 158 SATA Power Management Settings Set parameters for Host and or Device initiated power management Project Settings Set project settings in the Project Settings tab see Project Settings on page 101 Note When using the Exerciser channel 2 is not available and is grey 2 9 8 Creating a Data Block You can create the following types of data blocks for use with data fields O Random data pattern Custom data pattern specifically for your application Counter data pattern Walking bit pattern OO O To create a data block click the Default Data Block button on the Main toolbar or select Setup gt Data Block to open the Data Block dialog box see Figure 2 159 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation a C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB Binary Hex Ascii 2 fe fs fe fs fe 7 Je fp Jeje ur rojo E6 F9 EA CF 8C 94 E7 B7 CD DF A2 AA EF 86 Pattern 81 shina i Dala A2 95 8A ES EA B6 OF DC OF B6 DF E2 E4 AF AF AZ A3 BE 99 EO B6 E
469. ss 3G the contents of address 00000000 are overwritten after 1G After writing data to the Device Emulator and disconnecting reconnecting by clicking Start Stop the data still remains in the Device Emulator Error Injection Tab Clicking the Error Injection tab opens the General Errors dialog see Figure 2 175 on page 176 and see Figure 2 176 on page 176 SAS In addition to specifying general errors you can also set errors for Identify Connection Management and SAS Commands by clicking the corresponding icon in the Errors window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 175 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Motefil Errors 4 Generate periodic error f Every 1 Seconds Ever 1000 10 Command O Ever 1024 K Byte Transmitted Setting Send stand alone primitive Primitive type Type alr NORMAL Number Of Primitives e Drop link for 1 ms 4 Generate Error on outgoing FRAME Identify Connection Management Commands e Retain Error injection counters after Link Reset W Drop link after 1000 ms for f V Buffer Starvation Wumber of R_AD r in each connection V Retain Error injection counters after drop link Error Injection 4 Send Hard Reset after PHY Reset 4 Non Release Of Link Figure 2 175 SAS Setting General Errors SATA In addition to specifying general errors you can also set errors for ATA Commands and
470. sseseceaseeseoasseseeoeuseessonseeeesonaas 230 Performance Report SAS lucran odia 230 Performance Report SA TA innata 231 FIS REDON SAA oscars 232 Queue Command Report SATA iii A A a it 232 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 Teledyne LeCroy Contents PM Statusit Repor SATA aisia a a e a abit 233 PM Performance Repon SATA ocio 233 Read Write Command Report SATA ccccsseecesseeecenseccenseecesseseanseseeaseeconssesoaaseseoaseseonsessoonseses 234 3 39 11 StauistiCalREDOLFl TODA a a Oa aaa aa aAa a A EAA EEN 234 Exportas MICKOSON EXCel Meis aida 235 Save as Te Ma dia EEN 235 Pint Staustical REDO siria A a R 235 PRUNE ONO AA o aa a aa a iyceeavectuiids 235 Report DISDlay SONO Soria ai 236 LINK With Sample Vi Weiss A AR 237 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report VieW ooooooccconnnncicoconnccoccocnncncnnanconcnnnnnornnnnnnnrrnnnnnrrrnnannnrnnnnannrrrnnannnnnas 237 Filtering Column Content ivsiianii se suedunade enthuse etlayiebasnu waded yeaverDewivieweuerenrendnreuue en vaweds 237 Sorna COLUM GONG di aia 239 Hiding COMO Sinana ence a a 239 33 13 FUSTODLAM VIEW ii tes 240 Mde PRIMO Seuss a aE 240 Mde Emor Frames ii dad 240 Pending IO Graph PP e A ar e aE 241 1 AAA a e E AE A E E E AR 241 PIMIO Saien a a a E i 241 ZOOM erpe a a a E a 242 33 14 BUS UUINIZA ON VIEW iia 242 2319 BUS Ulli aton BUTTONS ici oia 243 3 4 Data REDON as a 243 34 1 Data Payload VIEW calas 244 3 4 2 Compa
471. stical Report click the _ Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog Select Statistical Report Range Ex All Traces From 7 Cursar To T Cursor From Link Ho To Link Ho Cancel Figure 3 25 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Generating Statistical Read Write Report To create a statistical read write page perform the following steps Click on the Setup gt Preferences menu option Click on the Trace Viewer tab Check the box Create statistical report read write page see Figure 3 25 on page 220 220 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Preferences Ea General Trace Viewer spread Sheet View Column View Open Trace File In Optimization Default Workspace 4 Sampling memory usage optimization 5 As Previously Saved Quick View CP More Info E Switch to CATC Navigation Cancel button kills upload immediately Y Reverse Link Data A Close previous trace file when new trace file opens Pack Repeated Primitives V Create statistical report read write page F Scroll Horizontally to Show matched ATA decoding mode i Column In Search F LBA mode W Use new PHY capabilities decodin CHS mode According to LBA
472. t Hiding Level Hiding Headers Event Groups WM Packet Types Packet Types Prinnitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Open Address Frame Identity Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Faw Data Hide selected items Show selected items Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load caca a Figure 5 31 Level Hiding Tab You can select to Hide selected items or Show selected items By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hiding section of the Format section Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy 5 18 6 Headers Options You can choose the appearance of header fields Select the Header tab then select the header Display Options _ xX General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Header Fields Appearance Select Header Hashed Source Address Hathed Destination Address Move Up Move Down Restore Defaults For 55P Frame Header Restore Defaults For All Headers Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load
473. t above the generation block the second would take effect set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SAS_INITIATOR Sinclude Generation Include Settings inc include Generation Include SSPFramesdDecl ince i Set GenerationMode This will Set GenerationMode take effect GEN MODE SATA HOST GEN MODE SiS INITIATOR Generation The Global Setting AutoAlign AutoAlign is a global setting that may be on or off depending on the type of device you are emulating There is an AutoAlign setting for SAS and one for SATA for example set AutoAlignSAS ON and set AutoAlignSATA OFF QO SAS Sends AutoAligns every 2048 DWORDs QO SATA Sends AutoAligns every 256 DWORDs If you plan to set and reset AutoAlign in the middle of traffic generation you need to know what the defaults are for AutoAlign The defaults are as follows For SATA host device emulation QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be ON U AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be OFF For SAS emulation the assumptions are opposite QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be OFF QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be ON For STP QO AutoAlignSAS and AutoAlignSATA are assumed to be ON Placing Global Settings in the Generation Block Some global settings such as AutoAlign On Off can be set and reset in the generation block For example you might want to set SASAutoAlign ON prior to traffic generation and then change to OFF halfway thr
474. t dialog Check a Hash Destination SAS Address checkbox to select it and select a SCSI Spec s Click the Add to Assigned List button to decode Select a spec and click Remove it or click on Remove All to remove all the specs Decoding Assignments y X Hash Destination 545 Address SCSI Specs QJO FFFFS4 MMCB SPC4 A A SECOS PCA SMC3 SPC4 SSC2 SPC4 SEC2 SPCA O502 5PC4 ADC3 SPC4 Add to Assigned List Assigned SCS Specs of 0x959E67 SBC3 5PCA ce DxFFFF54 SBC3 SPC4 OxEF81FC SBC3 SPCA OX80FA AA SBC3 SPCA Remove All Cancel Figure 3 7 Decoding Assignments Dialog for SAS ATAPI Assignment E x ATAPI Assignment MMC 4 O SSC 2 Please select desired Spec to interprete ATAPI packet Cancel Figure 3 8 ATAPI Assignment Dialog for SATA Packet View After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window display size select Analysis gt Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy When scrolling through either display using the scroll bar the corresponding display in the other view scrolls with it You can rearrange the tiling by clicking Window and choosing Cascade Tile Vertical or Tile Horizontal Packet View Metrics The Metrics feature provides quick access to additional information about the packet data Click the Metrics icon as shown in Figure 3
475. t timeout 1000 ACK NAK timeout 1000 Figure 2 203 Timeouts Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 6 b b b b G OOB Signal HotPlug timeout COMSAS detect timeout Speed Negotiation RCDT timer SNLT timer SNTT timer Receive Identify timeout 750000 153600 163840 1000 A OOBI OOBI OOBI 201 Teledyne LeCroy Target and Device Emulation Speed Negotiation Click the Speed Negotiation tab to display the Speed Negotiation dialog Specify Speed Negotiating Error Option s Speed Negotiating Failure Option s Maximum TRAIN_DONE pattern during MTT and a Speed Negotiation Failure Type Check Pause TRAIN scrambler on primitives Advance Target Settinc te OOB Signal Setting Timeouts Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting Speed Negotiation Error Speed Negotiation failure options Speed Negotiation Failure Type SAS Speed negotiation failed after POWER ON SAS Speed negotiation failed after HARD RESET _ SAS Speed negotiation failed after LINK RESET SAS Do not respond in any speed SAS Do not respond on last window Synchronization failure options SNW 3 Error SAS Synchronization failed after POWER ON __ SAS Synchronization failed after HARD RESET _ SAS Syncronization failed after LINK RESET BCT 220 10 OOBI Maximum TRAIN_DONE pattern during MTT Pause TRAIN scrambler on
476. te 1 S000C5000010aD31 ESAEDE Seagate Alias Name I Apply alias to all view Set sDefault i E Cancel Figure 3 128 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sample view Search filter and Statistical report Source SAS Address H Destination 545 Address H Command 394 698 y 38 FL Intrasever Network tools 1 0x25 Read DMA Ext gt Input H gt Normal Output H j ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes 2500000400329E3980400004000 PM Port H Protocol Duration 0x07 DMA 0x01 Normal Output 44 146 13 Search For Search Items Filter Options JData Pattern _jIntrasever Bus Condition Network tools 2 gt Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Network tools 1 gt Intrasever Primitive Catalyst Incomplete Frames Seagate 1 gt Intrasever Incomplete Frames Network tools 2 Address Frames Catalyst gt Seagate 2 Address Frames Seagate 1 SSP Frames JCatalyst gt 0xE 94E 8E SSP Frames JSeagate 2 OJSMP Frames Seagate 2 gt Catalyst SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands ISTP Frames Seagate 2 gt Intrasever SES Commands _ Intrasever gt Network tools 2 ISMP Commands Intrasever gt Network tools 1 L SMP Commands Task Management Functions Intrasever gt Seag
477. tes into new scripts The language parser makes sure the same file is not included more than once Example include SomeInc inc Thro directive actually Includes file Someine line inline is the same as include but without the Language parser check 5 12 3 Settings The Set Constant Name Value statement sets different constants modes using the following value types a Predefined constants TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE a Numbers Examples Set AutoAlignSATA ON Set WaitTime0ut 239 5 12 4 Constants Only unsigned integers can be defined as constants Some constants are predefined in Sierra Trainer Examples Const SOME HEX DATA OxAABBFFEE defines hexadecimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 12 defines decimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 4 defines decimal constant Const Some Hex Data OxCDCDBEBE 5 12 5 Predefined Constants O TRUE O FALSE O ON Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 409 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language a OFF A INFINITE 5 12 6 Data Patterns Data patterns are streams of hexadecimal values Using lets the user include constants or predefined data pattern in another pattern Examples DataPattern PATTERN_1 AAAABBBB SOME_HEX_DATA EEREEFFFF 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1l AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 SOME DEC DATA 1210AB DataPattern PATTERN_2 00000000 11111111 22222222 33333333 AAAABBBB 309300006
478. that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use two sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target 8 Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 9 Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenario the objective is to detect an incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primitive for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determine the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1
479. the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 261 TLL 256 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering on page 261 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View increases column width only The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View resets column width only You can use Tile Horizontally All Views icon or select View gt Tile Views to revert any unintended window docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization This function only tiles views inside a trace window dle vo x Note that there is no command to tile views vertically enn You can use this tool to incrementally Show or Hide Can Jara fotze AA AAA 078 573 Ports either one at a time or multiple ports at the O eee same time For multiple ports select the desired ports to Show or Hide and
480. the generator will transmit ALIGN 0 primitives ALIGN 1 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN 1 primitives ALIGN 0 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN O primitives Interspeed time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The maximum time in OOBI during which training phase of speed negotiation should be completed in Train SNW The time in OOBI during which generator transmits phy capability bits in SNW 3 In Automatic connection This value is also used for the time during which generator sends Align0 and Align1 in SNW1 and SNW2 The time in OOBI during which generator transmits COMWAKE or D C idle during SNW 3 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value Phy Capabilities Settings OOB SpeedNeg Phy_start OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_txSSCtype OOB SpeedNeg Phy_RLLR OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy Parity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description The START bit shall be set to one The phy s receiver shall use this bit to
481. the previous values It is recommended to save a copy of your script before checking this option The message shown in Figure 2 153 on page 157 displays when you check this option o e The Sector Count Transter Len fields in the initiator script may be e updated It is recommended to keep a copy of the project before running Figure 2 153 Auto Update Message ATA Command Execution Timeout The ATA Command Execution Timeout is a timeout for ATA commands When the host sends an H2D frame i e it issues a command and receives an R_OK from the device it starts this timer If the execution of the command takes more than the timeout specified 15 seconds is the default the host emulator performs the action specified in the Advanced General ATA command timeout recovery action settings The options are Nothing Send Soft Reset and Hard Reset Queue Settings Click the Queue Settings button to display the Queue Settings dialog see Figure 2 154 on page 158 and specify O Queue Depth O NCQ Error Recovery O Queued Non Queued Items Status Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 157 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation a NCQ Queue Command Timeout Queue Settings i x NCO Error Recovery Send Read Log Ext when NCQ command aborted C Do not Send Read Log Ext automatically m Queued Non Queued Intermix Status Prevent sending non queued commands when queue exists C send commands freely
482. time and perform the software 275 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample reset protocol for further information 375 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 4 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 5 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 2 GTR 04 For all Serial ATA devices the entire contents of Word 93 in IDENTIFY DEVICE Passed or IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE data shall be cleared to zero Figure 3 160 Compliance Test Result 15 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and Save it as a cst compliance file 16 To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note When you are running Compliance Test do not connect the analyzer to the Host if testing a Device Do not connect the analyzer to the Device if testing Host Such improper connections can impact compliance test result validity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 325 Teledyne LeCroy Compliance Test SATA 326 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world
483. to 40C Humidity 3 to 95 max RH Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User e Conditions non condensing Manual 469 Teledyne LeCroy WAN Operation 7 1 WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy on page 471 for contact information 470 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA Send e mail psgsupport lecroy com Visit Teledyne LeCroy s web site teledynelecroy com Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 471 Teledyne LeCroy 472 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols cfg file 292 infdb file 340 Sac files 47 Stg files 44 387 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 277 10 pin connector 24 8 bit payload data display 277 A Abort Analyzer button 392 About 312 392 Action 338 button 452 pop up menu 452 action counter 350 scenario 348 Action Properties dialog 350 actions assigning 451 events 451 453 Actions submenu 452 Activate Device button 197 204 Activation 200 Active Device command 197 Add Device 2
484. to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Mo action specified For the event RADY RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to E Scenario Name BPODY Normal EDDY Peserved Test 1 3 Description Replace BODY Normal w EREDE If BDDY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator tI Global Fules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR e Wait for BEDY RESERVED 0j from Initiator E Click here to add an action AURREN ky For Help press Fl Figure 4 30 Example 4 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action triggered by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box q RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name BDDY Normal BODY Reserved 0 Test 1 3 Description Peplace BODY Normal vsERROR If BODY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules 7 Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Wait for Pri RESERVED O from Initiatori E then Inject Punning Disparity Error NAS Fer Help press F1 Figure 4 31 Example 4 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 360 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyz
485. tocol Analyzer User Manual Description The Jammer sends a trigger to the Analyzer Emits audible sound of duration selectable via drop down list Goto a state in this sequence that is already defined Go to a state in this sequence that is not yet defined you need to define it Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing through the initiator and target resume OOB signaling Opens a window to count the number of events that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic Restart all sequences in the scenario Restart the sequence that contains this action definition 1 349 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions Action Description SNW Speed Negotiation Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN Retime TRAIN _ DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Speed Negotiation Set Violation Type Violation Stop Scenario Stops all scenario activity Substitute Data DWORD Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic with SAS Primitive Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traf
486. ton 237 Jump to Specific button 237 K K Codes 347 key sequences 118 L label 133 lanes report 229 launching 35 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 53 478 LCD display 20 LED check 319 LEDs description 19 library 340 device 341 main 340 License Configuration 305 License Manager 305 line condition 345 line numbers 404 link layer command interpretation 52 Link Script Selection dialog 406 Link With Sample View 237 Load command 464 Load dialog 166 log error 405 log file 380 Loop End instruction 130 Loop Start instruction 130 M MAC address 25 Main Display Area 447 Main FPGA tab 317 Main Library window 340 Main Window 47 Manual Trig button 79 manual trigger 79 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 297 Memory Assignment 303 memory check 314 Memory Size 103 Move drop down list 237 Move Event to option 452 moving events 452 Multi Sequencer check box 115 MUX Setting 109 MUX Setting dialog 109 Muxing 109 N NCQ commands 203 NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 297 network 34 Networks 28 New Batch Script command 329 New Event button 449 option 452 pop up menu 449 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index New GenFile 388 New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 296 New Scenario button 341 New Scenario command 329 New script 256 No WTRM 178 normal zoom reset 257 Notes tab 110 Number of Run text box 103 Number of Runs Each Test 314 O OOB Sign
487. tree and click the lt lt Remove button Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selection and setup procedure is the same for both Pre Trigger capture and Post Trigger capture Check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Pre Trigger Capture and Post Trigger Capture tabs instead of only the Capture tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 66 2 6 8 Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes C Everything Exclude SATA_CONT Pattern T Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude OOB Signals Exclude x lt lt lt Parameters STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors I Exclude patterns IV Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Exclude Payload except fo Dword s Pre Trigger Capture Y Include XX lt x Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include 00B Signals 4 Include Payload of Data Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Non Sequential 4 Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include lt lt Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT In
488. tructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL_RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual ll To run a verification script over a trace Select the main menu item Tools gt Verification script or click the Running verification scripts button E on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens see Figure 3 76 on page 253 from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report Teledyne LeCroy CAUse entslLeC ANCQ Max Pe o o jes Verification script Result Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of ee processing ATARI SCSI commands count of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level ProtocolError 8 sample_ata_commands de commands Ni sample_ssp_protocol P P P hese SCSI commands are counted SampleMetricsExport2HitmlExcel Inquiry Read 1 0 Write 1 0 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 SMP_DiscoverAndReporTracking his script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued
489. ts if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If this scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences 370 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 Teledyne LeCroy Note that the states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following table summarizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 11 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Man
490. tured Data Captured data can be displayed in several views Select Analysis from the drop down menu to access the different views see Analysis on page 208 You can display the same data in a OCDOO O O O OOOUOUOUDL a Packet View Displays packets Spreadsheet View Displays Packet View fields by time Column View Shows DWORDs in columns by port Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Frame Inspector View Has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spread sheet View Waveform Display Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements Statistical Report generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Bus Utilization Displays the utilization of the bus Data Reports Displays data payloads Compare 2 Data Payloads Compares two data payloads SAS Verification Verifies compliance with the SAS specification Compliance Test Verifies compliance with the SATA specification VSE Perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verifi cation script over the trace Power Tracker View Displays power statistics 1 21 6 Navigation The Navigation menu has the following options to navigate through the application see the following screen capture
491. u Script Editor 405 pop up menus Recording Rules 447 port renaming 280 status 284 port alias 292 Port Configuration 329 330 388 Port Configuration button 106 port ID 280 Port Speed 106 Port Status 44 Post Trigger Capture tab 65 power management device initiated 203 host initiated 203 Power Management Setting tab 161 pre trigger 101 data 102 Pre Trigger Capture tab 65 Primitive 190 Primitive and Frame Definitions 401 Primitive dialog 67 Primitive Manipulation 328 primitive report 223 primitive response timeout 104 Primitive Type dialog 143 148 150 178 Primitives Decl inc 402 Print Preview button 235 program lines 120 Program Manager Window 35 project examples 61 file type definition 60 notes 110 settings 101 119 479 Teledyne LeCroy Index project note 110 Project Settings tab 161 Project Tree 49 projects 60 Properties option 452 Properties options events 452 protocol error mask 105 Protocol Analyzer 35 Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator 36 Protocol Analyzer setting 296 Protocol Error and Command Settings dialog 139 protocol error report 226 protocol errors 68 Protocol Errors dialog 68 90 Q Queue Command Report 232 Queue Settings dialog 152 157 Quick View 206 298 R random data pattern 165 Random Error Injection 140 145 rate matching 140 145 Read Write Command Report 234 read write command report 230 Rec Analyzer command 330 record and play 136 Refresh append to the
492. ual 169 Teledyne LeCroy Performance Analysis 170 Note When you use the Exerciser channel 2 is not usable and is greyed out Performance ltems Setting Update Interval a Milliseconds D Seconds 100 ims to 245 minutes 0 Minutes Counter Mode Analyzer Speed Mt H1 D1 AutoSpeed H3 D3 AutoSpeed Instantaneous H D2 Auto Speed MA H D4 AutoSpeed ba Analyzer Setting E Disable descrambling Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 ALIGN Transmission Period 9256 258 Protocol Eror Mask Save To File Setting Save to file MM Save as PAF file 100 Save as CSV File c users public documents Jecroy sata protocol suite ser Figure 2 170 SATA Settings Dialog The settings dialog allows you to set the Analysis update interval and define the counter mode 1 Choose the Update Interval in the range of 1 ms to 245 minutes 2 Set the Counter Mode to either Cumulative or Instantaneous Cumulative causes the measurement counters to continually increment gt Instantaneous causes the measurement counters to reset for each Update interval 3 Set the Analyzer Speed for each port used 4 To disable descrambling check the Disable Descrambling check box 5 Enter a value for Primitive Response Timeout 6 Choose the Align Transmission Period by checking the corresponding option button 7 To select Protocol Errors
493. ual 371 Teledyne LeCroy Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 372 3 4 Align Test Scenario Name Aliqn Test Description Detect incorrect order of Aligns Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aliqnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz Click here to add another action El Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected Click h In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario and beep when it happens SequeNCES GH P Align Test re to add another action it Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator OR ALIGN l from Initiator w File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 Figure 4 43 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario CAP NUM SCRL 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example
494. ubstitute gt with SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs In the middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 23 on page 355 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an action to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences d _ Replace RRDY Normal b x Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal Scenario is valid Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for RBEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt x For Help press F1 4 9 3 Figure 4 26 Example 2 Complete Scenario Example 3 Creating OR Conditions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two typ
495. uences cocoomocccoconncocononcconenanncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnrrnnannnrrnnnanerennannnnnns 113 Setting THIGGE Conditions isc a a 113 2 12 MURFLNK IGGEN onain a a a aa aa a e Eaa 115 2T DOL O 115 DMA AMC aa 115 Useful Key SC UE Cs aa 118 2 0 Project o Ao iai 119 2 91 Notes tii ii ia 119 29 EM UNAM OM nus ico atu 119 2 9 1 Programming the Initiator or Host Emulator oooccccnnnccconncccnncccconnccnnnncnnnanoronanorennnrrnnnnnrrnannrrnnanerenanrnrnannos 119 AGA Program LING S nadie 120 2 9 2 Adding Initiator or Host Emulator COMMANGG ccccceesseeeseeneeeeeenseeeeeenseeeseeeseeeeeoenseeeoeeseeesoooeneees 120 Adding al ATA Command siscsic Sac cise reed tae ai a SE 120 Adding a User Defined ATA Command ccscccseesseeeeenneeeseeeseeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeesoeeneessonsseessonaas 122 Adding a SCSI Command SAS Only vacicsiccisvcdsancivsvedseccssevnets vodsvcceendccactcniencessets sevesewseceeneieeeiaesveedeccs 122 Adding a User Defined SCSI Command SAS only cccccceesseeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeseeeneessonsseeesonaes 123 Adding a TASK Command SAS only siii an 124 Adding an SMP Command SAS only cccccceesseeeeeesseeeeeenseeeeeneeeseeeseeesoenseeeeoeneesoeesseseeneseeesoneas 125 Adding A Frane ii aa aa a a AN 126 Adding an EV CMM rence cies id 127 A 128 PHY Seting DIA OG iaa 129 inserting ASTUCIA Sia 129 Phy Reset Sequence and Identification coonnccconncaciccccnnnocenncancccnncanononnnan
496. umber of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As you define and add triggering patterns they display under the Trigger category in the Project Tree sequentially in the order in which you entered them When the project runs the analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can re order the sequence of triggering patterns To change the sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Y Include RRDY A Trigger On Sequential P Other Triggers External Trig Positive Edge P Symbol K28 3 E Timer 1 Mili Seconds A P Primitive BROADCAST RESERVED 1 P Symbol K28 3 Settings e Remove Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Space 200 KB Q Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off rpi Enable 10 8 Decoding Enable de scrambling Figure 2 68 Triggering Order 100 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Pre Trigger You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 69 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture
497. us bar showing the port status at the bottom of the screen Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping 0D DODO O O File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the ssg file If your ssg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the ssg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window BranchingSample ssq Figure 5 14 File Tab Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes MEA E MM ociProgram Files CATC 5ASTracer Ge YPrimitives ssq 11 Undefined identifier NotTodayThanks used for setting ssc Figure 5 15 Log Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 405 Teledyne LeCroy Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links 5 10 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links 406 E CI If more than one port of Trainer is licensed after you open a generator file ssg or create a new generator file Creating a Traffic Generation File on page 393 you can assign scripts to one or more ports Click the P Port Configuration button to open th
498. utton to display the Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting Frame Name Register Host to Device Frame Number 1 Handshake errors a R_ERR Ho Handshake Frimitive CONT Drop link for 1 me Terminate receiving frame Terminate after receiving 54 Dwords by sending DMAT Terminate after receiving 54 Diwords by sending SYNC Send HOLD after 56 Disordz for 1 times Defer Handshake after 1000 pe Cancel Figure 2 136 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog ATA Handshake Error Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of errors and primitives Check R_ERR or select Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Terminate Receiving Frame Check Terminate Receiving Frame then choose the termination type Defer Handshake Check the Defer Handshake after check box and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake 144 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy SCSI Error and Command Settings SAS only rotocol Errors amp Command Setting Connection Rate Trigger Source External Trigger out On Command execution Retry 0 _ Random Error Injection 1 Close Connection Setting Generate Error On IP Gutqaing Frame Command Settings IP Incoming Frame Data Y Settings Outgoing Open Error Incoming Open Primitive Response 3 Primitive OPEN ACCEPT Drop link for 1 ms 1000 L
499. valid SAS or SATA frame When Scrambling is on scrambling is done by Trainer engine It automatically detects scrambling type SAS or SATA by start frame primitive When Scrambling is off data is sent without any scrambling Possible Values SCRAMBLING _MODE_NONE SCRAMBLING_MODE_SAS SCRAMBLING _MODE_ SATA SCRAMBLING_MODE_AUTO Default Value SCRAMBLING_MODE_AUTO Sets global WaitTimeout value in microseconds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER Settings AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE CLOSE_FOR_CLOSE AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF FOR ACK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF_FOR_ACK_OR_NAK AUTO_WAIT_SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN FOR OPEN ACCEPT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN _FOR_OPEN_ REJECT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE SMP_REQ_FOR_RESP AUTO_WAIT_SAS_BEFORE Settings AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE CLOSE _FOR_CLOSE AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE SOF_FOR_CREDIT AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE OPEN_ACCEPT_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE OPEN_REJECT_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE AIP_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE SMP_RESP_FOR_REQ Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CLOSE command immediately after each CLOSE pr
500. vice SF Remove Devi ef F Settings Please specify the action to take when next time SM 62084 is detected Automatically connect to the device Ask if I want to connect to the device f Take no action Selected Device ld L pt Networks Es Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 18 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following QO Automatically connect to the device O Ask if want to connect to the device a Take no action If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following screen capture Select Device E E E xl a Set Alas Name Unit 1 4 Disconnect E one i IP Settings Device Dev Name Location i Status Order pc GO A rr Ready to connect Sierra M6 2 SN 61658 Local Mac hire E Sierra M6 4 5N 62342 Masis_M6 4 Ready Selected Device Id 0x00104C00F 26 a 4 Networks Refresh Device ist Close Figure 1 19 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Note When using STX Syn
501. without filtered data The Apply Show Hide Link Setting checkbox filters the saved data further by also applying the current status of the port buttons of the toolbar 2 5 6 Exporting From the File menu you can Export to Text Excel Export to Initiator Emulator Export to Trainer Export Read Write Command Report or Export Paired SAS Address Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 Teledyne LeCroy Start Recording Export to Text Excel From the File menu you can export to Text Excel using the Export to Text Excel The Save as Text dialog displays TA Save As Text Excel Savein Samples Of Pe a Columns MAA Time Stamp E L 3 Mame Date modified Type E TITE No items match your search Delta Time Port Src 545 Address Dest 545 Address Frame Command Recent Places Se LEA Sector FER Length Sector an ae A SActive Libraries Speed LUN A Status er Handshake Computer Sense KewASC ASCO Ty 4 nm Bu 4 mr j File name Save as type F with comma delimiter Export Di Excel File csv Text Files Version 1 0 bet Save 4s Range Excel File Version 1 0 csv O All Packets Figure 2 9 Save As Text Dialog Uncheck O From the Save as type drop down select Text Files txt or Text Files Version 1 0 txt for text format or Excel File csv or Excel Files Version 1 0 csv for Excel format see Save As Display Formats on page 56 O Check the
502. xxx DWORDs Sets the frame length and not the pay load length You need to consider the frame header in the calculations QO Over frame length 2049 DWORD payloads are sent instead of 2048 because four 00 bytes are added to the payload Code violation and Disparity errors Check these and specify the DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit SAS only Check this to disable credit checking Value of Reserved Fields Enter a value Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence SATA only Check or not Delay in HOLD Response SATA only Check or not No WTRM SATA only Check or not SOF EOF amp CRC Errors Check any or all and choose the criteria for introduction Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type Send Primitive Check Send stand alone primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and click OK Type Not Specific of type to conditions C Used only inside SSP and SMP conditions C Used inside STP connections co Figure 2 179 Primitive Type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Click the down arrow on the Primitive list box choose a primitive enter a value for the number of primitives to send and click OK Drop link for ms Check and enter time value for which to drop the link Drop link after
503. y Hexadecimal Cancel Command Type Any Command x if CDB Type Any E ommand Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Operation Code gt Any Command PM Part x Mai Me FBR Fi ua de E E ae Check All Uncheck 4ill Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 52 SAS ATAPI Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Choose a CDB from the drop down list and click OK 88 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Pattern window to open the Data Pattern dialog Data Pattern E x Format e SSP Hashed Source 545 Address eee ees Binan STP Hashed Destination SAS Address eK Hexadecimal Cancel NOT Data Data Offset 0 Owords 0 255 ORR Dw REK Di DORR Dw REK Dw RRR Di RK Du E Dw RK Di O 1 E TI LLL O A z O R Da5 REK wg Mi Ke Be Fi W Ti MT Pri T T4 Check All Uncheck All Count lems number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 53 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD ent
504. y 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating them counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system 1 10 Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host machine machine running the application software using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 3 Analyzer connected directly to the host machine using a SATA cable 1 11 Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to obtain IP address configuration information in order to establish a connection Refer to Select Device on page 25 34 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting over Different Subnets Teledyne LeCroy 1 12 Connecting over
505. y Contents 3 POM StU Stak oil 284 A acesaincecties aoaaa nn 286 3 6 EMADIING HOOK BUS aa 286 3 0 2 GUISO POSITION Status Bl tas 286 39 SIMS Dal 287 A AS vencoussaveeceeseuesavesivuceessesseees 287 3 10 Using the Cursors and BOOKMalKG ccccssseeeceeseeeeeneeseenseeecenseesensseesoenseesonseessoseesees 287 A E 287 3 11 Display Configura MON cisne 288 3 1 121 Trace Viewer CONTIGUA ION ia 288 312300 PON Al AS facvetiiretcec sen dude aa a arai 292 3 13 SAS Address Alias SAS Only cccscccceseeceseecenseeceneesenseeceaseeeoaseseassesenseeeensessonsesones 293 3 14 TXRX VOUT amp PrEGMpPNaSIS cuina 294 DO POP FETOFONGOS ninia ia illa 296 u Daeg WE Tal BL o Ree ea eee ee Monet E saco caia 296 PADS A 296 o o tees ss unasansuscacysvecasssiosseaucsanse cuaenncsctsaeesanaeenesscemscnameoassecsscans 296 A E A E E E 297 Found DEVICE LISt MOC iia 297 Brows Default Path iia 297 3 152 Trace VIEWED TD ii 298 Open Trace Te Isaa n E a a aa S Ea aaa 298 OPlUMIZA MOM aiinsir a a 298 UIC ossaa a Sa S 299 315 3 Spread Sheet VIEW AA A 301 OOP SEWN init nk Sosa nc e nes latins Dae a 302 Anchor the S lection DAN cscs aia 302 UNGER A AN 302 SIS ACOIUNA View Tabo rs ic diosas 303 A GY 22a Secs reves eeese secre caeds ciabatta Aa vad cards iahegies a 303 3 15 5 Sampling Memory Usage OptimiZation cccccsesssceeesesseeeseesseeeeenseeseeenseeseoeaseeeeoesseeseeeseessonoaneenses 303 If the Sampling Memor
506. y Size GB nable operation with 2GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 4GB nable operation with 4GByte of internal memory System Memory Size oGB System Memory Size 16GB Rate Support 156 Rate Support 3G Rate Support 6G Tool Pattern Generator Tool SATA Compliance Tool SATA Host Emulator Tool SATA Device Emulator Tool SAS Initiator Emulator Tool SAS Traget Emulator Protocol Support SAS Protocol Support SATA Protocol Support STP Protocol Support Pre emphasis nable operation with oGByte of internal memory nable operation with 16GByte of internal memory upport for 1 5GBps data rate upport for 3GBps data rate i upport for 6GBps data rate nable Pattern Generator nable SATA Compliance nable SATA Host Emulator nable SATA Device Emulator nable SAS Initiator Emulator nable SAS Target Emulator upport for SAS protocol Support for SATA protocol upport for STP in SAS protocol upport for Pre emphasis for SAS and SATA protocols nable one analysis port for blade Enable two analysis ports for blade mm m Analysis ports 1 Analysis ports 2 Analysis ports 4 nable four analysis ports for blade Analyzer Feature Muxing nable Muxing in analyzer nable one port for SATA Device or SAS Target Enable two ports for SATA Device or SAS Target nable four ports for SATA Device or SAS Target nable one port for SATA Host or SAS Initiator nable two ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Enable four ports for
507. y Usage Optimization Option is Checked cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 304 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked cccccceesseeeeeeeseeeeeeenees 305 3 10 PIOALING LICN SE unica iia alli 305 Se 7 EXemal Tng SENO iare Eaa EEA e DOEA NEE a DSIN EENE DEI 306 External TIG OUT SEMINO aiias OO 306 External Trig In SAA ii ic 307 Sro COG ALS DEVICE AA o Ae EE EO 307 3 19 User Defined DECOGING ci 309 3 20 FEID Menciona a a 309 S201 HeD TO ai 309 320 2 VSE Help TONICS cai 310 3 203 Update LICENSE uiure aa E nds 310 3 204 Display LICENSE IMormaUON sisca dai 310 10 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 3 20 95 Check TOR UDdAale Sinaloa e aaa a aa 312 AOE OY 2 6 0 Mt ee ee o a e ee mn Senor 312 3 21 SETUP MENU cia 312 eZ Loe A areca EE era deduces cata teehvaaoue eee E E a 312 321 2 Clock Check a 313 LS Memory CA a a 314 Biz ES A A a E aurea 315 322 1 9 GrOSSDOINT CHECK uussa aa aaa aaa AEA A aE aaa 316 3 21 6 Main FPGA Check SATA Only 22 sseecccccecsnnnnseeneeeeeeeconnnnsseneeeeeescooneaseeeeeeeeoooooonassesseseseeeeeoannaases 317 3 21 1 EXPANSION Check aaa 318 3 210 LED BUzzor CHOCK aina a ici eiraliad 319 322 FNA A is laaserantniceninnaaienial 320 AMAS a 322 EXPO aii aid 322 3 23 POWT SQUICe CONTO Larra EA aa Ea Aa 322 3 24 Compliance TESt SATA hican aR 323 Chapter 4 INFUSION Overview ccceseeceseeeenseecenseeen
508. y selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following File Library c program Files lecroyiinfu 2 Xx Scenarios 01 HOST Buffer Underrun 02 HOST Write Failed 03 HOST R_RDY Failed 04 HOST Read Failed O05 HOST Break Link with Pending Ids 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erro 09 HOST_Link Layer Retry 10_HOST_Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 12 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 13 Test Cases for SATA Library Device Libraries In addition to general libraries the application defines device libraries Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device Each device library opens in a separate Device Library window and holds up to ten InFusion scenarios for the device When you connect to the device and click the entry for that device in the Device List the device library for the device opens automatically The scenarios that appear in the device library are those currently stored on the corresponding device They were uploaded from the device to your host machine when you opened the device library You can click any of the scenarios listed to open it for editing When you are finished with your edits you can use the buttons on the Device Library toolbar to download the revised scenario to the device The None scenario is an empty and undefined s
509. yload Data drop down combo box and choose from a set of pre defined data blocks If you need a new data block select Setup gt Data Block or click the la Data Block icon on the tool bar to open a data block definition dialog see Creating a Data Block on page 161 for instructions on creating data blocks Exercising Specific Addresses Since more than one device can be active at any given time you can specify specific commands to send to an address To assign commands to an address 1 Click the down arrow on a Target SAS Address block in a completed Initiator Emulator program then choose Find New Device Find New Device tritiance Emulator Capire Tigges Indistor Seting Settings Notes Phy reset sequence and identiication 01 DEV mM LBA Mode H PM Port H Protocol Target SAS Address Option j 0000000000000000 Cursor Stream iH HSE 10 Fo wom URO 7 Command Completion Tene Lat H SecCount 4 LBA IH DEV mM LBA Mode H Figure 2 122 SAS Find SAS Devices Select 134 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Emulation Teledyne LeCroy Choosing Find New Device opens the Device Identifier dialog Find Device Under Test DUT Find Find Device in All Info 545 Address WIT EIT IT E T4 Device List Parameters Property Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported SSP Humber OF PH 12 Expander Change Count 105 Expander Route Indexes 144 Config
510. yload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completion time of all write commands in sample file in seconds Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte per SSP Frame Average Byte per STP Frame General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Eror Performance Lanes Others Min Compl Time Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes 69 293 334 96 us 10 442 747 12 ms 50 291 065 22 ms 4 66 ms 10 97 ms 43 57 659 1331728 Figure 3 45 SAS Performance Report Performance Report SATA To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 46 on page 232 O OODODDODDO DO CO CoOo oO O OOO O a Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total payload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completio
511. ynchronous Signal Recovery as Save 4 Software Settings Preservation Hi Device type Interface Power Management 9 ATA Close Phy test group ATAPI Options Capture TimeOut 12 Second SSD Drive Add gt gt lt lt Remove Add All gt gt lt lt Remove All Device name Devicel Automatically load failed test traces nto ST trace viewer Compliance Report file users public documents lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Device rtt Browse Saved Traces c users public documents lecroy sata protocol suite User Prowse Save only failed test traces No Test Name Description Result Detail All tests progress Current test Figure 3 159 SATA Compliance Test Selection The Digital Test Group has O General Device Requirements GTR 01 through GTR 05 Native Command Queuing NCQ 01 through NCQ 05 Asynchronous Signal Recovery ASR 01 and ASR 02 Software Settings Preservation SSP 01 through SSP 12 Interface Power Management IPM 01 through IPM 11 a Digital Optional Features DOF 01 and DOF 02 OOoOD The PHY Test Group has tests OOB 03 through OOB 07 2 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add gt gt button 3 Enter a value for Capture Timeout Note If test running time exceeds the Capture Timeout value the test terminates 4 Enter the Device Name 5 Select the UTD Version as UTD 1 3 for devices supporting up to SATA 2 6 specification or UTD 1 4 for devi
512. ype Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function ha Mi Mi F le MT T2 Fri Pra Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 57 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a SMP Frame Type and Function from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 Teledyne LeCroy Projects SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SSP Frame Type dialog SSP Frame Type ie E E xl Format OF oP Frame Type Any Type a Binary Lae Any Type ve e Hexadecimal Pence Destination 5 45 Address Source 545 Address Pe Changing Data Pointer ReTranemit TLA CONTROL Number of Fill Bytes Tag PR Target Port Transfer Tag PAR Data Offset OA F 7 Retry Data Frames E 7 F Mi MMi Fa Fi MT I T2 Pri T T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 58 SAS SMP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a SSP Frame Type from the drop down list and click OK 94 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Pattern window to open the SCSI Command Pattern dialog SCSI Command Pattern E x Type M Format Any SCSI Command MMC 6 SBC 3 SMC 3 SPC 4 C SSC 2 x pa C Binary OSD 2
513. yzer Start Recording E Analyzer Record Stop Recording jo 0 Recording Show Port Configuration Dialog Show Script Assignment See Ports Configuration on ip Dialog page 108 See section below YF Jammer 392 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Teledyne LeCroy 5 3 5 4 5 5 Assign Active Script ae Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 406 Tile Windows Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Target port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Target port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Target port to the target side port on the unit under test Setting Up for Generating Target Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Initiator port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Initiator side port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Initiator port to the initiator side port on the unit under test Creating a Traffic Generation File Generating traffic is a two step process First create a text based Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file This text file has an ssg extension You can create this file by creating a new generator file or editing an existing file Note ssg files created in other applications run in the Sierra Trainer After the file has
514. yzer and driver files See Connecting via Ethernet on page 34 for Ethernet connectivity 3 Connect the analyzer as shown in Figure 1 4 SATA Cables Device 1 Host 1 Figure 1 4 Analyzer Connections Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 Teledyne LeCroy Hardware Setup 1 8 3 Cables to Use When using Sierra as a Host Emulator connect from Target to hard drives using a SATA cable When using Sierra as a Device Emulator connect from Initiator to HBAs using a SATA cable so0000 500000 000005 200000 A ee e A iig ee i Se A O A Device Figure 1 5 Sierra M6 2 Connected as an Analyzer 22 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability 1 9 1 9 1 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability You can expand by a Cascading with STX SYNC Expansion Cards a Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Cards a Using the Power Expansion Card You can remove expansion cards with two simple tools Cascading and Memory Size For example you have two units The first one has 2 GB memory The second one has 4 GB memory The system shows the entire memory as 6 GB If you set buffer size to 6 GB the system programs the first board for 2 GB and the second board for 4 GB You can consider this ratio when you set buffer size to any value For example if you set buffer size to 2 GB the system programs the first board for 2 2 6 GB and the second board for 2 4
515. zer You can use a pre saved analyzer and or analyzer emulator project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically 296 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Other Teledyne LeCroy Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can Save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file based on the default workspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirm
516. zer User Manual 139 Teledyne LeCroy Emulation 140 Protocol Errors amp Command Settiags Trigger Source ERE Store Payload n Butter External Trigger out No change On Command execution Data Offset fa Dyyordls Retry jo Data Length i Dwordlel T Random Error Injection 7 Auto Update LEA i Increament LE i Decreament LEA Ba Arount OF fo Emd size O Random LES Lower Lint jo hes LB4 Upper Limit i hex Generate Error On l Outgoing Frame f P Eene Register Host to Device Settinas FT Incoming Frame fi th Frame Register Device to Host Y Settinas Cancel Figure 2 130 SATA Protocol Error and Command Settings for ATA Dialog Connection Rate Select the Connection Rate to allow a higher speed port to communicate with a lower speed port Physical Rate 1 5 G 3 or 6 Trigger Source Click the down arrow on the Trigger Source combo box to choose trigger type Immediate Wait for external trig or Wait for Analyzer trig External Trigger Out Click the down arrow on the External Trigger out combo box to choose the external trigger level High Low or No change on command execution Retry Enter a value for the number of command retries when a command failed in the Retry text box Store Payload in Buffer Check the Store Payload in Buffer check box and enter values for Data Offset and Data Length Auto Update LBA Check the Auto Update LBA check box and chec
517. zer is before and after Jammer on Device side See Figure 4 9 Figure 4 9 Jammer and Analyzer Device Side The setup options are the same whether Jammer modifies traffic from Host to Device or from Device to Host Note When the Unit Under Test UUT is the Host using JA Host Side see Figure 4 8 will give the most accurate recordings of Host behavior though the Jammer delays will accumulate in the round trip Note When the Unit Under Test UUT is the Device using JA Device Side see Figure 4 9 will give the most accurate recordings of Device behavior though the Jammer delays will accumulate in the round trip Note The After Jammer configuration see Figure 4 7 is useful when debugging a system as the tapping points are balanced to account for Jammer delays Note that when SATA traffic is recorded this configuration might show out of order HOLD HOLDA primitives due to the special handling of these primitives by the Jammer Note When running InFusion in an AJ port configuration a FIS Signalling Latency Error message displays due to the delay through the InFusion Jammer This can prevented by turning off the detection of this error using the Protocol Error Mask dialog from the Settings tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 335 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 4 4 InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines h
518. zer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application click on File and select Launch CrossSync Control Panel see the screens below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 Teledyne LeCroy Start Recording 54 2 5 4 2 5 9 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation w Mew h Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 6 Launching CrossSync from the SAS Protocol Suite Application File Setup Session Analysis wiew Help Rew H L gt Open Y Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch CrossSynec Control Panel Figure 2 7 Launching CrossSync from the SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information Save Workspace

Sierra M6-2 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents